Cadillac | 1997 | Owner's manual | Cadillac 1997, 1997 DeVille Owner's manual

- .-
t
w' IC
.
.
I
A
14. I c
&-
ma-,
The 1997 Cadillac DeVille Owner’s Manual
1-1
Seats and Restraint Systems
This section tells you how to use your seats and safety belts properly.
It also explains the“SIR” system.
2-1
Features and Controls
This section explains how to start and operate your Cadillac.
3- 1
Comfort Controls and Audio Systems
This section tells you howto adjust the ventilation and comfort controls and how
td @€%ate youraudio system.
4-1
Your Driving and the Road
Here you’ll find helpful information and tips about the road and how to drive under different
conhtions.
5-1
Problems on the Road
This section tells what to doif you have a problem while driving, such as a flat tire or overheated engine, etc.
6- 1
Service and Appearance Care
Here the manual tells you how to keep your Cadillac running properly and looking good.
7-1
Customer Assistance Information
This section tells you how to contact Cadillac for assistance and how to get service and owner publications.
7- 12.
It also gives you information on “Reporting Safety Defects” on page
8-1
Index
Here’s an alphabetical listingof almost every subject in this manual.
You can use it to quickly find
something you want to read.
i
We support voluntary
technician certification.
GM
GENERAL MOTORS, GM and theGM Emblem,
CADILLAC, the CADILLAC Emblem and the name
DEVILLE are registered trademarks
of General Motors
Corporation.
WE SUPPORT
VOLUNTARY TECHNICIAN
CERTIFICATION THROUGH
National Institutefor
AUTOMOTIVE
This manual includesthe latest information at the time it
SERVICE
EXCELLENCE
was printed.We reserve the right to make changes in the
product after that time without further notice. For
vehicles first sold inCanada, substitute the name
For Canadian OwnersWho Prefer a
“General Motorsof Canada Limited” for Cadillac Motor
Car Division wheneverit appears in this manual.
Language Manual:
Please keep this manual in your Cadillac,so it will be
there if you ever need it when you’re
on the road.If you
sell the vehicle, please leave this manual insoitthe new
owner can use it.
Aux propriktaires canadiens:Vous pouvez vous
procurer un exemplaire de ce guide en franqais chez
votre concessionaireou au:
DGN Marketing Services Ltd.
1500 Bonhill Rd.
Mississauga, OntarioL5T IC7
Litho in U.S.A.
Part No. 25649946B First Edition
@CopyrightGeneral MotorsCorporation 1996
All Rights Reserved
The
PENALTY OF LEADERSHIP
iii
iv
Few automobiles are fortunate enough to have the rich heritage
that is Cadillac. The name Cadillac is appropriately that of
Antoine de La Mothe Cadillac, the French military commander
who founded the city of Detroit in
1701. What better name for
the oldest automobile manufacturer in Detroit.
Henry M. Leland, knownas the master of precision,
initiated his precisionmanufacturing techniques at the
founding of Cadillac in 1902.His exacting standards
prompted the motto by which Cadillac has been guided
over the years - “Craftsmanship A Creed -Accuracy
A Law.”
commonplace as standardized parts are today, in
1908
parts werestill individually handfitted both in
production and service.
The introduction of the first four cylinderengine in 1905
led the industry and enabled Cadillacs to travel atspeeds
up to 50 mph.
For attention to quality and innovation, the
Royal
Automobile Club of England awarded the prestigious
Dewar Trophy to Cadillac twice . . . first in 1908 for
achieving perfect interchangeability of parts and again
for introducing the electric self starter,
electric lighting
and ignition system on 1912 models. Cadillac isthe
only American manufacturer to win this honorand
the only manufacturer in the world to win it twice. As
V
1914 V8 Engine
.
VI 6 Engines
.
Standardization openedthe eyes of the industrial world
and was the cornerstoneof modern assembly line
production. From this achievement evolved the
reference to Cadillacas “Standard of the World.”
In 1909 Cadillac was purchasedby the then new
General Motors Corporation.
Convenience, cleanliness and all-weather comfort were
greatly enhanced in 19
10 when Cadillac became the first
manufacturer to offer closed bodies as standard equipment.
“The Penaltyof Leadership” first appeared in the
January 2, 1915 issueof The Saturday EveningPost as an
expression of the Cadillac commitmentto leadership,
of the
quality and innovation. It is widely regarded as one
vi
finest documents ever written. It was published following
the introduction of the first production V8 engine,
which was standard in all Cadillacs beginning with the
19 15 model.
Many Cadillac “firsts”have followed over the years,
including the synchro-mech clashless transmission, a
nationwide comprehensive service policy, security plate
glass, chrome plating and the first car to be designed by
a stylist (1927 LaSalle/Harley Earl).The ’30s witnessed
V 12 and
production of the powerful, smooth and quiet
V16 engines. The crisp, contemporary lines of the 1938
60 Special series usheredin a new era in styling.
W 6 Engine
:
i
.....
A
During World War11, shortly after Pearl Harbor,
Cadillac discontinuedcar production for the first time
since 1902 in order to construct light tanks, combat
vehicles and internal partsfor Allison V1710 engines.
Two Cadillac V8 engines and Hydra-Matic
transmissions were used in each M5AI and
M24 tanks.
1931 VI6 Sport Phaeton
vii
There are, to be sure, many ways todescribe the
superlative motor car pictured. “Beauty,
“majesty,” “brilliance” - all apply,intheir
fullest meaning, to this new Cadillac. And yet,
from this wonderful vocabulary,
we
have
selected “elegance” as the word that most fully
characterizes the Cadillac of 1960. The car’s
beautiful, clean-lined styling is certainly elegant
beyond compare. Its
new
interior luxury
provides a feeling of elegance that can be sensed
nowhere else in the world of motor cars. And
even its new performance - smooth, quiet and
effortless - might be summarized as “elegance
in motion.” Once you have
seen and driven it for
yourself, we think you willagree that the word is
“elegance” - and that the car is Cadillac!
”&
viii
W m d .&-ad tz$w%A%
3.1
Advertisement for 1960 Sixty Special
advances such as air suspension, memory seat,
automatic electric door locks, transistor radio, a brushed
stainless steel roof and low profile tires.
1
I957 Eldorado Brougham
For the 1948 model, Cadillac introduced thelegendary
tail fin which once more set the trend in automotive
styling for nearly two decades.This was closely
followed with thetwo door hardtop Coupe DeVille and
the industry's first modern overhead valve, high
compression V8 engine on the 1949 model.
Engineering innovations, conveniences and styling
dominated the '50s and '60s. Cruise control, automatic
climate control, tiltand telescoping steering wheels,
twilight sentinel and fourdoor hard tops all debutedin
these years. In 1957 theEldorado Brougham featured
The Eldorado, introduced in 1953, was redesignedfor
1967 as the firstfront wheel drive personal luxury car.
The 472 cu. in. V8 engine used in all Cadillacsin 1968
and 1969 was enlarged to500 cu. in. for all 1970
through 1976 Eldorados.The Track Master
computerized skid control braking system option
debuted on 1970 Eldorados.
A driver and passenger Air Cushion Restraint
system (air bag) was availableon all 1974, 1975 and
1976 Cadillacs.
Analog Electronic Fuel Injection was available, on
1975 Cadillacs and standard on the new international
size 1976 Seville. In 1978, the Trip Computer option
incorporated the first on-board microprocessor.
ix
a
The electronics and computerization which were
pioneered by Cadillac inthe ’70s came of age in the
’80s with Digital Fuel Injection and On-Board
Diagnostics in 1980, four wheel Anti-lock Brakes on
1986 models and Traction Control in the of
fall1989.
The 1992 Seville STS was the first
car ever to win all
three major automotive awards:
Car of the Year, Motor
Trend; Ten Best List,Car & Driver; Carof the Year,
Automobile Magazine.
The year 1993 saw the introductionof the Northstar
system. The stateof the art system includes the 32 valve,
dual overhead camshaft, Northstar4.6 liter V8 engine,
4T80-E electronically controlled automatic transaxle,
road sensing suspension, speed sensitive steering,
anti-lock brakes and traction control.
X
For more than nine decades Cadillac has been a leader
in
quality and technical innovation. Now more than ever,
Cadillac is “Creating a Higher Standard.”
How to Use this Manual
Many people read their owner’s manual from beginning
to end when theyfirst receive their new vehicle.If you
do this, it will help you learnabout the features and
controls for your vehicle. In this manual, you’ll find
that pictures and words work together to explain
things quickly.
Index
A good place tolook for what you need is theIndex in
back of the manual. It’s an alphabeticallist of what’s in
the manual, and the page number where you’ll findit.
Safety Warnings andSymbols
You will find a numberof safety cautions in thisbook.
We use a box andthe word CAUTIONto tell you
about things that could hurt you
if you were to ignore
the waming.
I /!\ CAUTION:
These mean thereis something that could hurt
you or other people.
In the caution area,we tell you what the hazard is. Then
we tell you what to
do to help avoid or reduce
the
hazard. Please read these cautions.
If you don’t, you or
others couldbe hurt.
1
1 You will also find a circle
with a slash throughit in
this book. This safety
symbol means “Don’t,’’
“Don’t do this,” or “Don’t
let this happen.”
Vehicle Damage Warnings
Also,inthisbook
you willfindthesenotices:notbe
i
I
NOTICE:
I
These mean thereis something that could
damage your vehicle.
xii
I
In <he notice area,we tell youabout something thatcan
damage your vehicle.Many times, this damage would
covered by yourwarranty,and it couldbecostly.
But the notice will tell you what to do to help avoid
the damage.
When you read other manuals, you might
see CAUTION
and NOTICE warnings in different colors orin
different words.
use They
I vehicle.
You’ll
youralsoonseelabels
warning
the same words,CAUTION or NOTICE.
Vehicle Symbols
These are some of the symbols you may find on your vehicle.
For example,
these symbols
are used on an
original battery:
CAUTION
POSSIBLE
INJURY
A
These symbols
are important
for you and
your passengers
whenever your
vehicle is
driven:
DOOR LOCK
UNLOCK
PROTECT
EYES BY
SHIELDING
These symbols
have to do with
your lamps:
These symbols
are on some of
your controls:
WIPER
TURN
SIGNALS
FASTEN
SEAT
BELTS
BURNS
AVOID
SPARKS OR
FLAMES
SPARK OR
FLAME
COULD
EXPLODE
BATTERY
,111,
HAZARD
WARNING
FLASHER
A
DAYTIME *
RUNNING *
LAMPS * ' *
FOG LAMPS
aa aa
e
CAUSTIC
COOLANT
TEMP
BAllERY
CHARGING
SYSTEM
WINDSHIELD
DEFROSTER
Here are some
other symbols
you may see:
I-1
ENGINE OIL
PRESSURE
VENTILATING
FAN
FUSE
P
LIGHTER
(0) h=r
HORN
BRAKE
CT
0
$0
Q
These symbols
are used on
warning and
indicator lights:
ANTI-LOCK
BRAKES
w,
SPEAKER
FUEL
b
e3
(@)
xiii
b
xiv
NOTES
&&*
-A*,
Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems
Here you’llfind information aboutthe seats in your Cadillac and how to use your safety belts properly.
You can also
learn about some things you should not do with air bags and safety belts.
1-2
1-7
1-12
1-13
1-13
1-21
1-22
1-22
Seats and Seat Controls
Safety Belts: They’re for Everyone
Here Are Questions ManyPeople Ask About
Safety Belts -- and the Answers
How to Wear Safety Belts Properly
Driver Position
Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy
Right Front Passenger Position
Supplemental Inflatable Restraint (SIR)
Systems
1-30
1-31
1-35
1-37
1-45
1-48
1-48
1-48
Center Passenger Position
Rear Seat Passengers
Children
Child Restraints
Larger Children
Safety Belt Extender
Checking Your Restraint Systems
Replacing Restraint SystemParts
After a Crash
Seats and Seat Controls
This section tellsyou about the power seats -- how to
adjust them, and also about reclining front seatbacks,
memory seats, lumbar adjustments, heated seats and
head restraints.
Power Seats
0
or rearward
Move the seat cushion control forward
to move the entireseat.
0
Moving the seat cushion control up or down adjusts
the seat height.
0
To adjust the angleof the front seat cushion,lift up
or press down on the
front of the control.
Lifting upor pressing downon the rear partof the
seat control adjusts the rear angle
of the seat cushion.
0
The power seat controls, located on the front doors,
move and adjustthe angle of the seat.
1-2
Power Lumbar Control(If Equipped)
Memory Seat and Mirrors(If Equipped)
The LUMBAR controlis
located on the outboard side
of each front seat. It
provides additional support
to your lower back and it
works independently of the
other seat controls. Use the
power seat controlfirst to
get theproper position.
Then proceed with the
lumbar adjustment.
To reshape the lower seatback, move the LUMBAR
switch forward to increase support and rearward to
decrease support.Move the LUMBAR switch side to
side toraise or lower the supportmechanism to suit
your preference.
Keep in mind thatas your seating positionchanges, as
it may during long trips, so should the position of your
lumbar support. Adjust the seat as
needed.
If you have the optional personalizationpackage, the
power lumbar control can be programmedfor memory
recall. For more information, see “Memory Seat and
Mirrors” later in this section.
Adjust the driver’s seat (including lumbar adjustments)
and both outside mirrors to
a comfortable position and
then press theSET button. Withinfive seconds, press
button “l.’,A second mirror and seating positionmay be
programmed by repeatingthe above steps and pressing
button “2” instead of button 1.
Note thateach time a memory button is pressed, a single
beep will sound through the left
front speaker.
1-3
If your vehicle is in PARK (P), you can recall mirror
1 or 2.
and seating positions by briefly pressing button
This will adjustthe seat and mirrors to where you
have previously programmed them.If you have
accidentally pressedone of the memory recall buttons
and want to stop seat or mirror movement, press
one
of the manual seat or mirror control buttons.
This
cancels a memory recall.
You can also recall a seat
and mirror positionif your
vehicle is not inPARK (P). Press and hold either
the
1 or 2 button until seat and mirror movement is
complete. Releasing the buttons willstop adjustment.
The EXIT buttoncan be programmed to allow easy
exit
for up to two drivers.Adjust the seat to comfortable
a
“exit” position and then press the
SET button followed
by the EXIT button.While your vehicleis in PARK (P),
briefly press the EXIT button
to recall your programmed
exit position.
1-4
Automatic seat, mirrors, comfort controls and radio
movement will occurif the Remote Keyless Entry
( R E ) transmitter is used to enter the vehicle.The
number on the backof the transmitter corresponds to
the 1 or 2 seat, mirror, comfort controls and radio
positions. After the unlock button
is pressed on the
RKE transmitter (the ignition must be in lock) or
when the key is placedin the ignition, the seat, mirrors,
comfort controls and radio will automatically adjust to
the appropriate positions.
Automatic seat, mirrors,comfort controls and radio
movement are programmedthrough the Driver
Information Center(DIC) so that the driver can select
whether ornot movement will occur using the RKE
transmitter or by placing the ignition key
in the ignition.
For more information,see “Remote Recall Memory” in
the Index.
Heated Front Seat (Option)
Reclining Front Seatbacks
The control is located onthe outboard side of each front
seat. Move the SEAT HEAT control to eitherLO or HI
to turn on the heating
elements in the seat. The LO
setting warms theseatback and cushion until the seat
approximates body temperature.The HI setting heats the
seat to a slightly higher temperature.
A telltale lightin
the control reminds you that the heating
system is in use.
The heated seatscan only be used when the ignition is
turned on.
Press the recliner control forward or rearward
to adjust
the seatback.
1-5
But don’t have a seatback reclinedif your vehicle
is moving.
1-6
Sitting ina reclined positionwhen your vehicle
is in motion can bedangerous. Even if you buckle
up, yoursafety belts can’tdo their jobwhen
you’re reclined like this.
The shoulderbelt can’t do its job because it
won’t be against yourbody. Instead, it will be
in frontof you. In a crashyou could go into it,
receiving neck or other injuries,
The lapbelt can’t do its job either. In a crash
the belt couldgo up over your abdomen, The
belt forceswould be there, notat your pelvic
bones. This could cause serious
internal injuries.
For proper protectionwhen the vehicle is in
motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit
well back in the seat and wear your safety
belt properly.
Head Restraints
Slide the head restraint up or down
so that the top of the
restraint is closest to the topof your ears. This position
reduces the chance of a neck injuryin a crash.
The head restraints tiltforward and rearward also.
Safety Belts: They’re for Everyone
This part of the manual tells you how to use safety belts
properly. It also tells you some things you should not do
with safety belts.
And it explains the Supplemental Inflatable Restraint
(SIR), or airbag system.
6!!!, CAUTLN:
Don’t let anyone ride where heor she can’t wear
a safety belt properly.If you are in acrash and
you’re not wearing a safety belt, your
injuries
can be much worse. Youcan hit things inside the
vehicle or be ejected from it.
You can be seriously
injured or killed. In the same crash,you might
not be if youare buckled up. Always fasten your
safety belt,and check that your passengers’ belts
are fastened properly too.
1-7
In most states and Canadian provinces, the law says
to wear safety belts. Here’s why:
They work.
You never knowif you’ll be in a crash.If you do have
a crash, you don’t knowit if
will be a bad one.
It is extremely dangerousto ride in a cargoarea,
inside or outside of a vehicle. In a collision,
A few crashes aremild, and some crashescan be so
serious that even buckled up a person wouldn’t survive.
people riding in these
areas are more likelyto be
But most crashesare in between. In many of them,
seriously injuredor killed. Do not allow people to
people
who buckle up can survive and sometimes
ride in any area of your vehiclethat is not
walk away. Without belts they could have been badly
equipped with seatsand safety belts. Besure
everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a hurt or killed.
After more than25 years of safety beltsin vehicles,
safety belt properly.
the facts are clear. In most crashes buckling up does
matter ... a lot!
Your vehicle has a light that
comes on as a reminder to
buckle up. (See “Safety
Belt Reminder Light”in
the Index.)
Why Safety BeltsWork
When you ride inor on anything, you go as fast as
it goes.
Put someone on it.
Take the simplest vehicle.Suppose it’s just a seat
on wheels.
1-9
Get it up to speed. Then stop the vehicle. The rider
doesn’t stop.
1-10
The person keeps going until stoppedby something.
In a real vehicle, it could be the windshield ...
or theinstrument panel ...
or the safetybelts!
With safety belts,you slow down as the vehicle does.
You get moretime to stop. You stop over more distance,
and your strongest bones take
the forces. That’s why
safety belts make such good sense.
Here Are Questions Many PeopleAsk
About Safety Belts -- and the Answers
Q: Won’t I be trapped in the vehicle afteran
accident ifI’m wearing a safety belt?
A:
You could be -- whether you’re wearing a safety
belt or not. But you can unbuckle a safety belt,
even if you’re upside down. And your chance of
being conscious during and after an accident,
so
you can unbuckle and get out, ismuch greater
if you are belted.
Q:
If my vehicle has air bags,why should I have to
wear safety belts?
A:
Air bags are in many vehicles today and will
be in most of them inthe future. But they are
supplemental systems only; so they work with
safety belts -- not instead of them. Every air bag
system ever offeredfor sale has required theuse
of safety belts. Even if you’rein a vehicle that has
air bags, you stillhave to buckle up to get the most
protection. That’s true not onlyin frontal collisions,
but especially in side and other collisions.
Q:
If I’m a good driver, andI never drive far from
home, why should I wear safety belts?
A:
You may be an excellent driver, but ifyou’re in an
accident -- even one that isn’t your fault-- you and
your passengers can be hurt. Being a good driver
doesn’t protect you from things beyond your
control, suchas bad drivers.
Most accidents occur within
25 miles (40 km)of home.
And the greatest number of serious injuries and deaths
occur at speedsof less than 40 mph (65 km/h).
Safety belts are for everyone.
How to Wear Safety Belts Properly
Driver Position
Adults
This part describes the driver’s restraint system.
This part is only for people of adult size.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
Be aware that thereare special things to know about
safety belts andchldren. And there are different rules
for smaller children and babies.
If a child willbe riding
in your Cadillac, see the part
of this manual called
“Children.” Follow those rulesfor everyone’s protection.
The driver has a lap-shoulder belt. Here’s how
to wear
it properly.
First, you’ll wantto know which restraint systems your
vehicle has.
1. Close and lock the door.
2. Adjust the seat (to see how, see “Seats’’ in the Index)
so you can sit up straight.
We’ll start withthe driver position.
1-13
3. Pick up the latch plate
and pull the beltacross you.
Don’t let it get twisted.
I
4. Push the latch plate intothe buckle until it clicks.
Be sure to use
the correct buckle when buckling your
lap-shoulder belt.If you find that the latch plate will
not go fully into the buckle,
see if you are using the
buckle for the center passenger position.
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure
it is secure.If
the belt isn’t long
enough, see “Safety Belt
Extender’’ at theend of this section.
Make sure the release button on
the buckle is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quicklyif you ever had to.
The lap partof the belt should be worn low and snug on
the hips,just touching the thighs.In a crash, this applies
force to the strong pelvic bones.
And you’d beless likely
to slide under the lap belt.
If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force at your abdomen.
This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should go
over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts
of the
body are best able to take belt restraining forces.
or crash.
The safety belt locksif there’s a sudden stop
1-14
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
Before you begin to drive, move the shoulder belt
adjuster to the height that
is right for you.
To move it down, squeeze the releasehandle and move
the height adjuster to the desired position.
You can move
the adjuster upjust by pushing up on the bottom
of the
release handle. After you move the adjuster to where
you want it, try to moveit down withoutsqueezing the
release handle to make sureit has locked into position.
Adjust the heightso that the shoulder portion of the belt is
centered on your shoulder. The belt should
be away fiom
your face and neck, but not falling
off your shoulder.
1-15
Shoulder Belt Tightness Adjustment
Your car has a shoulderbelt tightness adjustment
feature. If the shoulder beltseems too tight, adjustit
4. Let the belt go back all the way. You should hear a
slight clicking sound.If you don’t, the adjustment
feature won’t set, and you’ll havestart
to again.
before you beginto drive.
1. Sit well back in the seat.
2. Start pulling the shoulder belt out.
3. Just before it reaches the end, giveit a quick pull.
1-16
5. Now you can add a small amount of slack. Lean
forward slightly, then sit back.
If you’ve added more
than 1 inch (25mm) of slack, pull the shoulder belt
out as you did before and
start again.
if you pull
If you move aroundin the vehicle enough, or
out the shoulder belt, the belt will become tight again.
If
this happens, you can reset
it.
~
~
@
What’s wrong with this?
You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt
is
too loose. In a crash, you would move forward
too much, which could increase injury.
The
shoulder belt should fit against your
body. Don’t
allow more than1 inch (25 mm) of slack.
A:
The shoulder belt is too loose. It won’t give nearly
as much protection this way.
Q.'
What's wrong with this?
You can be seriouslyinjured if your belt is
buckled in the wrong place like
this. In a crash,
the belt wouldgo up over your abdomen. The belt
forces would be there, not
at the pelvic bones. This
could cause seriousinternal injuries.Always
buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you.
A:
The belt is buckled in the wrong place.
@
What's wrong with this?
You can be seriously injured if you wear the
shoulder belt under your arm.In a crash, your
body would move too far forward, which would
increase the chanceof head andneck injury.
Also, the belt would apply too much force to the
ribs, which aren't as strong as shoulder
bones.
You could also severelyinjure internal organs
like your liveror spleen.
A:
The shoulder belt is worn under the arm.It should
be worn over the shoulder at all times.
@
what’s wrong with this?
You can be seriously injured
by a twisted belt.In
a crash,you wouldn’t have the full width of the
belt to spread impact forces.
If a beltis twisted,
make it straightso it canwork properly, or ask
your dealerto fix it.
A:
The belt is twisted across the body.
1-20
II
SafetyBeltUseDuringPregnancy
Safety belts work for everyone, including pregnant
women. Like all occupants, they are more likely be
to
seriously injured if they don’t wear safety belts.
To unlatch the belt, just push the buttonon the buckle.
The belt shouldgo back outof the way.
Before you close the door, be sure the belt
is out of the
way. If you slam the door on it, you can damage both
the belt and your vehicle.
A pregnant woman should wear a lap-shoulder belt, and
the lap portion should be wornas low as possible, below
the rounding, throughoutthe pregnancy.
1-21
The best way to protectthe fetus is to protect the
mother. Whena safety beltis worn properly, it’s more
likely that thefetus won’t be hurtin a crash. For
pregnant women, asfor anyone, the key to making
safety belts effective is wearing
them properly.
Right Front Passenger Position
The right front passenger’s safety belt works
the same
way as the driver’s safety belt.
See “Driver Position,”
earlier in this section.
When the lap portionof the beltis pulled out all the
way, it will lock.If it does, let it go back all theway
and start again.
Supplemental Inflatable Restraint
(SIR) Systems
This part explains the frontal and
side impact
SupplementalInflatable Restraint(SIR)systems or air
bag systems.
Your Cadillac has fourair bags -- a frontal air bag
for
the driver, another frontal
air bag for the right front
passenger, a side impact air bag
for the driver, and
another side impact air bag
for the right front passenger.
Here are the most important things to know about the
air bag systems:
A
--
1-22
You can be severely injured or killed in a crash
if
you aren’t wearing your safety belteven if you
have an air bag. Wearing your safety belt
during
a crash helps reduce your chance
of hitting things
inside the vehicleor being ejected from it. Air
bags are “supplemental restraints” to the safety
belts. All air bags are designed to work with
safety beltsbut don’t replace them.
Frontal air bags for the driver and right front
passenger are designed to work only in moderate
to severe crashes where the front
of your vehicle
hits something. They aren’t designed to inflate
at
all in rollover, rear,side or low-speed frontal
crashes. The side impactair bags for the driver
and right front passenger are designed to inflate
only in moderate to severe crashes where
something bits the sideof your vehicle. They aren’t
designed to inflate in frontal, or in a rollover or in
rear crashes. Everyonein your vehicle shouldwear
a safety belt properly whether or not there’s an
air bag for that person.
--
--
I /11 CAUTION:
I
Both frontal and side impactair bags inflate with
great force, faster than the blinkof an eye. If
you’re too close to an inflating air bag, it could
seriously injure you. Safety belts help keep
you in
position for air bag inflation beforeand during a
crash. Always wear your safety belt, even with
air
bags. Thedriver should sitas far back as possible
while still maintaining controlof the vehicle.
Front occupants should not lean on
or sleep
against the door.
I /i\ CAUTION:
AIR BAG
There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument
panel, whichshows AIR BAG.
The system checks the air bag electricalsystem for
malfunctions. The light tells you if there
is an electrical
problem. See “Air Bag Readiness Light” in the Index
for more information.
An inflating air bag can seriouslyinjure small
children. Always secure children properly
in your
vehicle. To read how, seethe part of this manual
called “Children”and the caution label on the
right front passenger’s safety belt.
1-23
How the Air Bag Systems Work
-
Where are the air bags?
The right front passenger’s frontal air bag is inthe
instrument panelon the passenger’s side.
The driver’s frontal air bag is in the middle of the
steering wheel.
1-24
The driver’s side impact air bag is in the driver’s door.
The right front passenger’s side impact air bagis in the
passenger’s door.
If something is between an occupant and an
air bag, the bag mightnot inflate properlyor
it might force the object into that person. The
path of an inflating air bag mustbe kept clear.
Don’t put anythingbetween an occupant and an
air bag, anddon’t attach or put anything
on the
steering wheel hub oron or near any other air
bag covering.
1-25
..
When should an air bag inflate?
The driver’s and right front passenger’s frontal air bags
are designed to inflate in moderate
to severe frontalor
near-frontal crashes. The frontalair bags are designed to
inflate only if the impact speed
is above the system’s
designed “threshold level.”If your vehicle goes straight
into a wall that doesn’t move
or deform, the threshold
level is about9 to 15 mph (14 to 24 km/h). The
threshold level can vary, however, with specific vehicle
design, so that itcan be somewhat aboveor below this
range. If your vehicle strikes something that will move
or deform, such asa parked car, the threshold level will
be higher. The driver’s and rightfront passenger’s
frontal air bags are not designedto inflate in rollovers,
side impacts, or rear impacts, because inflation would
not help the occupant.
rollovers or rear impacts, because inflation would not
help the occupant.A side impact air bag will only
deploy on the side of the vehicle that is struck.
In any particular crash, no
one can say whether an air
bag should have inflated simply because
of the damage
to a vehicleor because of what the repair costs were.
Inflation is determined by the angleof the impact and
how quickly the vehicle slows down in frontal and
near-frontal impacts. For side impact air bags, inflation
is determined by the location
of the impact and how
quickly the sideof the vehicle deforms.
What makes an air bag inflate?
In an impact of sufficient severity, the air bag sensing
system detects that the vehicle
is in a crash.For both
frontal and side impact air bags,
the sensing system
The driver’s and right front passenger’s side impact air triggers a releaseof gas from the inflator, which inflates
bags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe side the air bag.The inflator, airbag and related hardware
crashes involving a front door.
A side impact air bag
are all part of the air bag modules inside the steering
will inflateif the crash severityis above the system’s
wheel, instrument panel and front doors.
designed “threshold level.”The threshold level can vary
with specific vehicle design.Side impact air bags are not
designed to inflate in frontal or near-frontal impacts,
1-26
How does an airbag restrain?
What will you see after an air bag inflates?
In moderate to severe frontal or near
frontal collisions,
even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or
the instrument panel. In moderate to severe side
collisions, even belted occupants can contactthe inside
of the vehicle. The air bagsupplements the protection
provided by safety belts.Air bags distribute theforce of
the impact more evenly over the occupant’s upper body,
stopping theoccupant more gradually. But the frontal air
bags would not help you
in many typesof collisions,
including rollovers, rear impacts, and side impacts,
primarily because an occupant’s motionis not toward
the air bag. Side impact air bags would not help you in
many typesof collisions, including frontal or near
frontal collisions, rollovers, and rear impacts, primarily
because an occupant’s motionis not toward those air
bags. Air bags should never be regarded as anything
more than a supplementto safety belts,and then onlyin
moderate to severefrontal or near-frontal collisions for
the driver’s and right
front passenger’s frontal air bags,
and only in moderate to severe side collisions for the
driver’s and rightfront passenger’s side impact air bags.
After an air bag inflates,it quickly deflates,so quickly
that some people may not even realize the air bag
inflated. Some components of the air bag module -- the
steering wheel hubfor the driver’sair bag, the
instrument panel for the right front passenger’s bag, the
door for the driver and rightfront passenger’s side
impact air bags-- will be hotfor a short time.The parts
of the bag thatcome into contact with you may
be
warm, but nottoo hot to touch.There will be some
smoke and dustcoming from the ventsin the deflated
air bags. Airbag inflation doesn’t prevent the driver
from seeing or being able to steer the vehicle,
nor does it
stop people from leaving the vehicle.
1-27
In many crashes severe enough to inflatean air bag,
windshields are broken by vehicle deformation. Additional
CAUTION:
windshield breakage may also occur from the right front
passenger air bag.
When an air bag
inflates, there is dust in the
Air bags are designed to inflate only once. After
an
air. This dust could cause breathing problems
air bag inflates, you’ll need
some new parts for your
for people with a history of asthma or other
air bag system. If you don’t get them,
the air bag
breathing trouble. To avoid this, everyone in
the
system won’t be there to help protect
you in another
vehicle should get outas soon as it is safe to do so.
crash. A new system will include air bag modules
If you have breathing problems but
can’t getout
and possibly other parts.
The service manualfor
of the vehicle after an air bag inflates,then get
your vehicle covers the need to replace other parts.
fresh airby opening awindow or a door.
0 Your vehicle is equipped with a crash sensing and
diagnostic module, which records information
about
the frontal air bag system.
The module records
Your vehicle has a feature that will automatically unlock
information about the readinessof the system, when
the doors and turn the interior lamps onwhen air bags
the sensors are activated and driver’s safety belt
inflate (if battery power is available).You can lock the
usage at deployment.
doors again and turnthe interior lampsoff by using the
door lock and interior lamp controls.
A
1-2s
Let only qualified technicians work on your air
bag systems.Improper service can mean that an
air bagsystem won’t work properly.See your dealer
for service.
NOTICE:
If you damage the covering for the
driver’s or
the right frontpassenger’s air bag, or the air
bag covering on the
driver’s and right front
passenger’s door,the bag may not work
properly.
You may have to replace the air bag module
in
the steeringwheel, both theair bag module and
the instrument panel for the right front
passenger’s air bag, or both theair bag module
and door panel for the
driver’s and right front
passenger’s sideimpact air bag. Do not openor
break theair bag coverings.
Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped Cadillac
Air bags affect how your Cadillac should
be serviced.
There are partsof the air bag systems in several places
around your vehicle.Your Cadillac dealer and the
Cadillac Service Manualhave information about
servicing your vehicle andthe air bag systems.To
purchase a service manual, see “Service and Owner
Publications” in the Index.
For up to10 seconds after theignition key is
turned off and the batteryis disconnected, an air
bag canstill inflate during improper
service. You
can be injured if you are close to anair bag when
it inflates. Avoid wires wrapped with yellow tape
or yellow connectors. Theyare probably part
of
the air bag systems. Be sure tofollow proper
service procedures, and make sure the person
performing work foryou is qualified to doso.
The air bag systems do not need regularmaintenance.
1-29
~
Center Passenger Position
n
U
Lap Belt
If your vehicle has afront split seat anda rear bench
seat, someonecan sit in the center positions.
When you sit in a center seating position, you have a lap
safety belt, which hasno retractor. To make the belt
longer, tilt the latch plate and pull it along the belt.
1-30
Buckle, position and releaseit the same way as the lap
part of a lap-shoulder belt.If the belt isn’t long enough,
see “Safety Belt Extender’’ at the
end of this section.
Make sure the release button
on the buckleis positioned
so you would be ableto unbuckle the safety belt quickly
if you ever had to.
Rear Seat Passengers
It’s very important for rear seat passengers
to buckle up!
Accident statistics show that unbelted people in the rear
seat are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who are
wearing safety belts.
Rear passengers who aren’t safety belted can
be thrown
out of the vehicle in a crash. And they can strike others
in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts.
To make the belt shorter, pull
its free end as shown until
the belt is snug.
Rear Seat Outside Passenger Positions
h
Lap-Shoulder Belt
The positions next to the windows
have lap-shoulder
belts. Here’s how to wear one properly.
1. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.
Don’t letit get twisted.
The shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across
you very quickly. If this happens, let the belt
go back
slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt across you
more slowly.
2. Push the latch plate into the buckle untilit clicks.
1-32
1
If the belt stops beforeit reaches the buckle, tilt the latch 3. To make the lap part tight, pull down on the buckle
plate and keep pulling until you can buckle
it.
end of the belt as you pull up
on the shoulder part.
Pull up on the latch plz-te to make sure it is secure.
If the belt is not long enough,see “Safety Belt
Extender” at the endof this section. Make sure the
release button on the buckle is positioned so you
would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly
if
you ever had to.
1-33
force to thestrong pelvic bones.And you’d be less likely
to slide under the lap belt.
If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force at your abdomen.This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should
go
over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts
of the
body are best able to take belt restraining forces.
The safety belt locksif there’s a sudden stopor a crash,
or if you pull the belt very quickly
out of the retractor.
/!\ CAUT,,A
You can be seriously hurt
if your shoulder beltis
too loose.In a crash, you would move forward
too much, which could increase injury. The
shoulder belt should fit against your body.
The lappart of the belt should be worn low and snug on
the hips, just touching the thighs.
In a crash, this applies
1-34
Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs protection!That includes
infants and all children smaller than adult size.fact,
In
the law in everystate in the United States andin every
Canadian province says childrenup to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle.
Smaller Children and Babies
A CAUTION:
To unlatch the belt,just push thebutton on the buckle.
Smaller childrenand babies should always be
restrained in a childor infant restraint. The
instructions for the restraint will say whetherit is
the right typeand size for your child. A very
young child’ship bones are so small that a
regular belt might not stay
low on the hips, asit
should. Instead, the belt
will likely be over the
child’s abdomen.In a crash, the belt
would apply
force right on the child’s abdomen, which could
cause seriousor fatal injuries. So, be sure that
any child small enough
for one is always properly
restrained in a childor infant restraint.
1-35
-- -d)
at only 25 mph (40 k d h ) , a 12-lb. (5.5 kg) baby
will suddenly become a 240-lb. (110 kg) force on
your arms. The babywould be almost impossible
to hold.
Secure the baby in
an infant restraint.
I
I
I
I
Never hold a baby in your arms
while riding in
a vehicle. A baby doesn't weigh much until a
crash. During a crash a baby
will become so
heavy you can't hold it. For example, ina crash
CAUTION: (Continued)
--
1-36
Child Restraints
Be sure the child restraint is designed
to be used in a
vehicle. If it is, it will have a label saying that
it meets
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
Then follow the instructions for the restraint.You may
find these instructions onthe restraint itself or in a
booklet, or both. These restraints use the belt system in
your vehicle, but the child
also has tobe secured within
the restraint to help
reduce the chance of personal injury.
The instructions that come withthe infant or child
restraint will show you how do
to that.
Where toPut the Restraint
Accident statistics show that children are safer
if they
are restrained in the rear rather than front
the seat. We at
General Motors therefore recommend that you put your
child restraint in the rear
seat. Never put a rear-facing
child restraint in the front passenger seat. Here’swhy:
/!\ CAI, LION:
A child in arearfacing child restraint can be
seriously injured if the rightfront passenger’s
air bag inflates. This is because the back
of a
rear-facing childrestraint would be very close to
the inflatingair bag. Always secure a rear-facing
child restraint in therear seat.
You may, however, secure a forward-facing child
restraint in the rightfront seat. Before you secure
a forward-facing childrestraint, always move the
front passenger seatas far back asit will go. Or,
secure the childrestraint in therear seat.
1-37
IA
CAUTION:
I
Top Strap
A child in a child
restraint in the centerfront seat
can be badly injuredby the right front passenger
air bag if it inflates. Never secure a child
restraint
in the centerfront seat. It’s alwaysbetter to
secure a childrestraint in therear seat. You may,
however, secure a forward-facing child
restraint
in the rightfront passenger seat,but onlv with
the seatmoved all theway back.
Wherever you install it, be sure
to secure the child
restraint properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint move
can
around in a collisionor sudden stop and injure people
in
the vehicle. Be sure to properly secure any child
restraint in your vehicle-- even when no child is in it.
1-38
If your child restraint has a top strap, it should be
anchored. If you needto have an anchor installed, you
can ask your Cadillac dealer put
to it in for you. If you
want to install an anchor yourself, your dealer can tell
you how to do it.
Canadian law requires that child restraints have
a top
strap, and that the strap beanchored.
If your child restraint hasa top strap, your dealer can
obtain a kit with anchor hardware and installation
instructions specifically designed for this vehicle. The
dealer can then install theanchor for you. In Canada,
this work willbe done for you free of charge. Or, you
may install the anchor yourself using the instructions
provided in the kit.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder
portions of the vehicle’s safety belt through or
around the restraint. The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
Securing a Child Restraint in
a Rear
Outside Seat Position
U
You’ll be using the lap-shoulder belt.See the earlier part
about the top strapif the child restrainthas one.
Tilt the latch plate to adjust the if
belt
needed.
1. Put the restraint on the seat.Follow the instructions
for the child restraint.
of the child’s faceor
If the shoulder belt goes in front
neck, put it behind the child restraint.
2. Secure the child in the child restraint as the
instructions say.
1-39
4. Buckle the belt.Make sure the release buttonis
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quicklyif you ever had to.
1-40
5. To tighten the belt, pull up on the shoulder belt while
you push downon the child restraint.
6. Push and pull the child restraint in different
directions tobe sure it is secure.
To remove the child restraint,
just unbuckle the vehicle’s
safety belt and let
it go back all the way.The safety belt
will move freely again and be ready to work an
foradult
or larger child passenger.
See the earlier partabout the top strap if the child
restraint has one.
Securing a Child Restraint in the Center
Rear SeatPosition
You’ll be using the lap belt.
A child in a childrestraint in the centerfront seat
can be badlyinjured by the right front passenger
air bag if it inflates. Never secure a child
restraint
in the centerfront seat. It’s alwaysbetter to
secure a childrestraint in the rear seat. You may,
however, securea forward-facing child
restraint
in theright front passenger seat,but only with
the seatmoved all theway back.
latch
1. Make the belt as long as possible by tilting the
plate and pullingit along the belt.
2. Put the restraint on the seat. Follow the instructions
for the child restraint.
L
3. Secure the child in the child restraint as the
instructions say.
1-41
4. Run the vehicle’s safety beltthrough or around the
restraint, The child restraint instructions will
show
you how.
5. Buckle the belt.Make sure the release button is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quicklyif you ever had to.
its free end while you push
6. To tighten the belt, pull
down on the child restraint.
in different
7. Push and pull the child restraint
directions to be sure
it is secure. If it isn’t, secure the
restraint in a different place in
the vehicle and
contact the child restraint maker
for their advice
about how to attach the child restraint properly.
To remove the child restraint,
just unbuckle the vehicle’s
safety belt.It will be ready to work for
an adult or larger
child passenger.
1-42
Securing a Child Restraintin the Right
Front Seat Position
You’ll be using the lap-shoulder belt.See the earlier part
about the top strap the
if child restraint has one.
1. Because your vehicle has a rightfront passenger air
bag, always move the seat far
as back as it will go
before securing aforward-facing child restraint. (See
“Seats” in the Index.)
2. Put the restraint on the seat. Follow the instructions
for the child restraint.
Your vehicle has a rightfront passenger air bag.Never
put a rear-facing child restraint
in this seat. Here’s why:
A CAUTION:
A child in arearfacing child restraint can be
seriously injured if the right front passenger’s air
bag inflates. This is because the back of a
rear-facing child restraint would be very close to
the inflating air bag. Always securerearfacing
a
child restraint in the rear seat.
3. Secure the child in the child restraint as the
instructions say.
4. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder
portions of the vehicle’s safety belt through or
around the restraint.The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
If the shoulder beltgoes in front of the child’s face or
neck, put it behind the child restraint.
5. Buckle the belt. Make sure the release button
is
positioned so you would beable to unbuckle the
safety belt quicklyif you ever had to.
1-44
6. Pull the restof the lap belt all the
way out of the
retractor to set the lock.
1
7. To tighten the belt, feed the lap belt back into the
retractor while you push down
on the child restraint.
8. Push and pull the child restraintin different
directions tobe sure it is secure.
Children who have outgrown child restraints should
wear the vehicle's safety belts.
To remove the child restraint,
just unbuckle the vehicle's
safety beltand let it go back all the way.The safety belt
will move freely again and
be ready towork for an adult
or larger child passenger.
If you have the choice, a child shouldsit next to a
window so the child can wear a lap-shoulder belt and
get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide.
Accident statistics show that children are safer
if they
are restrained in the rear seat. But they need to
use the
safety belts properly.
0
Children who aren’t buckledup can be thrown out in
a crash.
Children who aren’t buckled upcan strike other
people who are.
Never do this.
Here two children are wearing the samebelt. The
belt can’t properly spread the impact
forces. In a
crash, thetwo children canbe crushed together
and seriously injured.A belt must be used by
only one person at a time.
&.” What if a child is wearing a lap-shoulder belt,
but the childis so small that the shoulder
belt is
very close to thechild’s face orneck?
A:
1-46
Move the child toward the center
of the vehicle, but
be sure that the shoulder belt still is on the child’s
shoulder, so that in a crash the child’s upper body
would have the restraint that belts provide.
If the
child isso small that the shoulder belt
is still very
close to the child’sface or neck, you might want to
place the child in the center seat position,one
the
that has only a lap belt.
A CAUTION:
I
Never do this.
Here a child is sitting in a that
seat has a
lap-shoulder belt,but the shoulderpart is behind
the child.If the child wears the belt in this
way, in
a crash the child might slide under the belt. The
belt’s force wouldthen be applied right on the
child’s abdomen.That could cause seriousor
fatal injuries.
Wherever the child sits, the lap portion of the belt
should beworn low and snugon the hips, just touching
the child’s thighs.This applies belt force to the child’s
pelvic bones in a crash.
Safety Belt Extender
If the vehicle’s safetybelt will fasten around you, you
should useit.
But if a safety belt isn’t
long enough to fasten, your
dealer will orderyou an extender. It’s free. When you go
in to orderit, take the heaviest coat you will wear,
so the
extender will be longenough for you. The extender will
be just for you, andjust for the seat in your vehicle that
you choose. Don’t letsomeone else use it, and use it
only for the seatit is made to fit.
To wear it,just attach it
to the regular safety belt.
Checking Your Restraint Systems
Replacing Restraint System Parts
After a Crash
If you’ve had a crash,
do you need new belts?
After a very minor collision, nothing
may be necessary.
But if the belts were stretched, as they wouldifbe
worn
during a more severe crash, then you need
new belts.
If belts are cut or damaged, replace them. Collision
damage alsomay mean you will need to have safety belt
or seat parts repaired or replaced.
New parts and repairs
may be necessary even if the belt wasn’t being at
used
the timeof the collision.
If an air bag inflates, you’ll need to replace air bag
Now and then, make sure the safety belt reminder light system parts.See the parton the air bag system earlier
and all your belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors and in this section.
anchorages are working properly.
Look for any other
loose or damaged safety belt
system parts. If you see
anything that might keep a safety belt system
from
doing itsjob, have it repaired.
Tom or frayed safety beltsmay not protect you in a
crash. They can rip apart
under impact forces. If a belt
is torn or frayed, get a new
one right away.
Also lookfor any opened or broken airbag covers, and
have them repairedor replaced. (The air bag system
does not need regular maintenance.)
b
NOTES
&
NOTES
fib-
-%
Section 2 FeaturesandControls
Here you can learn about the many standard and optional features on your Cadillac, information
and
on starting,
shifting and braking. Alsoexplained are the instrument panel and the warning systems that tell you if everything
is
working properly-- and whatto do if you have a problem.
2-2
2-4
2-7
2-13
2- 16
2-17
2-19
2-20
2-20
2-22
2-23
2-25
2-28
2-30
2-33
2-3 3
2-34
2-34
2-35
Keys
Door Locks
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Trunk
Theft
Theft-Deterrent System (If Equipped)
[email protected]
New Vehicle “Break-In”
Ignition Positions
Starting Your Engine
Engine Coolant Heater (Option) (Canada Only)
Automatic Transaxle Operation
Parking Brake
Shifting Into PARK (P)
Shifting Outof PARK (P)
Parking Over Things That Burn
Engine Exhaust
Running Your Engine While You’re Parked
Windows
2-37
2-45
2-50
2-5 3
2-59
2-6 1
2-63
2-63
2-63
2-63
2-64
2-65
2-68
2-70
2-7 1
2-74
2-85
Turn SignaVMultifunctionLever
Lamps
Interior Lamps
Mirrors
Storage Compartments
Ashtrays and Cigarette Lighter
Cellular Telephone (Option)
Assist Handles
Umbrella Holder (DeVille d’Elegance Only)
Floor Mats
Astroroof (Option)
Universal Transmitter (Option)
The Instrument Panel: Your
Information System
Digital Cluster (DeVille and
DeVille d’Elegance Only)
Analog Cluster (DeVilleConcours Only)
Warning Lights, Gages and Indicators
Driver Information Center (DIC)
2-1
Keys
I
I
A CAUTION:
Leaving young children ina vehicle with the
ignition key is dangerous for manyreasons.
A child or others could be badly injured
or
even killed.
They could operate power windows or other
controls oreven make thevehicle move. If they
turned theignition toON and moved the shift
lever outof PARK (P),that would release the
parking brake.Don’t leave the keys in a vehicle
with young children.
2-2
When a new Cadillac is delivered, the dealer removes
the plugfrom the door key. The plug hasa code on it
that tellsthe dealer ora qualified locksmith how to
make extra keys.The ignition key hasa bar code tag
attached to it rather than a knock out plug.Your dealer
or qualified locksmith canmake extra ignition keys by
reading the bar code tag.
Keep thebar code tag andthe door key plugsin a safe
place. If you lose your keys, you willbe able to have
new ones made using the plug or bar
code tag.
The oval keyis for the
doors and all other locks.
NOTICE:
Your Cadillac hasa number of new features that
can help prevent theft.
You can havea lot of
trouble getting into your vehicle
if you ever
lock your keys inside and you may have to
damage your vehicle to get in. Be sure you
have extra keys.
2-3
Door Locks
Unlocked doors can be dangerous.
Passengers especially children can easily
open the doors andfall out. When adoor is
locked, the inside handlewon’t open it.
Outsiders caneasily enter through an
unlocked
door when you slowdown or stop yourvehicle.
This may notbe so obvious: You increase the
chance of being thrown outof the vehicle in a
crash if the doors aren’tlocked. Wear safety belts
properly, lock your doors and
you will be far
better off whenever you drive yourvehicle.
--
--
Push the manual lock lever forward to lock door
the
from the inside.To unlock the door, pull back on
the lever.
Central Door UnlockingSystem
if it isequipped with
There are several ways to lock and unlock your vehicle. Your vehicle will have this feature
the optional theft-deterrent system. When unlocking
From the outside, use either thedoor key or the Remote
either front door, you can unlock the other doors by
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
holding the key in the turned position forfew
a seconds
If your vehicle has the optional theft-deterrent system,
or by quickly turning the door key twicein the
you must unlock the doors with the key
or RKE
lock cylinder.
transmitter to avoid setting off the alarm.
2-4
Power Door Locks
Press the powerdoor lock to
lock or unlock all the doors
at once. The rear power
door locks only provide a
lock function as a safety
feature. They will not
unlock the doors.
Programmable Automatic Door Locks
(If Equipped)
With the ignitionin the RUN position, the door locks
can be programmed through prompts displayedby the
Driver Information Center (DIC). These prompts allow
the driver to choose various lock settings.
To begin programming, press and hold
the
INFORMATION (INFO) and RESET(INFO RESET)
buttons at the
same time to display the
following prompts.
DOORS LOCKIN GEAR: All doors automatically
lock when shifted outof PARK (P).
Automatic Door Locks
DOORS UNLOCKIN PARK: All doors automatically
lock when shifted outof PARK (P). Alldoors
automatically unlock when shifted intoPARK (P).
Close your doors and turn on the ignition. Everytime
DRIVR UNLOCKIN PARK: All doors automatically
you movethe shift lever out of PARK (P), allof the
lock when shiftedout of PARK (P). Only the driver’s
doors will lock. The doors will unlockevery time you
door automatically unlocks when shifted intoPARK (P).
stop the vehicle and move
the shift lever into PARK (P).
If someone needs to get out while your vehicle is not in
PARK (P), have thatperson use the manual or power
lock. Whenthe door is closed again,it will not lock
automatically. Use themanual or powerlock to lock the
door again. If you need tolock the doors before shifting
out of PARK (P), use themanual or powerlock button
to lock the doors.
2-5
A “yes”, “no” or “skip” response must
be made after
each prompt is displayed in ordercontinue
to
on to the
next promptor personalization feature. Press the
TRIP
SET (TRIP RESET) button to
choose yes, press the
RESET (INFO RESET) button choose
to
no or press the
INFORMATION (INFO) button to “skip”to the next
personalization feature.
FEAWRE ON appears when a “yes”response is made
and FEATUREOFF appears with a “no” response.
If a no responseis made afterthe DOORS LOCK IN
GEAR prompt is displayed, FEATURE
OFF will appear.
The automatic door locking system has been disabled
and no otherdoor lock messages will be displayed.
REMOTE FLASH LIGHTS, which is the next available
personalization featureto display, will appear next.
See “Remote Confirmation” in the Index
for
more information.
If a yes responseis made afterthe DOORS LOCK IN
GEAR promptis displayed, FEATUREON appears.
The automatic door lockingsystem is enabled and
allows the DOORS UNLOCKIN PARK prompt
to appear. Choosing this promptadvances you to
REMOTE FLASH LIGHTS whereas no
a response will
display the DRIVR UNLOCKIN PARK prompt. A yes
or no response here automatically brings up the
REMOTE FLASH LIGHTS feature.
2-6
~
~
Rear Door Security Locks
Your Cadillac is equipped
with rear door security
locks that help prevent
passengers from opening
the rear doorsof your
vehicle from the inside.
To use this lock:
1. Move the lever on the
door all theway up to the
ENGAGED position.
2. Close the door,
3. Do the same thing to
the other reardoor lock.
The rear doors of your vehiclecannot be opened from
the inside when this feature is in use.
When you want to open a rear door when the security
lock is on:
Leaving Your Vehicle
1. Unlock the door from the inside.
If you are leaving the vehicle, open the door, set the
locks from the inside, getout and close the door.
2. Then open the door from the outside.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System
To cancel the reardoor lock:
1. Unlock the door from the inside and open thedoor
from the outside.
2. Move the lever all the way down.
3. Do the same for the other rear door.
The rear door locks will now work normally.
Anti-Lockout Featur-Leaving your keyin any ignition position with any
door open will disable the useof the power door lock
switches. The anti-lockout feature is disabled when the
ignition is on. If you close the doors, you can lock them
using the RKE system. It is always recommended that
you remove the ignition key whenlocking your vehicle.
Note thatthe anti-lockout feature can be overridden by
holding the powerdoor lock switch for three seconds
or longer.
With this feature, you can
lock and unlock the doors,
unlock the trunk, open the
fuel door and turn on your
vehicle’s interior lamps
from about 10 feet (3 m)
away using the RKE
transmitter supplied
with your vehicle.
Your RKE system operates ona radio frequency subject
to Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Rules
and with Industry andScience Canada.
2-7
by other thanan
Changes or modifications to this system
This device complies withPart 15 of the FCC Rules.
authorized service facility could void authorization
to
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
use thisequipment.
(1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation. Operation
This device complies with RSS-210 of Industry and
Science Canada. Operation is subject tothe following
two conditions:(1) this device may not cause
interference, and(2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that
may
cause undesired operationof the device.
The range of this system is about 10 feet (3 m). At times
you may notice a decrease in range.This is normal for
any remote lock control system.
If the transmitter does
not work or if you have to stand closer to your vehicle
for the transmitter to work, try this:
Check to determine if battery replacement is
necessary. See the instructions that follow.
Check the distance.You may be too far from your
vehicle. You may need to stand closer during rainy
or snowy weather.
Check the location. Other vehicles or objectsmay be
blocking the signal. Take
a few stepsto the left or
right, hold the transmitter higher, and try again.
If you’re still having trouble, see your Cadillac
dealer or a qualified technicianfor service.
*
When you press thissymbol to unlock the
driver’s door, the parking lamps on your vehicle will
blink twice.(You can program your vehicleso the
parking lamps will not flash.
For more information,see
“Remote Confirmation”later in this section.) Pressing
it
again within five seconds will unlock the other doors.
Pressing this button will also
disarm the optional
theft-deterrent system and turnon the interior lamps
at night.
8
When you press thissymbol to lock the doors, the
parking lamps will blink once.
(You can program your
vehicle so the parking lamps will not flash.
For more
information, see “Remote Confirmation” later
in this section.)This also arms the optional
theft-deterrent system.
Press this symbol to open the trunk.
Press this button to open the fuel door.
or unlock buttons on the RKE transmitter are pressed.
Press the TRIP SET(TRIP RESET) button to answer
“yes,” press the RESET (INFO RESET) button to indicate
“no” or press the INFORMATION(INFO) button to
Note that pressing the transmitter buttons numerous times “skip” to the next personalization feature.
To begin programming, the ignition must bein the RUN
(approximately 500 times) out of the vehicle’s operating
range may cause the transmitter not to work. Replacing position. Press andhold the INFORMATION (INFO)
and RESET (INFORESET) buttons at the same time.
the battery and pressing the transmitter buttons
10 or
The first message to appear refers to
the programmable
more times outof range will also cause
the transmitter
not to work.To reset the transmitter, you must be within automatic door locks. To skip this prompt, pressthe
INFORMATION (INFO) button.
the vehicle’s operating range. Press and hold the trunk
button, and within one second, press and hold the lock When REMOTE FLASH LIGHTS appearson the DIC
button. Continue to hold both buttons
for approximately
display, press the yes button
to program the parking
three seconds. See your Cadillac dealerfor service if your
lamps to blinkonce when the lock button on theRKE
transmitter still doesn’t work properly.
transmitter is pressed and to blink
twice when the
The RKE transmittercan also be used torecall the
memory settings for up to two drivers. For more
information, see “Memory Seat and Mirrors” in
the Index.
RKE Personalization Features
Remote Confiimation (If Equipped)
Before you select features, be sure that the number on
the back of the RKE transmittermatches the driver
preferred. You can confirm the correct driver by placing
the keyin the LOCK position and pressing unlock on
the RKE transmitter.
This personalization feature allows the driver to program
the parking lamps to blink or to remain
off when the lock
unlock button is pressed.If you don’t wantthe parking
lamps to blink whenusing the RKE transmitter, press
the no button.
FEATURE ON will displayif REMOTE FLASH
LIGHTS was selected and FEATURE
OFF will show if
you answer no.
For a list of the other personalization features available,
see “Memory and Personalization Features” later
in
this section.
Exterior Lighting(If Equipped)
Remote
Recall
Memory
quipped)
This personalization feature enables the driver
to
program the exterior lamps to turn for
on 20 seconds or
to remain off when using the RKE transmitter to unlock
your vehicle.
Your vehicle may have memory personalization. If it
does, REMOTE RECALL MEMORY will be the fourth
personalization feature to displayon the DIC system.
If exterior lightingis selected, the parking lamps,
taillamps, sidemarkerlamps, license plate lamps,
low-beam headlamps, etc. will turn on
for about
20 seconds or untilthe ignition key is turned to RUN.
Check the backof the RKE transmitter to verify
that the
correct driveris selected beforeyou start programming.
Memory settings that have been previously programmed
(HVAC settings, radio preset settings, exterior lighting
choices, remote confirmation choices and programmable
automatic door lock choices) can be recalled either by
using the RKE transmitter or by placing the key in your
vehicle’s ignition.
To begin programming, check the back
of the RISE
transmitter to verify that the correct driver is selected.
To begin programming, press the INFORMATION
Press the INFORMATION(INFO) and RESET (INFO
(INFO) and RESET (INFO RESET) buttonsthe
at same
time for about two seconds. Exterior lighting is the third RESET) buttons atthe same time for about two seconds.
feature to display. Press the INFORMATION (INFO)
As mentioned, memory recallis the fourth feature to
appear. To “skip” past the first three personalization
button to “skip” past the
first two features-- DOOR
features, press the INFORMATION (INFO) button.
LOCKS IN GEAR and REMOTE FLASH LIGHTS.
When EXT LIGHTSAT UNLOCK appears, a “yes” or
“no” response is required. Press
the TRIP SET (TRIP
RESET) button to answer yes
or press the RESET
(INFO RESET) button to indicate a no response.
When REMOTE RECALL MEMORY appears, the
driver is able to recall memory settings when the unlock
button on the RKE transmitteris pressed with the
ignition in LOCK. Press theTRIP SET (TRIP RESET)
button
to selector press the RESET (INFO RESET)
FEATURE ON displays when a yes response
is made
button to answer noand to continue onto the next
and FEATURE OFF shows after a no response.
prompt. (FEATUREON displays when a yes response
For a listof the other personalization features available, see is made and FEATUREOFF shows when a no
response
“Memory and Personalization Features” later this
in section.
is made.)
If a noresponse was made,the KEY IN RECALL
MEMORY prompt will show next.This choice recalls
memory settings whenthe key is placedin your
vehicle’s ignition.A yes or no response is required.
Battery Replacement
For a list of the other personalization features available,
see “Memory and Personalization Features” later in
this section.
You can tell the battery is weak
if the transmitter won’t
work at the normalrange in any location. If you have to
get close to your vehicle before the transmitter works,
it’s probablytime to change the battery.
Matching Transmitter(s) To Your Vehicle
Each RKE transmitter iscoded to prevent another
transmitter from unlocking your vehicle.
If a transmitter
is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchased through
your dealer.Once your dealerhas coded the new
transmitter, the lost transmitter will not unlock your
vehicle. Each vehiclecan have only two transmitters
matched toit.
Under normal use, the battery in your
RKE transmitter
should lastabout four years.
I NOTICE:
When replacing the battery, use care not to touch
any of the circuitry. Static from your body
transferred to these surfaces may damage
the transmitter.
2-11
1 . Use the round end of the door key or a coin to pry
open the transmitter.
2. Remove the battery and replace it with a CR2032
battery. Using the wrong size battery can damage the
transmitter. Make sure the batteryis positioned with
the “plus” (+) facing down.
3. Align the internal pieces of the transmitter, including
the cover. Snap together to reinstall.
2-12
Trunk
A CAU‘ [ON:
It can be dangerous to drivewith the trunklid
open because carbonmonoxide (CO) gas can
come into yourvehicle. You can’t seeor smell
CO. It can causeunconsciousness and even death.
If you must drivewith the trunklid openor if
electrical wiringor other cable connections must
pass through theseal between the bodyand the
trunk lid:
Make sure allwindows are shut.
0 ’hrn the fanon your heating or cooling
system toits highest speed with the setting
on AUTO or ECON and the temperature
between 65” F (18” C) and 85” F (29” C).
That will force outside air into your
vehicle.
See “Comfort Controls”in the Index.
If you have air outlets on or under the
instrument panel, open them
all the way.
See “Engine Exhaust”in the Index.
Trunk Lock Release
To use this feature,
your vehicle must be in
PARK (P). Press the trunk
release button locatedon the
headlamp control panel
on theleft side of the
instrument panel to open
the trunk.
I
You can also press the trunk buttonon the RKE
transmitter to access the trunk compartment.
2-13
Trunk Storage System(Option)
ACCESSPANEL
RETAINER
TRUNK STORAGE UNIT
SPARE TIRE COVER
SPARE TIRE
If equipped, the optional trunk storage system can
be
used to organize many different items inside the trunk.
To install the storage system:
1. Full the carpeting from the floor of the trunk. Turn
the retainer (center dial) on the compact spare tire
cover counterclockwise to remove it.
2. Place the trunk storage system on
the center of the
trunk floor (the cut out portion
of the storage system
should be facing the rear of the vehicle).
3. Open the storage systemby pulling up on the handle
located in the carpeted area.This allows the unit to
snap into place. Fold the divider walls open.
4. Remove the rectangular accesspanel from the floor
of the storage system.The access panel should
unsnap by hand.
5. Center the storage system access hole over the area
where the spare tire is secured by the retainer.
Position the storage system as needed and then
secure it with the retainer.
6 . Replace the access panel.
7. Attach the removable net to the slots located on the
side andfront of the divider walls.
Once in place, the storage system can be moved
forward
or rearwardfor convenience and easy accessingof
stored items.
2-14
The following steps explain how toremove the trunk
storage system for cleaning orin case you need to access
the spare tire. Follow all of these steps if the storage
system is in the closed position. Begin withStep 2 if the
system is alreadyopen.
1. Open the storage system by pulling up on the handle
located in the carpeted area. This allows the unit to
snap into place. Fold the divider walls open.
2. Remove the rectangular access panel from thefloor
of the storage system.The access panel should
unsnap by hand.
3. Center the storage system access holeover the area
where the spare tire is secured by the retainer.
Position the storagesystem as needed and then
remove the retainer (turnthe retainer
counterclockwise to remove it).
4. Replace the access panel andremove the
storage system.
Trunk Lid Automatic Pull-Down Feature
'A
CAUTION:
Your car has an automatic pull-down feature that
helps close the trunk electronically. Your fingers
can be trapped under the trunk lid
as it goes
down. Your fingers could be injured, and you
would need someone to help you free them. Keep
your fingers away from the trunk lid
as you close
it andas it is goingdown.
With the automatic pull-down feature,you never have to
slam the trunk lid in order to close the trunk. Instead,
gently lower the trunk lid untilit is nearly shut-- the
automatic pull-down unit will takeover and lock the
trunk firmly.
2-15
Theft
Vehicle theft is big business, especially in some cities.
Although your Cadillachas a numberof theft-deterrent
features, we know that nothing weput on it can make
it impossible to steal. However, there are ways you
can help.
Key in the Ignition
/ -
B
A. Trunk Lid
B. Lever
If you leave your vehicle with the keys inside, it’s an
easy targetfor joy riders or professional thieves-- so
don’t do it.
When you park your Cadillac and open the driver’s door,
you’ll hear a chime reminding you to remove your key
from the ignition and takeit with you. Always do this.
Your steering wheel will be locked, and
so will your
ignition and transaxle. And remember to lock the doors.
If for some reason the trunk lid will not close, it may be
Parking at Night
because the trunk pull-down unit was accidentally
Park in a lighted spot, close all windows and lock your
bumped. Even though the trunk lid remains open, the
vehicle.
Rememberto keep your valuables out
of sight.
motor from the pull-down unit has already cycled down.
Put them in a storage area, or take them with you.
If this happens, press the lever
on the trunklid. The
pull-down unit motor will reset itself allowing the trunk
Parking Lots
lid to close when lowered.
If you park in a lot where someone will
be watching
your vehicle, it’s best
to lock it up and take your keys.
2-16
But what if you have to leave your ignitionkey? What if
you have to leave something valuable in your vehicle?
Put your valuables in a storage area, like your trunk
or glove box.
Lock the glove box.
Lock all the doors except the driver’s.
Then take the door key and remote keyless entry
transmitter with you.
Theft-Deterrent System (If Equipped)
SECURITY
If the ignition is off and
any door is open, the
SECURITY lightwill flash,
reminding you to activate
the system (the light will
also flash if the battery
has been disconnected
and reconnected).
1. Open the door.
2. Lock the door using the powerdoor lock or the RKE
system. The SECURITY light should come on and
stay on.
3. Close all the doors. The SECURITY light shouldgo
off within approximately30 seconds.
The horn will sound and the lamps will flash for about
30 seconds when the door or trunkis opened without the
key or RKE system. The horn also sounds if the locks
are damaged.
Remember, the theft-deterrent system won’t activateif
you lock the doors with a keyor use the manual door
lock. It activates only if you use a power door lock
switch or the RKE system.
To avoid activating thealarm by accident:
The vehicle should be locked with thedoor key after
the doors are closed if you don’t want
to activate the
theft-deterrent system.
Always unlock a door with a key or use the RKE
system. (Pressing the unlock button
on the RKE
transmitter disablesthe theft-deterrent system.)
Unlocking adoor any other way will activate the
alarm. Cycling the ignition withoutdisarming the
theft-deterrent system will also activate the alarm.
If you activate thealarm by accident, unlock any door
with your key.You can also turn offthe alarm by using
the RKE system.The alarm won’t stopif you try to
unlock a door any other way.
2-17
Testing the Alarm
1. From inside the vehicle, roll down the window, then
get outof the vehicle, keeping the door open.
2. From outsideof the vehicle, with the door open, lock
the vehicle using the power door lock or the RKE
system and close the door.
Wait 30 seconds until the
SECURITY lamp goes off.
3. Reach in and unlock thedoor using the manual lock
and open the door.The horn will sound and the
headlamps will flash.
Security Override
Pressing theVALET button
located inside the glove box
will disable the use
of the
power trunk, fuel door and
garage door openers.
Pressing this button again
will make these features
reusable. Locking the
glove box with the door
key will also help to secure
your vehicle.
If the alarm does not sound when
it should, check to see
if the horn works.The horn fuse may be blown.
To
replace the fuse, see “Fuses and Circuit Breakers” in the
Index. If the fuse does not need to be replaced,
Note that the RKE transmitter can’t
be used to open the
you may
need to have your Cadillac serviced.
trunk or fuel door if theVALET button is pressed in.
To reduce the possibilityof theft, always activate the
theft-deterrent system when leaving your vehicle.
[email protected]
p:
Your vehicle is equipped
with the PASS-Key I1
theft-deterrent system.
PASS-Key I1 is a passive
system. The system is
armed when the keyis
removed from the ignition.
PASS-Key 11uses a resistor pellet in the ignition
key
that is read by the system in your vehicle.If the key’s
resistor matches the code stored inthe vehicle system,
the vehicle’sfuel and starting systems will be enabled.If
an incorrect keyis used, the vehicle’sfuel and starting
systems are disabledfor three minutes. Additional
attempts during this lockout period will not startthe car,
even withthe correct key.
If the engine does not start and the “STARTING
DISABLED DUE TOTHEFT SYSTEM, REMOVE
IGNITION KEY” message is displayed in theDriver
Information Center, your key should be checked
for
damage. Starting may be attempted with an undamaged
key immediately. See your Cadillac dealer or a
locksmith for key service.
If the “STARTING DISABLED DUETO THEFT
SYSTEM, REMOVE IGNITIONKEY” and “WAIT
3 MINUTES” messages are displayed,the key should
be cleaned. After three minutes,try again. A “START
CAR’ message willappear at this time.If the engine
still does not start, wait three minutes and try a duplicate
key. At this time,fuses should be checked (see“Fuses
and Circuit Breakers” in the Index).
If the engine does
not start with the duplicate key, your vehicle needs
service. See your Cadillac dealerfor service.
If the “THEFT SYSTEMPROBLEM’ message is
displayed during vehicle operation,your vehicle needs
servicing. Your vehicle will restart if you turn
it off,
however, your vehicle may be unprotected.See your
Cadillac dealerfor service.
If an ignition keyis lost or damaged, see your Cadillac
dealer ora locksmith to have anew key made.
2-19
New Vehicle “Break-In”
Ignition Positions
NOTICE:
NOTICE:
Your modern Cadillacdoesn’t need an elaborate
“break-in.” But itwill perform better in the
long
run if you followthese guidelines:
0 Don’t drive at any one speed fast or
slow for the first 500 miles (805 km).
Don’t make full-throttle starts.
0 Avoid making hard stops for the first
200 miles (322km)or so. During this time
your new brake linings aren’t yetbroken
in. Hard stops withnew linings can mean
premature wear and earlier replacement.
Follow this breaking-inguideline every
time you get new brake linings.
0 Don’t tow a trailer during break-in.
See “Towinga Trailer” in the Index for
more information.
--
2-20
--
If your key seems stuck inLOCK and you can’t
turn it, be sureyou are using the correctkey;
if so, is it all theway in? If it is, then turn the
steering wheel left and rightwhile you turn the
key hard. But turn thekey only with your hand.
Using a tool to force
it could break thekey or the
ignition switch.If none of this works,then your
vehicle needs service.
C
OFF (C): This position lets you turn off theengine but
still turn the steering wheel.It doesn’t lock the steering
wheel like LOCK. Use OFF if you must haveyour
vehicle in motion whilethe engine is off (for example,if
your vehicle is being pushed).
RUN (D): This is the position for driving.
START (E): This starts the engine.
Retained Accessory Power(RAP)
The following accessorieson your Cadillac may be used
for up to 10 minutes after the ignition key
is turned from
RUN to OFF:
Radio
With the ignition key in the ignition switch, you
can turn
the switch to five different positions:
ACCESSORY (A): This position lets you use things
like the radio and the windshield wipers when the
engine is off. To get into ACCESSORY, push in the key
and turn it toward you. The steering wheel will remain
locked, just asit was before you inserted
the key.
LOCK (B): Before you put the key in, the ignition will
be in the LOCK position.This is the only position in
which you can remove the key.This position locks the
ignition, steering wheeland transaxle. It’s a
theft-deterrent feature.
PowerWindows
0
Astroroof
Power to these accessories stops after10 minutes or
if any dooris opened. If you want powerfor another
10 minutes, turn the ignition key
to RUN and then back
to OFF.
Starting Your Engine
Move your shift lever toPARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N).
Your engine won’tstart in any other position-- that’s a
safety feature.To restart when you’re already moving,
use NEUTRAL (N) only.
NOTICE:
Don’t try to shift toPARK (P) if your Cadillacis
moving. If you do, you could damage the
transaxle. Shift toPARK (P) only when your
vehicle is stopped.
1. Without pushing the accelerator pedal, turn your
ignition key toSTART. Whenthe engine starts,let
go of the key. Theidle speed willgo down as your
engine gets warm.
NOTICE:
-
Holding yourkey in START for longer than
15 seconds at a timewill cause your battery to
be
drained muchsooner. And the excessive heat can
damage your startermotor.
2. If it doesn’t start right away, hold your key in
START for about three seconds at a time until your
engine starts.Wait about 15 seconds between each
try to help avoid draining your battery.
I
3. If your engine still won’t start (or starts but then
stops), it could be flooded with too much gasoline.
Try pushing your acceleratorpedal all the way to the
floor andholding it there as you hold the
key in
START for about three seconds.If the vehicle starts
briefly but then stops again,do the same thing.
Engine Coolant Heater (Option)
(Canada Only)
NOTICE:
Your engine is designed
to work with the
electronics in your vehicle.If you add electrical
parts oraccessories, you could changethe way
the engine operates. Before adding electrical
equipment, check with your dealer.
If you don’t,
your engine might not perform properly.
If you ever haveto have your vehicle towed, see
the part of this manualthat tells how to doit
without damaging your vehicle. “Towing
Your Vehicle” in the Index.
see
In very cold weather,
0 OF (- 18 C) or colder, theengine
coolant heatercan help. You’ll get easier starting and
better fuel economy during engine warm-up. Usually,
the coolant heatershould be plugged in a minimumof
four hours prior to startingyour vehicle.
O
2-23
To Use the Coolant H
~
~
*
~
4. Before starting the engine, be sure to unplug andstore
the cord as it was before to keep it away from moving
engine parts. If you don’t, it couldbe damaged.
r
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Open tl hood and unwrap the electrical’cord.
3. Plug it into a normal,grounded 1 10-volt AC outlet.
A CAUTldN:
I
1 .gging the cord into an ungrounded outlet
could cause an electrical
shock. Also, the wrong
kind of extension cord could overheat and cause
a fire. You could be seriously injured. Plugthe
cord intoa properly grounded three-prong
110-volt AC outlet. If the cordwon’t reach, use a
heavy-duty three-prongextension cord rated for
at least 15 amps.
I
How long should you keep the coolant heater ph ged
in? The answer depends on the outside temperature, the
kind of oil you have, and some other things. Instead
of
trying to list everything here,
we ask that you contact
your Cadillac dealerin the area where you’ll be parking
your vehicle. The dealer
can give you the best advice
for
that particular area.
Automatic Transaxle Operation
The automatic transaxle may haveeither a shift lever
located on the steering column oron the console
between the seats.
There are several different positionsfor the shift lever.
P
R
N
62
flRN0321
3
2
1
Console Shifter
Column Shifter
PARK (P): This locks the front wheels. It’sthe best
position to use when you startthe engine because your
vehicle can’tmove easily.
It is dangerous toget out of your vehicle if the
shift leveris not fully in PARK (P) with the
parking brake firmlyset. Your vehicle can roll.
Don’t leave your vehicle when the engineis
running unless you have to. If you have left the
engine running, the
vehicle can move suddenly.
You or others couldbe injured. To be sure your
vehicle won’t move, even when you’re on fairly
level ground, always set your parking brake and
move the shift lever to
PARK (P).
See “Shifting IntoPARK (P)” in the Index.If
you’re pullinga trailer, see “Towing a Trailer” in
the Index.
Ensure the shift lever is fully PARK
in
(P) range before
NEUTRAL (N): In this position, theengine doesn’t
starting the engine.Your Cadillac has a brake-transaxle
connect with the wheels.
To restart when you’re
shift interlock.You have to fullyapply your regular
already moving, useNEUTRAL (N) only. Also, use
brakes before you can shiftfrom PARK (P)when the
NEUTRAL (N) when your vehicleis being towed.
ignition key is in the RUN position. If
you cannot shift
out of PARK (P), ease pressure on the shift lever
-- push
the shift lever all the way
into PARK (P) and release the
shift lever button on the
floor shift console models as
you maintain brake application. Then move the shift
lever into the gear you wish. (Press the shift lever button Shifting outof PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N) while
your engineis “racing” (running at high speed) is
before moving the shift lever on
floor shift console
dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on the
models.) See “Shifting Outof PARK (P)” in this section.
brake pedal, your vehicle could move very
REVERSE (R): Use this gearto back up.
rapidly. You could lose control and hitpeople or
objects. Don’t shift outof PARK (P) or
NEUTRAL (N) while your engineis racing.
NOTICE:
Shifting to REVERSE (R)
while your vehicle is
moving forward could damage yourtransaxle.
Shift to REVERSE (R)
only after yourvehicle
has stopped.
Also use thisgear to rock your vehicle back and forth to
get outof snow, ice or sand without damaging your
transaxle. See “If You’re Stuck in Sand, Mud, Ice or
Snow” in theIndex for additional information.
NOTICE:
Damage toyour transaxle causedby shifting out
of PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N)with the engine
racing isn’t covered by your warranty.
I
OVERDRIVE (@):This position is for normal driving.
If you need more powerfor passing, and you’re:
0
0
Going less than 35 mph (55 M),
push the
accelerator pedalabout halfway down.
Going about 35 mph (55 km/h) or more, push the
accelerator allthe way down.
The transaxle will shift down to the next gear and
have more power.
NOTICE:
If your vehicle seems to start up ratherslowly, or
if it doesn’t seem to shift gearsas you accelerate,
something maybe wrong with a transaxle system
sensor. If you drive very far that
way, your
vehicle can be damaged. So if this happens, have
your vehicle serviced rightaway. Until then,you
can use SECOND(2) when you are driving less
than 35 mph (55 km/h) and OVERDRIVE (0)
for higherspeeds.
THIRD (3): This position is also usedfor normal
driving, however,it offers more power andlower fuel
economy than OVERDRIVE(@).
Here are examples for using THIRD(3) instead of
OVERDRIVE (a):
When driving on hilly, winding roads.
0
When towing a trailer,so there is less shifting
between gears.
0
When going down a steep hill.
SECOND (2): This position gives you more power. You
can use SECOND (2) on hills. It can help control your
speed as you go down steep mountain roads, but then
you would also want to use your brakes
off and on.
I
I
I NOTICE:
r
Don’t shift intoSECOND (2) unless you are going
slower than 65 mph (105 km/h), or you can
damage yourengine.
2-27
FIRST (1): This position givesyou even more power
than SECOND (2). You can use it on very steep hills,
or in deep snow or mud. (If the shift leveris put in
FIRST (l), the transaxle won’t shift into gear until the
vehicle is going slowly enough.)
NOTICE:
If your frontwheels can’t rotate,don’t try to
drive. This mighthappen if you were stuck in
very deep sand or mud were
or up against a solid
object. You could damage yourtransaxle.
Also, if you stop whengoing uphill, don’t hold
your vehicle there with only the accelerator
pedal. This could causeoverheating and damage
the transaxle. Use your brakes tohold your
vehicle in positionon a hill.
Parking Brake
Hold the regular brake
pedal down with your right
foot and push down the
parking brake pedal with
your left foot to set the
parking brake. If the
ignition is on, the PARK
BRAKE indicator light
should comeon. If it
doesn’t, you needto have
your vehicle serviced.
If the parking brake has not been fully released and you
try to driveoff with the parking brake on, the PARK
BRAKE indicator light comes on and stays
on. See
“Parking Brake Indicator Light” in the Index
for
more information.
When you move out of PARK (P) orNEUTRAL (N), if
the engineis running, the parking brake should release.If
it doesn’t, you can manually release the parking brake.
If your hand or armis in the way of the pedal,
you couldbe hurt. The pedal springs back
quickly. Keep your hand andarm away when you
use the manual release lever.
NOTICE:
Reach under the driver’s sideof the instrument panel
and pull onthe manual release lever, which is located
above the parking brake pedal. If the parking brake does
not release, you should either drive to the nearest service
station or have your vehicle towed.
Driving with the parking
brake on can cause
your rear brakes to overheat.You may have to
replace them and
you could also damage
other
parts of your vehicle.
If you are towinga trailer and are parking ona hill, see
“Towing a Trailer” in the Index. This section shows
what todo first to keepthe trailer from moving.
Cifting Into PARK (P)
Steering Column Shift Lever (DeVille and
DeVille d’Elegance Only)
1. Hold the brake pedaldown with your rightfoot.
It can be dangerous toget out of your vehicle if
the shift leveris not fully in PARK (P) with the
2. Move the shift lever intothe PARK (P) position
like this:
parking brake firmlyset. Your vehicle can roll.
If you have left the engine running, the
vehicle
can move suddenly. You or otherscould be
injured. To be sure yourvehicle won’t move, even
when you’re on fairlylevel ground, use the steps
that follow. If you’re pulling a trailer, see
“Towing a Trailer” in theIndex.
0
Pull the lever toward you.
Console Shift Lever (DeVie Concours Only)
1. Hold the brake pedal down with your rightfoot.
2. Move theshift lever into thePARK (P) position likethis:
...
A
Move the lever up as far as it will go.
1. With your right footstill holding the brake pedal
down, set the parking brake.
2. Move the ignition key to LOCK.
3. Remove the key and takeit with you. If you can
leave your vehicle withthe ignition keyin your
hand, your vehicleis in PARK (P).
3. Hold in the button on the lever andpush the lever all
the way toward the front of your vehicle.
4. With your right foot still holding the brake pedal
down, set the parking brake.
5. Move the ignition key toLOCK.
6. Remove the key and takeit with you. If you can
leave your vehicle with the ignition key in your
hand, your vehicleis in PARK (P).
2-31
~
Torque Lock
Leaving Your Vehicle With the
Enpw Run-;ng
I
If you are parking on lin
a and you don’t shift your
transaxle intoPARK (P) properly, the weightof the
vehicle may put too muchforce on the parking pawl in
CAUTIC’Y:
the transaxle.You may find it difficult to pullthe shift
1 lever outof PARK (P). This is called “torque lock.”To
It can be dangerous to leave your vehicle with the prevent torque lock, setthe parking brake and then shift
into PARK (P) properly beforeyou leave the driver’s
engine running. Your vehicle could move
seat. To find out how, see “Shifting Into
PARK (P)” in
suddenly if the shift lever
is not fully inPARK (P)
the Index.
with the parking brake firmly set. And, if you
you may need to have another
leave the vehicle with the engine running, it could If torque lock does occur,
a uphill to take some
of the
overheat and even catch fire. You or others could vehicle push yours little
pressure from the parking pawl in the transaxle,
so you
be injured. Don’t leaveyour vehicle with the
can pull the shift lever out
of PARK (P).
engine running unlessyou have to.
A
If you have to leave your vehicle with
the engine
running, be sure your vehicle is PARK
in
(P) and your
parking brake is firmly set beforeyou leave it. After
you’ve moved the shift lever
into the PARK (P)
position, hold the regular brakepedal down. Then, see if
you can move the shift lever away
from PARK (P)
without first pulling it toward you (or,
if you have the
console shift lever, withoutfirst pressing the button).If
you can, it means that the shift lever wasn’t fully locked
into PARK (P).
.ng Over Things ThatBurn
Shifting Out of PARK (P)
Your Cadillac has a Brake-Transaxle Shift Interlock
(BTSI). You have to fully apply your regular brakes
before you can shift from PARK (P) when the ignitionis
in the RUN position. See “Automatic Transaxle” in
the Index.
.-
. .,.I
....
,..,’.
..a’..
.
..*.
i
r
m
If you cannot shift out of PARK (P),ease pressure on
the shift lever-- push the shift lever all the wayinto
PARK (P) and also release the shiftlever button on floor
shift models as you maintain brake application.
Then
move the shift leverinto the gear you want. (Press the
shift lever button before moving the shift lever.)
If you
ever hold the brake pedal down but still can’t shiftofout
PARK (P), try this:
I. Turn the keyto OFF. Open and close the driver’s
door to turn off the RAP feature.
2. Apply and hold the brake untilthe end of Step 4.
3. Shift to NEUTRAL (N).
4. Start the vehicle and then shift to the drive gear
you want.
5. Have the vehicle fixed assoon as you can.
Things that can burn coula touch hot exhaust
parts under your vehicle and ignite. Don’t park
over papers, leaves, dry grass or other things that
can burn.
2-33
Engine Exhaust
A CAUTION:
Engine exhaust can kill.
It contains the gas
carbon monoxide (CO), which you can’t seeor
smell. It can cause unconsciousness and death.
You might have exhaust coming in if:
a Your exhaust system sounds strange
or different.
a Your vehicle getsrusty underneath.
a Your vehiclewas damaged in a collision.
0 Your vehicle was damaged when driving over
high points on the roador over road debris.
a Repairs weren’t done correctly.
a Your vehicleor exhaust system had been
modi€ied improperly.
If you ever suspect exhaust is coming into
your vehicle:
0 Drive it only with all the windows down to
blow out anyCO; and
0 Have your vehicle fixed immediately.
Running Your Engine While
You’re Parked
It’s better notto park with the engine funning. But if you
ever haveto, here aresome things toknow.
A
CAUTION:
Idling the engine with the climate control system
off could allow dangerous exhaust into
your vehicle (see theearlier Caution under
“Engine Exhaust”).
Also, idling ina closed-in place can let deadly
carbon monoxide (CO) into your vehicle evenif
the fan switch at
is the highest setting. One place
this can happen is a garage. Exhaustwith
CO can comein easily. NEVER park in a
garage with the engine running.
Another closed-in place can be a blizzard.
(See “Blizzard”in the Index.)
--
--
2-34
I
Windows
Power Windows
It can be dangerous toget out of your vehicle if
the shift leveris not fully in PARK (P) with the
parking brake firmlyset. Your vehicle can roll.
Don’t leave your vehicle when the engineis
running unlessyou have to. If you’ve left the
engine running, thevehicle can move suddenly.
You or others couldbe injured. To be sure your
vehicle won’t move, even when you’re on fairly
level ground, always set your parking brake after
you move the shift lever to
PARK (P).
Follow the proper stepsto be sure your vehicle won’t
move. See “Shifting Into PARK (P)” in the Index.
If you are parking on a hilland if you’re pulling a
trailer, alsosee “Towing a Trailer” inthe Index.
The controls are located near each window. Press the control
forward to raise the window and press rearwardto lower.
Note that the second rearward position on the driver’s
control operates the express-down window feature.
Your vehicle has Retained Accessory Power
(RAP).
When you stop your vehicle and turn the ignition key to
OFF, you can still use your power windows.
The
electrical power to operate the windows will not shut
off
until you open a door or 10 minutes have passed. If you
want this powerfor another 10 minutes, turn the keyto
RUN and back toOFF.
2-35
Tilt Wheel
Express-Down Window
This feature is present on the driver’s power window.
Pressing the control rearward into the second position then
releasing itwill lower the window completely.If you want
to stop the window as itis lowering, press the control
forward. Press the control forward to raise the window.
Note that the first position
on the control operates the
driver’s power window in the non-express mode.
Rear Window Lockout
Pressing the button down
will disable the rear
passenger window controls.
This is a useful featureif
you have children as
passengers. Press the button
again to allow your
passengers to reuse their
window controls.
Horn
The horn can be sounded by pressing on the center
of
the steering wheel pad.
Tilt steering allowsyou to adjust the steering wheel
before you drive. Raising the steering wheel to the
highest level gives your legs more room when
you enter
and exit the vehicle.
Hold the steering wheel and pull the lever toward
you to
tilt the wheel. Adjust the steering wheel to a comfortable
position and then release
the lever tolock the wheel
in place.
lhrn SignaVMultifunction Lever
’hrn and Lane ChangeSignals
To signal a turn,move the leverall the way up or down.
The lever returns automatically when theturn is complete.
An arrow on the instrument
panel willflash in the
direction of the turnor
lane change.
If the turn signal isleft on, a warningchime will sound
and theDIC will displayTURN SIGNAL ON (after
driving about a mile) to remindyou to turnit off.
Arrows that flash rapidly when signaling
for a turn or
lane change may be
caused by a burnedout signal bulb.
Other drivers won’tsee the turn signal.
Replace burned-out bulbsto help avoid possible
accidents. Check thefuse (see “Fuses and Circuit
Breakers” in the Index) and
for burned-out bulbs if the
arrow fails to work when signalinga turn.
Headlamp High/Low Beam Changer
r
Raise or lower the lever until the arrowstarts to flash to
signal a lane change. Hold it there untilthe lane change
is complete. The lever returns when it’s released.
Pull the turn signal lever all
the way towardyou and
then release it to changethe
headlamps from low beam
to highor from high beam
to low. This light on the
instrument panel will be on,
indicating high beam usage.
2-37
Flash-To-Pass
Windshield Wipers
This lets you use the high-beam headlamps
to signal the
driver in front of you thatyou want to pass.
Pull theturn signal lever toward you to use. When
you do:
0
If the headlamps are either
off or in the DlU mode,
the high-beam headlamps will
turn on. They’ll stay
on as long as you hold
the lever there. Releasethe
lever to turn them
off.
0
If the headlamps areon low beam, they will shift to
high beam and stay there. Pull
the lever toward you
to return tolow beam.
If the headlamps are on high beam, they will switch
to low beam. To return to high beam, pull the lever
toward you.
0
2-38
WIPER: Turn the band on the turn signal lever to
control the wipers.
MIST Turn the band toward you and then release
it for
a singlewipe cycle. For more cycles,hold the band on
MIST longer.
LO or HI: Turn the band awayfrom you to either LO
(low speed) or toHI (high speed),depending on the
wiper speed youwant.
DELAY You can set thewiper speed for a long or short
delay between wipes with
this setting. Move the band to
the DELAY position. The closer you moveit to LO, the
shorter the delay. (DeVille Only)
OFF: Turn the band toOFF to turnoff the wipers.
Be sure to clearice and snow from the wiper blades
before usingthem. If they’re frozen tothe windshield,
carefully loosen or thaw them.If the blades do become
damaged, get new blades orblade inserts.
Heavy snow orice can overload the wiper motor. A
circuit breaker will stop the motor until
it cools. Clear
away snow or ice to prevent an overload.
Rainsense Wipers (DeVille d’Elegance and
DeVille Concours Only)
This moisture sensoris mounted onthe passenger’s
interior sideof the windshield behindthe rearview
mirror andis used to automatically operate the wipers
by monitoring the amount
of moisture that is on
the windshield.
2-39
The Rainsense system can be activated
by turning the
wiper stalk to oneof the five sensitivity levels within the
AUTO DELAY area. The AUTO DELAY position
closest toOFF is the lowest sensitivity setting.This
allows more water to collect
on the windshield between
wipes. Rotating the stalk away
from you to the other
AUTO DELAY settings increases the sensitivity
of the
system and frequencyof wipes. A single wipe willoccur
each time you turnthe wiper stalk to a higher sensitivity
level. An initial wipe occurs whenyou turn the ignition
on as a reminder that
Rainsense is active. The
windshield wipers also remainin a “high park” position,
even when the ignition is turned off.
The Rainsense wipers operatein a delay modeas well as
a continuous low or highspeed depending on the
amount of moisture and the sensitivity level.
The MIST
and “wash” cycles operateas normal and are not
affected by the Rainsensefunction,
NOTICE:
The wipers must be turned off when going
through a car wash to avoid damage.
It is important to note that the
Rainsense wiping feature
(AUTO DELAY) can be overridden at any time by
manually changing the wiper control to LO or HI speed.
Note thatif you ever need to replace the windshield,
make sure it is Rainsense compatible.
WivWield Wa+x
A CAUTION:
In freezing weather, don’t use your washer until
the windshield is warmed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form iceon the windshield, blocking
your vision.
Press andhold the PUSH paddle to wash the windshield.
Release the paddle when you have enough fluid. The
wipers will clear thewindshield and either stop or return
to your preset speed.
Cruise Control
LOW WASHER FLUID will be displayed on the DIC
when the washer fluid reaches a low level.
Driving without washer fluid can be dangerous. A bad
mud splashcan block your vision and you could hit
another vehicle orgo off the road.Check the washer
fluid level often.
With cruise control, you can maintain a speed
of about
25 mph (40 km/h)
or more without keeping your foot
on the accelerator.This can help on longtrips. Cruise
control doesnot work at speeds below about 25 mph
(40 lun/h).
Cruise control shutsoff when you apply your brakes.
2-41
I
Setting Cruise Control
A
Cruise control can be dangerous where
you
can’t drive safelyat a steadyspeed. So,
don’t use your cruise control on winding
roads orin heavy traffic.
Cruise control can be dangerous on
slippery roads.On such roads, fast changes
in tire traction can cause
needless wheel
spinning, andyou could lose control. Don’t
use cruise control on slippery roads.
If your vehicle is in cruise control when the traction
control system begins to limit wheel spin, the cruise
control will automatically disengage. (See “Traction
Control System” in the Index.) When road conditions
allow you to safely use it again, you may turn the cruise
control back on.
/!1 CAUTION:
If you leave your cruise control switch when
on
you’re not using cruise,you might hita button
and go into cruisewhen you don’t want to. You
could bestartled andeven lose control. Keep
the cruise control switch
off until you want to
use it.
I
1. Move the cruisecontrol
switch to ON.
i
2. Accelerate to the speed you want.
3. Press the SET CRUISE
button at the end of the
lever and releaseit. The
CRUISE ENGAGED
message will display
on the DIC.
4. Remove your footfrom the accelerator pedal.
2-43
Resuming a Set Speed
Setting the cruise control at a desired speed and then
applying the brake will end the cruise function.
Once you’re going about
25 mph (40 km/h) or more,
you can move the cruise
control switch from ON to
R/A (Resume/Accelerate)
for about half a second to
reset. This returns you to
your desired preset speed.
Also note that the DIC
will display the CRUISE
ENGAGED message again.
Remember, if you hold the switch at R/A longer than
half a second, the vehicle will accelerate until you
release the switch or apply the brake.
You could be
startled and even lose control.
So unless you want togo
faster, don’t hold the switch R/A.
at
Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control
There are two ways to go to a higher speed:
0
Use the accelerator pedal to get to the higher speed.
Push the button at the end
of the leverand then
release the button and the accelerator pedal. You’ll
now cruise at the higher speed.
0
Move the cruise switchfrom ON to WA. Hold it
there untilyou reach a desired speed and then release
the switch.(To increase your speed in very small
amounts, movethe switch toWA. Each time
you do this, your vehicle willgo about 1 mph
(1.6 km/h)
faster.)
The accelerate featurewill only work after you have set the
cruise controlspeed by pushing the SET CRUISE button.
Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control
There are two ways to reduce your speed while using
cruise control:
Push in the button at the endof the lever untilyou
reach a desired lower speed, then releaseA it.
CRUISE ENGAGED message will then display.
0
2-44
To slow down in very small amounts, push the
button for less than half a second. Each time you
do
this, you’ll go 1 mph (1.6 km/h) slower.
Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control
Lamps
Use the accelerator pedal to increase your
speed. When
you take your footoff the pedal, your vehicle will slow
down to the cruise control speed youset earlier.
The control on the
left sideof the instrument
panel controls these
lamp systems:
Using Cruise Control on Hills
How well your cruise control will work on hills
depends
upon your speed, load and the steepnessof the hills.
When going up steep hills, you may have to stepon the
accelerator pedalto maintain your speed. When going
downhill, you may have to brake or shift atolower gear
to keep your speed down. Of course, applying the brakes
or downshifting into FIRST (1) takes you outof cruise
control. Many drivers find this tobe too much trouble
and don’t usecruise control on steep hills.
Headlamps
0
Taillamps
Parking Lamps
Ending Cruise Control
There are two ways to endcruise control:
0 Step lightly on the brake pedal.
0
License Plate Lamp
Move the CRUISE switch to OFF.
0
Underhood Lamp
0
Erasing Speed Memory
The cruise control set speed memory is erased when
you
turn off the cruise control or the ignition.
Sidemarker Lamps
Fog Lamps (DeVille Concours Only)
0
Instrument Panel Lights
Interior Courtesy Lamps
2-45
Pull thelamp control knobout to the first stop to turn on Lamps on Reminder
the parking and taillamps, sidemarker lamps and
any door
instrument panel lights. Pull the knob out all the way to You will hear a warning chime if you open
on, if the manual headlamp
turn on the headlamps. Push the control knob all the waywhile leaving the lamps
control is activated. An exception to this is when you’re
back into turn the lampsand lights off.
using twilight sentinel.
Cluster lighting as wellas instrument panel backlighting
will dim only when it is dark outside.
Daytime RunningLamps
Headlamps
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
can make it easier for
others to see the frontof your vehicle during the day.
The control for the headlampsis on the left sideof the
DRL can be helpful in many different driving
instrument panel. Pull thelamp control knob all the way
out to turn the headlamps on. Push the control knob all conditions, but they can be especially helpful in the
short periods after dawn and before sunset.
the way back into turn the headlamps off.
Wiper Activated Headlamps
This feature activates the headlamps and parking lamps
after the windshield wipers have been in for
use
approximately 20 seconds.
In order to operate the wiper activated headlamps, the
twilight sentinel must be in the on position.This feature
lights the wayin poor weather and italso makes your
vehicle more visibleto other drivers.If the wiper activated
headlamps are on, and the ignition switch is turned
off, the
wiper activated headlamps will immediately
turn off.
The wiper activated headlamps will deactivate
if you
turn off the twilight sentinelor if the windshield wipers
have been turned offfor a periodof one or two seconds.
2-46
The DRL system will make the low-beam headlamps
come onat reduced brightness when:
the ignition is on,
the headlamp switch is off and
the transaxle is notin PARK (P).
When DRL are on, only your low-beam headlamps
(at
No other exterior lamps
reduced brightness) will be on.
such as the parking lamps, taillamps, etc. will be on
when theDRL are being used.Your instrument panel
won’t be lit up either.
When the twilight sentinel switchis on and it’sdark
enough outside,the low-beam headlamps (at reduced
intensity) will turnoff and normal low-beam headlamp
operation will occur. When the twilight sentinel switch
is on and it’s bright enough outside, the regular
lamps
will go off, and the low-beam headlamps at reduced
brightness will takeover for the DRL.
If it’s dark enough outside and the twilight sentinel
control is off, a HEADLAMPS SUGGESTED message
will display on the DIC.This message informs the driver
that turning on the exterior lamps is recommended even
though the DRLare still illuminated (it’s become dark
enough outside to require the headlamps and/or other
exterior lamps). Turning on the twilight sentinel, the
headlamp switch or the fog lamp switch will remove the
HEADLAMPS SUGGESTED message.
Fog Lamps (DeVille Concours Only)
Use thefog lamps for better
vision in foggyor misty
conditions. When you press
the fog lamp button, a small
indicator light will tell you
that thefog lamps and the
parking lamps are on. Press
the button again to turn
them off.
If you switch on the high-beam headlamps, the
fog
lamps will turn off. They’ll turn back on again when you
switch to low-beam headlamps.
To idle your vehicle with theDRL off, turn off the
twilight sentinel switch and shift the transaxle
into
PARK (P).Placing your vehicle inPARK (P) disables
the DRL.The DRL will stayoff until you shift outof
PARK (P).
When the twilight sentinel ison and the fog lamp switch
is activated, the fog lamps will remain onas well asthe
headlamps and parking lamps.
As with any vehicle, you should turn on the regular
headlamp system whenyou need it.
The cornering lamps come on when the headlamps
or
parking lamps areon and you signal a turn. They
provide more lightfor cornering.
Cornering Lamps
2-47
Twilight Sentinel
The control is next to
the headlamp knob.It
automatically switches the
lamps on andoff by sensing
how dark it isoutside.
If you move the control all the
way to the right,the
lamps will remainon for approximately three minutes
after the ignition has been turned to OFF
the or LOCK
position. If you move the controlso it isjust on, the
lamps will go off quickly whenyou turn the ignition
switch outof RUN. You can adjust the delay time
from
only a few seconds to three minutes.
If it’s dark enough outside andthe twilight sentinel
control is off, a HEADLAMPS SUGGESTED message
will display on theDIC. This message informs
the driver that turning on the exterior lamps
is
recommended (it’s become dark enough outside to
require the headlamps and/or other exterior lamps).
To operate the twilight sentinel, leave the lamp knob off Turning onthe twilight sentinel, the headlamp switch or
and move theTWILIGHT control to any position
the fog lamp switch will remove the
HEADLAMPS
but OFF.
SUGGESTED message.
2-48
The following chart shows what lamps are controlledby the twilight sentinel in various conditions:
1 Linht Outside I
1
Park and Low Beams (Automatic)
No Lamps or Message
DRL**
DRL and Manual Park Lamps**
Manual Park Lamps
Manual Park and Fog Lamps
Manual Park,
DRL**
and
Fog
Manual Park Lamps
and
Low Beams
Manual Low Beams,Park and Fog Lamps
****
X*
X
X
X*
X*
X
X
X
Dark Outside
Twilight Switch On Twilight Switch Off
Domestic & Canadian Domestic Canadian
X
X
X*
X***
X***
X
X
X
* Must be in PARK (P)
** Not in PARK (P)
+A* Reminder message will be displayed if not in PARK (P)
**** Lamps turn on automatically if twilight switch ison and windshield wipers are activated
2-49
.
Light Sensor
Exterior Lighting BatterySaver
If the manualpark lamp control has been left on, the
exterior lamps willturn off approximately 10 minutes
after the ignitionis turned to LOCK or
ACCESSORY
This protects draining the batteryin case you have
accidently left the headlamps or parking lamps
on. If
you need to purposely leave the lamps on for more
than
10 minutes with the ignition in LOCK or ACC, turn the
manual controlknob off and then back on.To delay the
lamps from turningoff, see “Twilight Sentinel” earlier
in this section.
Interior Lamps
Instrument Panel Brightness Control
Cluster lighting as well as instrument panel lighting
The light sensor for the DRL and the twilight sentinel is automatically dims whenit becomes dark outside. When
it’s dark, the brightness control can be manually
located in the center of the front defogger grille.If you
cover the sensor,it will read “dark” and the lamps will adjusted. Cluster lighting and instrument panel lighting
automatically brighten when it becomes light outside.
come on.
2-50
Courtesy Lamps (DeVille Only)
The courtesy lamps are locatedin the roof in the rear
seat. These lamps come on with thelamp knob or when
any door is opened andit is dark outside.
Reading Lamps (DeVille d’Elegance and
DeVille Concours Only)
Illuminated Entry
The illuminated entrysystem turns on the courtesy
lamps and the backlighting tothe door switches and to
the lamp control knob when a door is opened or if you
press aRISE transmitter button.Since the illuminated
entry systemhas a photocell, this means thatit must be
dark outside in order for the courtesy lamps or
backlighting to turn on.The courtesy lamps turn off
approximately 20 seconds after thelast door is closed or
after the ignition key
is placed in the ignition.
Parade Dimming
This feature prohibits the dimmingof the instrument
panel lightsduring daylight while the headlamps areon.
This feature operates withthe light sensorfor the
twilight sentinel andis fully automatic.When the light
sensor readsdarkness outside, the instrument panel
lights can be adjusted. Backlighting to the instrument
panel will also turn on.
The reading lamps are locatedin the roof. These lamps
come on when anydoor is opened andit isdark outside.
Press the buttonto turn them on. Pressit again to turn
them off.
If the reading lamps are
left on, they automatically shut
off 10 minutes after the ignition
has been turnedoff.
2-51
Map Lamps
Inadvertent Power Battery Saver
This feature is designed to protect your vehicle’s battery
against drainage from the interior lamps,
trunk lamp,
glove box lamp, cigarette lighters or thegarage door
opener. Whenthe ignition is turnedoff, the power
to these features will automatically
turn off after
10 minutes (three minutesif a new car has 15 miles
or less). Power willbe restored for an additional
10 minutes if any door is opened, the trunkis opened
or the courtesy lamp switch is turned
on.
Battery Guard Storage
This feature isfor long term use and must
be
programmed through theDIC while the ignition is in the
RUN position. Battery guard storage protects the battery
by placing the vehicle ina storage modeso that the
These lamps are located in the front overhead panel.
radio, amplifiers, instrument cluster and
RKE will not
Press the button to turn them on. Press it again to turn drain the battery overa long periodof time.
them off.
2-52
To begin programming, press the INFORMATION
(INFO) and RESET(INFO RESET) buttons at thesame
time for about two seconds. The first message to appear
is DOORS LOCK IN GEAR. Press the INFORMATION
(INFO) button after thisprompt is displayed until
STORAGE MODE promptappears on the DIC. Press
the TRIP SET (TRIP RESET) button to answer “yes” or
press the RESET(INFO RESET) button to indicate a
“no” response.
Mirrors
Inside Daymight Manual Rearview Mirror
FEATURE ON appears when a yesresponse is made
and FEATURE OFF shows when a no response is made.
Since this isthe last personalizationfeature available, a
yes or noresponse will end out of the DIC display.
Once the batteryguard has beenprogrammed, your
vehicle willenter the storage modeabout 20 minutes
after the ignition key has been turned off.
The RKE will
also be disabled atthis point. The RKE will reactivate
when a door or thetrunk is opened, however, if your
vehicle is left inactive for another 20 minutes, the RKE
will re-enter the storage mode.
Your vehicle will stayin the storage mode until the
ignition keyis turned outof LOCK. The system will
“wake-up” whenthe door key is insertedinto the door,
however, your vehicle will
remain in the storage mode.
The ignition must be out
of LOCK before the battery
guard is disabled.
When youare sitting in a comfortable driving position,
adjust the mirrorso you can see clearly behind your car.
Grip the mirror in the center to move
it up or down and
side toside. The day-night adjustment allows you to
adjust the mirror toavoid glare from the headlamps
behind you. Pull thetab forward for daytime use. Pushit
back for night use.
Electrochromic Daymight RJit;rsview Mirror
(If Equipped)
This mirror automatically changes to
reduce glare from
headlamps behind you.A photocell on the back of the
mirror senses when it is becoming dark outside. Another
photocell built into the mirror surface senses when
headlamps are behind you.
At night, when the glare is too high, the mirror will
gradually darken to reduce glare (this change
may take a
few seconds). The mirror will return to its clear
daytime
state when the glareis reduced.
OdOff Switch
Press the button at the base
of the mirror to turn on the
automatic feature. The button has an indicator light
to
show it is on. Press the button to turn the automatic
feature off.
Time Delay
This feature prevents rapid changingof the mirror from
the night modeto the day modeas you drive under
lights and through traffic.
Electrochromic Daymight Rearview Mirror
with Compass (If Equipped)
Reverse Day Mode
The reverse modeis another important feature of the
automatic mirror. Whenthe shift lever is placed in
REVERSE (R), the mirror changesto the day mode.
This gives you a brightimage in the mirroras you
back up.
Cleaning the Photocells
Use a cotton swab and glass cleanerto clean the front
and rear photocells that makethe auto-dimming
feature work.
This mirror automatically changesto reduce glare when
set inthe M (Mirror) or C N (CompassMirror)
positions. One photocell on the backof the mirror senses
when it is becoming dark outside. Another photocell
is built into the mirror surfaceto sense headlamps
behind you.
2-55
Mirror Settings
Time Delay
This feature prevents rapid changing
of the mirrorfrom
the night mode to the day mode as you drive under
lights andthrough traffic.
Reverse Day Mode
The reverse modeis another important feature of the
automatic mirror. When the shift lever
is placed in
REVERSE (R), the mirror changes to the day mode.
This gives you a brightimage in the mirror as you
back up.
OFF: This setting t u r off
~ ~the
~ daylight function and
compass. The mirror will stay in the day mode.
M: This turns on the daylnight portionof the mirrorto
automatically reduce glare.
C/M: This setting turns on the compass in addition to
the day/night function.The letter or letters displayedin
the top rightcomer of the mirror indicate the direction
in which you are traveling.
2-56
Cleaning the Photocells
Use a cotton swab and glass cleaner to clean the front
and rear photocells that make
the auto-dimming
feature work.
Compass Calibration
Once thecomp& is calibrated, it does not need tobe
recalibrated. To calibrate the compass:
1. Set the switch on the mirror control to C/M.
2. Turn the vehicle ignition switch on. The letter C
should be displayed in the mirrorcompass window.
If not, hold theCAL switch (onthe bottom of the
mirror) for more than 10 seconds, and the letterC
will appear.To hold in the CAL switch, insert a
paper clip into the smallhole on thebottom of the
mirror housing. The display will showa number
first, but keep holding until the letter C appears.
3. For quick calibration, drive the vehicle ina
360-degree circle at less than 5 mph (8 km/h) until
the display reads a compass direction. For normal
calibration, drive the vehicleon your everyday
routine, and the compass will eventually calibrate.
Compass Variance
Variance is the difference between magnetic north and
geographic north. In some areas, the difference between
the two can be great enough
to cause false compass
readings. If this happens, follow these instructions
to set
the variance for your particular location:
1. Find your location on thezone map. Note the
zone number.
Power Remote Control Mirror (Heated)
The control on the driver’s
door armrest operates both
outside rearview mirrors.
Rotate the controlknob
to choose the right or
left mirror.
2. Hold in theCAL switch (on the bottomof the mirror
housing) for five seconds until the currentzone entry
number appears inthe display. To hold in theCAL
switch, insert a paper
clip into the small holeon the
bottom of the mirror housing.
3. Press the CAL switch until the number for the
new
zone entry is displayed.
Once the desired zone number is displayed, stop
pressing theCAL switch and the display will show
compass direction within a few seconds.
To adjust the mirror, push the control knob in the
direction you want the mirror togo. Adjust each mirror
so you can see the sideof your vehicle and the area
behind your vehicle.
When you operate the rear window defogger, it also
warms both outside mirrors to help clear them
of fog
or ice.
The mirrors can alsobe programmed for personalization
if you have the optional memory package.
For more
information, see “Memory Seat and Mirrors” in
the Index.
2-58
Driver’s Outside Auto-Dimming Rearview
Mirror (If Equipped)
Storage Compartments
Glove Box
Only the driver’sside outside mirror will adjustfor
the glare of headlamps behind you. This feature is
controlled by the on andoff settings on the
electrochromic mirror. See “Electrochromic
Daymight Rearview Mirror” earlier in this section.
The glove box is locatedin front of the passenger’s seat.
To lock the glove box door, insert the oval key into
the
lock cylinder and turnit clockwise. Turn the key
counterclockwise to unlock the door.
Convex Outside Mirror
Map Pocket
Your passenger’s side mirror is convex. A convex
mirror’s surface is curved so you can see more from the
driver’s seat.
The maphtorage pockets are located
on each front dooras
well as on the passenger’sand driver’s front seatbacks.
:ON:
A convex mirror can make things (like other
vehicles) look farther away than they really are.
If you cut too sharply into the right lane, you
could hit a vehicle
on your right. Check your
inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
Front Storage Armrest
(DeVille and DeVille d’Elegance Only)
The front storage areacomes with a coinholder,a
storage compartment for CDs or tapes and a dual
cupholder that unfoldsfor use.
2-59
._
Center Console Storage Area
(DeVille Concours Only)
cupholder that unfolds for use.
To open, lift the front
edge. This featureis available on vehicles with leather
interiors only.
Convenience Net
The full console includes a storage compartment
for
CDs or tapes, an optional phone, an armrest and a
cupholder. The cupholder canbe opened by pressing on
the surface panel located in front
of the armrest. Close
the lid to secure.
Rear Storage Armrest(If Equipped)
The convenience net is inside the back wall
of the trunk.
Put small loads, like grocery bags, behind thenet. It can
help keep them from falling over during sharp turns
or
quick starts and stops.
The net is not for larger, heavier loads. Store them in the
Your vehicle maybe equipped with a rear seat armrest
which includes an open storage compartment and a dual trunk as far forward asyou can. When not usingthe net,
hook the net to the tabs securing it to the sill plate.
2-60
.-
Ashtrays and Cigarette Lighter
With the full center console (availableon DeVille
Concours only), press onthe cover, whichis located
below the climate control system,
to reveal the front
ashtray. To clean this ashtray, liftit out by gripping the
sides. For vehicles without the center console, pull the
tray outto reveal the ashtray.The tray is located beneath
the radio. To clean this ashtray, liftit out by pulling on
the snuffer.
To use the rear ashtray, lift the
lid.
NOTICE:
Don’t put papersor other flammable items
into your ashtrays. Hot cigarettes
or other
smoking materials could ignite them, causing
a
damaging fire.
The cigarette lighteris located near the ashtray.Press it
all the way inand release. It will pop back by itself
when it’s ready to light.You may also havea lighter
located at the rear seat air outlet.
Note that power to the cigarette lighter will off
shut
10 minutes after the ignitionis turned off. This helpsto
prevent battery drainage.For more information,see
“Inadvertent Battery Saver” earlier in this section.
NOTICE:
Don’t hold a cigarette lighter in with your hand
while it is heating. If you do, it won’t be able to
back away from the heating element
when it’s
ready. That can make it overheat, damaging the
lighter and the heating
element.
Sun Visors
Visor Vanity Mirror (DeVille Only)
This feature is available on the passenger’s side only.
To use, turn the sunshade down and
lift the cover to see
the mirror.
Illuminated Visor Vanity Mirror
(If Equipped)
Swing down the visor
to block out glare. It can also be
detached from the center mount and moved
to the side
while the auxiliary sunshade remains to block glare
from the front. Pull the front shade from the headliner
and position it to your preference.
The driver’s sunshade isalso equipped witha storage
flap that can be used for maps or toll tickets.
2-62
Turn the sunshade down andlift the coverto see the
mirror. Move the slide switch upor down to brightenor
dim the lamp.
Illuminated Rear Seat Visor Vanity
Mirror (DeVille d’Elegance and DeVille
Concours Only)
0
Remote Door Unlock
0
Theft DetectiodNotification and Stolen-Vehicle
Tracking
Turn the sunshade down andlift the cover to seethe
mirror. Move the slide switch up or down to brightenor
dim thelamp.
0
Automatic Notification of Front
Air Bag Deployment
0
Concierge/CustomerConvenience Services
Cellular Telephone (Option)
For more information, contact your Cadillac dealer.
Your vehicle has been prewiredfor dealer installationof
a Cadillac dual-mode (analog/digital) cellular telephone.
A fixed mobile or a portable hand-heldsystem are
available. Eithersystem has steering wheeltelephone
controls andinformation output through the DIC.
Voice activation andhands-free operation are standard
features. For more information, contact your Cadillac
dealer. A user’s guide is provided with the telephone.
Assist Handles
OnStar System (Option)
This system may be orderedif you have the optional
fixed cellular telephone.The following services are
available 24 hours a day:
0
Roadside Service with Location
0
Emergency Services Button
A folding handleabove each door can be used when
getting outof your vehicle.
Umbrella Holder
(DeVille d’EleganceOnly)
The driver’s front seat cushion comes equipped with an
umbrella holder. Gently slide the umbrella into the slot
located under the front portionof the driver’s seat cushion.
Floor Mats
Your Cadillac is equipped with rubber-backed front and
rear floor mats. Keep them clean
by vacuuming and
using a spot cleaner,if necessary. Do not machine wash.
2-63
Astroroof (Option)
ventilation. It includes a sliding glass panel and a sliding
sunshade. The control switchonly works when the
ignition is on or when the RAP is active.
Press the switch rearward and release to express-open
the glass panel and sunshade.
The sunshade can also be
opened by hand. If you want to stop the roof in a
partially opened position, press the switch
in either
direction. Press and release the switch again to open
it fully.
Press and hold the switch
forward to close the glass
panel. The sunshade can only be closed by hand.
To vent, press the switch forward when the glass panel
is closed. Open the sunshade by hand.
To close the vent,
press the switch rearward.
The express-open astroroof providesan airy, spacious
feel to your vehicle's interior and
can also increase
2-64
Universal Transmitter (Option)
(2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
This device complies withRSS-210 of Industry and Science
two conditions:
Canada. Operation is subject to the following
(1) this device may not cause interference, and
(2) this device
must accept any interference, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the device.
Programming the Transmitter
This transmitter allows you to consolidate the functions
of up to three individual hand-held transmitters. It will
operate garage doors andgates, or with the accessory
package, other devices controlled by radio frequency
such as home/office lighting systems.
The transmitter will learn and transmit
the frequencies
of most current transmitters andis powered by your
vehicle’s battery and charging system.
This device complies withPart 15 of the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) this devicemay not cause harmful interference, and
Do not use the universal transmitter with any garage
door opener thatdoes not have the “stop and reverse”
safety feature. This includes any garage door opener
model manufactured before April1, 1982.
Be sure that people and objects
are clear of the garage
door you are programming.
Your vehicle’s engine should be turnedoff while
programming the transmitter. Follow these steps
to
program up tothree channels:
1. If you have previously programmed a transmitter
channel, proceed toStep 2. Otherwise, hold down
the two outside buttons onthe universal transmitter
until the red light begins to flash rapidly
(approximately 20 seconds). Then release the
buttons. This procedure initializes the memory and
erases any previous settingsfor all three channels.
2. Decide which one of the three channels you want
to program.
2-65
3. Hold the endof the hand-held transmitter against the Note toCanadian Owners: During programming, the
front surfaceof the universal transmitterso that you
hand-held transmitter may stop transmitting afterone or
two seconds.If you are programming from one of these
can still see the red light.
transmitters,
you should press and re-press the button on
4. Using both hands, pressthe hand-held transmitter
the hand-held transmitter every two seconds without
button and the desired button on the universal
ever releasing the button
on the universal transmitter.
transmitter. Continue to press both buttons through
Release both buttons when the red light on the universal
Step 5.
transmitter begins to flash rapidly.
5. Hold down both buttons until you see the red light
Operating the Transmitter
on the universal transmitter flash slowly and then
rapidly. The rapid flashing, which could take
up to
Press and hold the appropriate button on the universal
90 seconds, indicates that the universal transmitter
transmitter. The red light comeson while the signalis
has been programmed. Release both buttons once the being transmitted.
light starts to flash rapidly.
Note that the universal transmitteris disabled when the
If you have trouble programming the universal
VALET button inside the glove box is activated. For
transmitter, make surethat you have followed the
more information, see “Security Override” earlier
in
directions exactly as described and that the battery in thethis section.
hand-held transmitter is not dead.
If you still cannot
Also note thatif the hand-held transmitter appears to
program it, rotate the hand-held transmitter end
over end
program the universal transmitter but does not open
and try again.The universal transmittermay not work
your garage door, and
if the garage door opener was
with older garage door openers that
do not meet current
manufactured after 1995, the garage door opener may
Federal Consumer Safety Standards.
If you cannot
A rolling code system
program the transmitter after repeated attempts, consult have a “rolling code” system.
changes the codeof the garage door opener every time
your Cadillac dealer.
you open or close the garagedoor.
Be sure to keep the original hand-held transmitter in case
you need to erase and reprogram the universal transmitter.
2-66
To determine if you have this system, pressthe button
on the universal transmitter that youhave programmed
already. If the red light on the universal transmitter
flashes rapidly for one or two seconds and then
stops flashing, the garagedoor opener has a rolling
code system.
Training a GarageDoor Opener with
“Rolling Codes” (If Equipped)
If you have not previously programmed
the hand-held
transmitter to the universal transmitter,
see
“Programming the Transmitter’’earlier in this section. If
you have completed this programming already, you now
need to trainthe garage door opener receiver to
recognize the universal transmitter.
1. Remove the cover panel from the garage door opener
receiver (the receiver should be locatedby the
garage door opener motor).
2. Locate the training button onthe garage door opener
receiver. The exact location and colorof the button
may vary by garage door opener brand. If you have
difficulty locating the training button, refer to your
garage door opener manual.
3. Press the training button on thegarage door opener
receiver for one or two seconds.
4. Return to the universal transmitter in your vehicle
and press the universal transmitter button
you have
already programmedfor two to three seconds. Press
the button again to make sure that the universal
transmitter has been trained to the
garage door
opener receiver.
The garage door opener should now recognize the
universal transmitter.You may either use the universal
transmitter or the hand-held transmitter to open the
garage door.
If after following these instructions youstill have
problems training thegarage door opener, consult your
Cadillac dealer.
Erasing Channels
To erase all three programmed channels,
hold down the
two outside buttons until the red
light begins toflash.
Individual channels cannot be erased, butcan be
reprogrammed using the procedure
for programming the
transmitter explained earlier.
The Instrument Panel: Your Information System
The instrument panelis designed tolet you know at a glance how your Cadillac
is running. You’ll know how fast
you’re going, how muchfuel you’re using and manyof the other things you’ll needto know to drive safely and
economically. The main componentsof the instrument panel are:
A. Air Outlets
J. LampControls
B. Turn SignaVMultifunction Lever
K. HVAC Steering Wheel Controls (or Cellular
Telephone Controls,If Equipped)
C. Driver Information Center Control Buttons
D. Driver’s Side Air Bag
E. Cluster
E Steering Column Shift Lever
G. Electronic Climate Controls
H. Radio
I. Passenger’s Side Air Bag
L. Hood Release
M. Horn
N. Audio Steering Wheel Controls
0. Ashtray and Cigarette Lighter
P. GloveBox
Digital Cluster (DeVille and DeVille d'Elegance Only)
e
GAL
PREMIUM UNLEADED
FUEL ONLY
I
I
United States version shown, Canadian similar
Analog Cluster (DeVille Concours Only)
United States versionshown, Canadian sim3a.r
2-71
Speedon: I : r a--
The speeaometer lets yousee your speed in both miles
per hour (mph) and kilometers per hour
(km/h). The
odometer shows howfar your vehicle has been driven,
in either miles (used inthe United States) or kilometers
(used in Canada).
You may wonder what happens if a vehicle has have
to a
new odometer installed.The new one may read the
correct mileage.This is because your vehicle’scomputer
has stored the mileagein memory.
Trip Odometer
I
TRIP
SET
TRIP RESET
Digital Cluster
Analog Cluster
By pressing oneof these buttons,you can tell howfar
you’ve traveled since you last set the trip odometer back
to zero. For informationon resetting these buttons,see
“Digital or Analog Control
Buttons” later in this section.
2-72
EnglisMetric Display
I
ENG
MET
Tachometer (Analog Cluster Only)
This gage indicates the
engine speed in revolutions
per minute (rpm).
With the digital cluster,
you can go back and forth
from English (miles) to
metric (kilometers) by
pressing this button
(digital cluster button
shown, analog cluster
button similar).
Note that other readings suchas temperature, fuel and
trip odometer also go back andforth between English
and metric.
Vehicle Speed Limiter
This feature prevents your vehiclefrom exceeding
speeds that the tires are not rated for. When this
happens, the engine’sfuel supply is shutoff. When the
vehicle speed slows, thefuel supply willcome on again.
1 NOTICE:
Do not operate the engine with the tachometer
in
the red areaor engine damage may occur.
Engine Speed Limiter
This feature prevents the engine from operating at too many
revolutions per minute(rpm). When the engine’s rpm are
critically high, the
fuel supply to the engine is off.
shut
When
the engine speed slows, the fuel supply will come on again.
This helps prevent damage to the engine.
Warning Lights, Gages and Indicators
This part describes the warning lights and gages that
may be on your vehicle. The pictures will helpyou
locate them.
Warning lights and gagescan signal that somethingis
wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an
expensive repair or replacement. Paying attention to
your warning lightsand gages could also saveyou or
others from injury.
Warning lights comeon when there may beor is a
problem with one of your vehicle’s functions. As you
will see in the details on the next few pages, some
warning lights comeon briefly when you start the
engine just to let you know they’re working.If you are
familiar with this section, you should not be alarmed
when this happens.
Gages can indicate when there may
be or is a problem
with one of your vehicle’s functions. Often gages and
warning lights work togetherto let you know when
there’s a problem with your vehicle.
When one ofthe warning lights comeson and stays on
when you are driving, or when one of the gages shows
there may be a problem, check the section that tells you
what to do about it. Please follow this manual’s advice.
Waiting todo repairs can be costly-- and even
dangerous. So please get to know your warning lights
and gages. They’re a big help.
Your vehicle also has a Driver Information Center that
works along with the warning lights and gages.
See
“Driver Information Center” later in this section.
Safety Belt Reminder Light
When the key is turned to RUN or START, achime will
come onfor about eight secondsto remind people to
fasten their safety belts, unlessthe driver’s safety beltis
already buckled.
The safety belt light will
also come on and stayon
for about 20 seconds,
then it will flashfor about
70 seconds. If the driver’s
belt is already buckled,
neither the chime nor the
light will come on.
Air Bag Readiness Light
There is an air bag readinesslight on the instrument
panel, which shows AIR BAG.The system checks the
air bag’selectrical system for malfunctions. The light
tells you if there is an electrical problem. The system
check includes the air bag sensors, the air bag modules,
the wiring and the crash sensing and diagnostic module.
For more information on the air bag system,
see “Air
Bag” in the Index.
AIR BAG
This light will come on
when you start your engine,
and it will flashfor a few
seconds. Then the light
should go out. This means
the system is ready.
The air bag readiness light should flash
for a few
seconds when you turn the ignition key to RUN.If the
light doesn’t come on then, have
it fixed so it will be
ready to warn you if there
is a problem.
Charging System Indicator Light
When you turn the key to
RUN, this light willcome
on briefly to show that
the generator and battery
charging systems
are working.
If this light stays on, you need service and you should
take your Cadillac to the dealer at once.
To save your
battery until you get there, turn
off all accessories.
If the air bag readinesslight stays on after you start the
engine or comes on when youare driving, your air bag
system may not work properly.
Have your vehicle
serviced right away.
2-75
Brake System WarningLight
Your Cadillac’s hydraulic brake system
is divided into
two parts. Ifone part isn’t working, the other
part can
still work and stop you. For good braking though,
you
ueed both parts working well.
I
4
Your brake system may not be working properly
If the warning light comes
on, there could be a brake
problem. Have your brake system inspected right away.
BRAKE
This light should comeon
briefly whenyou turn the
’ ignition key toRUN. If it
doesn’t come on then, have
1 it fixed so it will be ready to
warn you if there’s a
problem.
If the light comes on while you
are driving, pulloff the
road and stop carefully.You may notice thatthe pedal is
harder to push. Or, the pedal may
go closer to the floor.
It may take longer to stop.
If the light is still on,have the
vehicle towedfor service. (See “TowingYour Vehicle”
in the Index.)
I
if the brake system warning light
is on. Driving
with the brake system warning light on can lead
to an accident. If the light is still on after you’ve
pulled off the road and stopped carefully, have
the vehicle towed for service.
I
When the ignitionis on, the brake system warning light
will also come on when you set your parking brake.
The
light will stay on
if your parking brake doesn’t release
fully. If it stays on after your parking brake
is fully
released, it meansyou have a brake problem.
Parkine Brake Indicator Light
PARK
BRAKE
This light comes on when
the parking brake is set, and
it will stayon if the parking
brake does not fully release.
If you tryto drive off with
the parking brakeset, this
light will remain on.
This light should also come on briefly as you start the
vehicle. If it doesn’t, have the light fixedso it will be
ready to remind youif the parking brake has not fully
released. For more informationon how to release
the parking brake,see “Parking Brake” earlier in
this section.
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Light
ANTI LOCK
LOCK
Digital Cluster
(e)
Analog Cluster
With the anti-lock brake system, the light(s) willcome
on when you start your engine and may stay on
for
several seconds. That’s normal.
If the light stays on, turn the ignitionOFF.
to Or, if the
light comes on when you’re driving, stop
as soon as
possible and turn the ignition
off. Then start the engine
again to reset the system.If the light still stays on, or
comes on again while you’re driving, your Cadillac
needs service.If the regular brake system warning light
isn’t on, you still have brakes, but you don’t have
anti-lock brakes.
If the regular brake system warning light
is also on, you
2-77
don’t have anti-lock brakes and there’s a problem with If it stays on,or comes on when you’re driving, there
your regular brakes.See “Brake System Warning Light” may be a problem with your traction control system and
your vehicle may need service. When this warning light
earlier in this section.
The anti-lock brake system warning light should come is on, the system will not limit wheel spin. Adjust your
driving accordingly.
on briefly when you turn the ignition key
to RUN. If the
light doesn’t come on then, have
it fixed so it will be
ready to warn you if thereis a problem.
I
Control System Warning Light
TRACTION
CONTROL
2-78
This warning light should
come on briefly as you start
the engine.If the warning
light doesn’tcome on then,
have it fixed so it will be
ready to warn you if there’s
a problem.
The traction control system warning light
may come on
for the following reasons:
If there’s a brake system problem thatis specifically
related to traction control, the traction control system
will turn off and the warning light will come on.
If the traction control systemis affected by an engice
related problem, the system will turn
off and the
warning light will come on.
If the traction control system warning light comes on
and stays on for
an extended periodof time whenthe
system is turned on, your vehicle needs service.
Engine Coolant Temperature
Warning Light
Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
This gage showsthe
engine coolant
temperature. If the gage
pointer moves into the red
area, theengine is too hot.
This light tells you that your
engine has overheated. You
should stop the car and turn
the engine off as soon as
possible. A warning chime
should also sound if this
light comes on.
Analog Cluster
As a check, the light shouldcome on for a few seconds
when you start your engine. Inthe section “Problems on
the Road,” this manualexplains what to do. See “Engine
Overheating” in the Index.
That reading means thesame thing as the warning
light -- the engine coolant has overheated.
The section
“Problems onthe Road” in this manual explains what to
do. See “Engine Overheating” in the Index.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Service Engine Soon Light)
I NOTICE:
~
SERVICE
ENGINE
SOON
Your Cadillac is equipped
with a computer which
monitors operationof the
fuel, ignition and emission
control systems.
This systemis called OBD I1 (On-Board
Diagnostics-Second Generation) andis intended to
assure that emissionsare at acceptable levelsfor the life
of the vehicle, helpingto produce a cleaner
environment. (In Canada, OBDI1 is replacedby
Enhanced Diagnostics.)The SERVICE ENGINE SOON
light comeson and a chime will soundto indicate that
there is a problem and service
is required. Malfunctions
often will be indicated by the system before any
problem is apparent. This may prevent more serious
damage to your vehicle.This system is also designed to
assist your service technician in correctly diagnosing
any malfunction.
2-80
If you keep driving your vehicle with this light
on, after a while, your emission controls may not
work as well, your fuel economy may not be
as
good and your engine may not run as smoothly.
This could lead to costly repairs that may not be
covered by your warranty.
This light should come on, ascheck
a to show youit is
working, when the ignitionis on and the engineis not
running. If the light doesn’t come
on, have it repaired.
This light willalso come on during a malfunction
in one
of two ways:
0
Light Flashing -- A misfire condition has been
detected. A misfire increases vehicle emissions and
may damage the emission control system on your
vehicle. Dealer or qualified service center diagnosis
and service is required.
Light On Steady -- An emission control system
malfunction has been detected on your vehicle.
Dealer or qualified service center diagnosis and
service may be required.
If the LightIs Flashing
The following may prevent more seriousdamage to
your vehicle:
0 Reducing vehicle speed.
0 Avoiding hard accelerations.
0 Avoiding steep uphill grades.
If you are towing a trailer, reduce the amount of
cargo being hauled as soon asit is possible.
If the light stops flashing andremains on steady,see “If
the Light Is On Steady” following.
If the light continues toflash, when it is safe todo so,
stop the vehicle. Find a safe place to park your vehicle.
Turn the key off, wait atleast 10 seconds and restartthe
engine. If the light remains on steady, see“If the Light
Is On Steady” following. If the light is still flashing,
follow the previous steps, and drivethe vehicle to your
dealer or qualified service center
for service.
If the LightIs On Steady
You may be able to correct the emission system
malfunction by considering the following:
Did you just drive through a deep puddle of water?
If so, your electrical system may be wet. The condition
will usuallybe corrected whenthe electrical system
dries out. A few driving trips should turnthe
light off.
Are youlow on fuel?
As your engine starts torun out of fuel, yourengine may
not run as efficiently as designed since small amounts
of
air are sucked intothe fuel line causing a misfire.The
system can detect this. Adding
fuel should correct this
condition. Make sure toinstall the fuel cap properly. It
will take a few driving trips to turn the light off.
Have you recently changedbrands of fuel?
If so, be sure tofuel your vehicle with quality fuel (see
“Fuel” in the Index).Poor fuel quality will cause your
engine not torun as efficiently as designed.You may
notice this as stalling after start-up, stalling when you put
the vehicle into gear, misfiring, hesitation on acceleration
or stumbling on acceleration. (These conditions may go
away once the engine is warmed up.)
This will be detected
by the system and cause the light tto
urn on.
If you experience one or moreof these conditions,
change the fuel brand you use.It will require atleast one
full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off.
If none of the above stepshave made thelight turn off,
have your dealer or qualified service center
check the
vehicle. Your dealer hasthe proper test equipment and
diagnostic toolsto fix any mechanical or electrical
problems that mayhave developed.
2-81
Oil Pressure Light
8
This light tellsyou if there
could be a problem with
your engine oil pressure.
When the lightcomes on andstays on, it means thatoil isn’t
flowing through your engine properly.
You could be low on
oil and you might have some other system problem.
CAIJTTON:
Don’t keep driving if the oil
ssure is low. If
you do, your engine canbecome so hot that it
catches fire.You or otherscould be burned.
Check your oil as soon as possibleand have your
vehicle serviced.
The lightgoes on when you turn your key to RUN or
START. It goes off once you start your engine. That’s
a
check tobe sure the lightworks. If it doesn’t come on,
be sureto have it fixedso it will be there to warn you if
something goes wrong.
hOTICE:
Damage to yourengine from neglected oil
problems can becostly and is notcovered by
your warranty.
2-82
letter E is shown. If the fuel supply gets down to
approximately three gallons(11.4 L), the E will display
and the FUEL LEVEL LOW message will
appear on the
DIC. (On theanalog fuel gage, the FUEL LEVEL LOW
message will also appear.) When
the fuel supply gets
down to about 1.2 gallons (4.5 L) from being empty,
the letter E begins to flash indicating thatfuel is
needed soon.
Fuel Gage
PREMIUM UNLEADED
FUEL ONLY
Here are a fewconcerns some owners have had about
the fuel gage. Allof these situations are normal and
do
not indicate that anything is wrong with the fuel gage.
I
Digital Cluster
Analog Cluster
The fuel gage shows approximately how much fuel is
in the tank. It works only when
the ignition isin the
RUN position.
On the digital cluster,if the fuel level is within
approximately two gallons (7.6 L) of being full, the
letter F is shown. If the fuel level is between one and
three gallons (3.8 and 11.4 L) from being empty, the
0
At the gas station the gas pump shuts off before
the
gage readsF.
0
It takes more (orless) gas to fill the tank than the
gage said. For example, the gage read8 GALLONS,
but it took more (or less) than the tank’s
remaining
capacity to fill it.
0
The gage may change when you turn, stop or
speed up.
Fuel Data Panel
Press the AVG button to display the average
mile-per-gallon (AVG MPG). You can also displayit in
metric units by pressing theENG MET button.
When AVG MPGis selected, the total distance is
divided by the totalfuel used.
When the INST button (Instantaneous Fuel Economy) is
selected, you will see what the fuel economyis at that
instant. The computer takes a new reading twice every
second. It will show economy up to70 miles-per-gallon
(or 2 L per 100 km).
To reset the averagefuel economy, press the
INFORMATION button until the AVGMPG is
displayed on the DIC. Press and hold the RESET button
until both the fuel data center and
DIC display reads 0.0.
Digital Cluster
For vehicles equipped with an analog cluster (not
shown), fuel data can be obtainedby pressing the
INFO button. See “Analog Control Buttons” later in
this section.
The fuel data panel tells you allyou need to know about
the fuel economy and how
far you can travel with the
fuel remaining.
The RANGE display shows howfar the computer thinks
you can travel with the fuel thatis in the tank. The
computer doesnot know what driving conditions willbe
like for the rest of your trip,
so the rangeis estimated
based on the recent fuel economy. Therefore, the range
reading may changeas your driving habits change.
Going from city to highway driving may increase the
range reading.
If the range display shows
LO, you should stopfor fuel
as soon as possible. Your computer needs enough data
for the RANGE reading to work.
Driver Information Center (DIC)
The DIC displaygives you the status of many of your
vehicle’s systems. The DIC is also usedto display driver
personalization features andwarningktatus messages.
Digital Control Buttons
(DeVille and DeVille d’Elegance Only)
Memory and Personalization Features
(If Equipped)
Your vehicle may be equipped with the following
features that can be individually customized for
up to
two drivers.
0
Programmable Automatic Door Locks
Remote Confirmation (for RKE)
0
Exterior Lighting (at Unlock)
Remote Recall Memory (forRKE or Key in the
Ignition)
Battery Guard Storage
0
Climate Control Personalization
0
Memory Seat and Mirrors
RadioPersonalization
For detailed information, see each
feature in the Index.
DISPLAY ON/OFF: Pressing this button will turnoff
the DIC, Electronic Climate Control (ECC),
fuel data
center, thefuel gage, trip odometer and odometer.
While
the displays are off, pressing the INFORMATION
button will only turnon the DIC.If the TRIP SET
button is pressed or the fuel level falls below
four
gallons (15.2 L), all of the displays willcome back on.
2-85
\
ENGMET: You can change the display from English
(miles) to metric (kilometers) by pressing
this button.
The same button also changes other readings (like
temperature, fuel and odometer).
TRIP SET By using this button, you can tell how
far
you’ve gone since you last
set the TRIP SET back to
zero. To reset, press andhold the button until zeros
appear. If your vehicleis domestic, the trip odometer
will return to zero after
999.9 miles (1 609 km). If
your vehicleis Canadian, the trip odometer will return
to zero after 1 999.9 km (1,242 miles).
INFORMATION: Pressing this button repeatedly will
display the MPGAVG, MPG INST, GAL FUELUSED,
AVG MPH, ENGINE RPM, BATTERY VOLTS,
COOLANT TEMP and OIL LIFE LEFT.
TIMER: This feature is like a stopwatch, in that
you can clc c the time it takes to get from one point
to another.
2-86
To operate, press theTIMER button untilTIMER OFF
0O:OO:OO is displayed on the
DIC. Each of the fieldsfor
the hours, minutes and seconds are two numeric digits.
Once TIMER OFF 0O:OO:OO is displayed, press the
TIMER button to start the timing feature. Press the
TIMER button again to stop If
it.you willbe starting
and stopping your Cadillac, during
a trip for instance,
the TIMER feature will automatically start timing where
it left off when you last stopped.To reset it, press and
hold theRESET button until the display reads
TIMER
0O:OO:OO. Press theINFORMATION button to exit from
the TIMER function.
RESET: Pressing this button will reset the MPG
AVG,
MPG INST, GALFUEL USED, AVG MPH and OIL
LIFE LEFT. PressingRESET when a non-resettable
display appears will cause a “recall” mode to occur.
When this happens, allDIC warning messages that have
been displayed since the ignition key was turned to
RUN will redisplay.If no messages were displayed, a
MONITORED SYSTEMS OK message will appear.
MPG AVG (Reset): Press the INFORMATION button
to display the MPGAVG (Average Fuel Economy), then
press and holdthe RESET button until 0.0 MPG AVG
is displayed.
Analog Control Buttons
(DeVille Concours Only)
GAL FUEL USED (Reset):Press the INFORMATION
button to display the GAL
FUEL USED on the DIC,
then press and hold the RESET button until
0.0 GAL
FUEL USED is displayed.
AVG MPH (Reset): Press the INFOFWMTION button
to display the AVG MPH (Average Speed), then press
and holdthe RESET button until0.0 AVG MPH
is displayed.
OIL LIFE LEFT (Reset):Press the INFORMATION
button to display theOIL LIFE LEFT, then press and
hold the RESET button until100% OIL LIFE LEFT is
displayed. (This only needs to
be reset after you have
had the oil changed.)
INFO RESET Pressing this button will reset the MPG
AVG, GAL FUELUSED, AVG MPH and OIL LIFE
LEFT. Pressing INFO RESET whena non-resettable
display appears willcause a “recall” mode to occur.
When this happens, all DIC warning messages that
have
been displayed since the ignition key was turned to
RUN will redisplay.If no messages were displayed,a
MONITORED SYSTEMS OK message will appear.
MPG AVG (Reset): Press the INFO button to display
the MPG AVG (Average Fuel Economy), then press and
hold the INFO RESET button until
0.0 MPG AVG
is displayed.
GAL FUEL USED (Reset):Press theINFO button to
display the GAL FUEL
USED on the DIC, then press
and hold theINFO RESET button until0.0 GAL FUEL
USED is displayed.
INFO: Pressing this button repeatedly will display the
RANGE, MPG AVG, MPG INST, GAL FUEL USED,
MPH, AVG MPH, BATTERY VOLTS, COOLANT
TEMP and OIL LIFE
LEFT.
TIMER: This feature islike a stopwatch, in that you
can clock the time it takes to get
from one point
to another.
To operate, press the TIMER button until TIMER
OFF
AVG MPH (Reset): Press the INFO button to display
0O:OO:OO is displayed onthe DIC. Each of the fieldsfor
the AVG MPH (Average Speed), then press and hold the the hours, minutes and seconds are two numeric digits.
INFO RESET button until0.0 AVG MPH is displayed.
Once TIMER OFF 0O:OO:OO is displayed, press the
O K LIFE LEFT (Reset):Press the INFO button to
display the OIL LIFE LEFT, then press and hold the
INFO RESET button until 100%OIL LIFE LEFT is
displayed. (This only needsto be reset after you have
had the oil changed.)
TRIP RESET By using this button,you can tell how
far you’ve gone sinceyou last set theTRIP RESET back
to zero.To reset, press and hold the button until zeros
appear. If your vehicleis domestic, the trip odometer
will return to zero after
999.9 miles (1 609 km). If your
vehicle is Canadian, the trip
odometer will return to zero
after 1 999.9 km (1,242 miles).
TIMER button to start the timing feature. Press the
TIMER button again to stopit. If you will be starting
and stopping your Cadillac, during
a trip for instance,
the TIMER feature will automaticallystart timing where
it leftoff when you last stopped.To reset it, press and
hold the INFO RESET button until the display reads
TIMER 0O:OO:OO. Press theINFO button to exitfrom
the TIMER function.
ENGMET You can change the display from English
(miles) to metric (kilometers) by pressing this button.
The same button also changes other readings (like
temperature, fuel and odometer).
Driver Information Center Messages
These messages will appear if there
is a problem sensed
in one of your vehicle’s systems. Vehicles thatare first
sold inCanada will have a number after each message.
This number helps to identifythe message whichis only
displayed in English.
-
A/C OFF FORENGINE PROTECTION 16: This
message displays when the
engine coolant becomes
hotter than the normal operating temperature.
To avoid
added strain on a hot engine, the air conditioning
compressor is automatically turnedoff so that air
conditioned air is not delivered.If the coolant
temperature returns to normal, you must select AC to
return to a normalA/C compressor operation.If this
message continuesto appear, have the system repaired
as soon as possible to avoid compressor damage.
-
BATTERY NO CHARGE 07: This message will
appear if the batteryis not being charged. Have
the
electrical system checkedby your Cadillac dealership at
your earliest convenience.
-
BATTERY VOLTS HIGH 08: This message shows
that the electrical charging system is overcharging
(more
than 16 volts). To avoid being stranded, have the
electrical system checkedby your Cadillac dealership.
You can reduce the charging overload by using the
accessories. Turn on the lamps and radio, set the climate
control on AUTO and the fan speed on
HI, and turn the
rear window defogger on.
You can monitor battery
voltage on the DICby pressing the INFORMATION
(INFO) button. The normal range is 11.5 to 15.5 volts
when theengine is running.
-
BATTERY VOLTS LOW 06: This message will
appear when the electrical system is charging less than
APPLY BRAKE TO SHIFT 46: This message will
10 volts or if the battery has been drained.
If this
appear if your vehicle is inPARK (P) for about 15
message appears immediately after starting, it is possible
seconds and the brakeis not pressed in.To remove this
that the generator can still recharge the battery.
The
message from the DIC display, hold the
OFF and the
battery should recharge after driving a few miles and the
blue (cooler) buttons on the digital cluster climate
message shouldgo out. If this message appears while
control panelfor about five seconds. On the analog
driving or after starting your vehicle and stays on, have
cluster climate control panel, press the
OFF button (next
it checked immediately to determine the cause
of this
to the MODE button) and the down arrow
on the PASS
problem. To help the generator recharge the battery
TEMP button for about five seconds. Hold the same two quickly, you can reduce the load
on the electrical system
buttons to display the message again.
by turning off the accessories.You can monitor battery
-
voltage on theDIC by pressing theINFORMATION
(INFO) button. The normal range is 11.5 to 15.5 volts.
-
BRAKE VACUUM PROBLEM 10s: The circuit in
the brake booster vacuum has shorted
or is loose when
this message appears.Your vehicle may lose power
brakes but you will still have the use
of manual brakes.
The power brakes will not be affected
if the problem is
caused by a failed sensor. Have your vehicle serviced
immediately at your Cadillac dealership.
-
CHANGE ENGINE OIL 82: This means that the life
of the engine oil has expired andit should be changed
within 200 miles. See “Engine Oil” and “Filter
Recommendations” in the Maintenance Schedule booklet.
After an oil change, the Oil Life Indicator must be reset.
See “Oil Life Indicator”in the Index on how to resetit.
-
CHECK COOLANT LEVEL 02: This message will
appear when thereis a low levelof engine coolant. Have
the cooling system serviced by a Cadillac technician as
soon as possible.
CHECK FUEL GAGE 39: This message will appear
when the fuel supply is less than four gallons (15.2
L)
and the displayis turned off (digital clusters only).
A single chime will also sound when this message
is displayed.
-
-
CHECK OIL LEVEL 36: For correct operationof
the low oil sensing system, your vehicle should on
be a
level surface.A false CHECK OIL LEVEL message
may appear if the vehicle is parkedon grades. The oil
level sensing system does not check
for actual oil level
if the engine has been
off for a short periodof time, and
the oil levelis never sensed while the engine is running.
CHANGE TRANS FLUID 47: This message will
If the CHECK OIL LEVEL message appears, and your
appear whenit istime to replace the transaxle
fluid. See
vehicle has been parked on level ground with the engine
the Maintenance Schedule booklet
for the proper fluid
off for at least 30 minutes, the oil level should
be
and change intervals.
checked by observing the oil dipstick. Prior to checking
CJ3ECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL 37: This message
the oil level, be sure the engine has been
off for five
will displayif the ignitionis in the RUN position to
minutes and your vehicle is on a level surface. Then
inform the driver that the brake fluid level
is low. Check
check the dipstick and add
oil if necessary. See “Engine
the brake reservoir level and add fluid as needed. Have Oil” in the Index.
the brake system serviced by a Cadillac technician as
soon as possible. If the brake warning lightis on, follow
the directions in that part.
-
-
-
--
CHECK WASHER FLUID 25: This message will
appear for several seconds indicatingthat you need
washer solvent.
ENGINE MISFIRE EASE OFF GAS
PEDAL 114: An engine misfire has occurred. You’ll
need to ease off the gas pedal.
CRUISE ENGAGED 43: This message will appear for
a few seconds when you select a speed
at which to cruise.
FUEL LEVEL LOW 11: This message serves as a
warning thatthe fuel level in the tankis critically low.
Stop for fuel soon.
-
-
DOOR OPEN 141: The passenger’s door or rear
doors are open or ajar when this message appears.The
vehicle’s engine must be running and the transaxle not
be in PARK(P) for this message to display. A
chime
will also sound when the vehicle’s speed
is greater than
5 mph (8.1 km/h).
-
DRIVER DOOR OPEN 140: The driver’s dooris
open or ajar when this message appears.
The vehicle’s
engine must be running and the transaxle not be in
PARK (P) for this messageto display. Achime will also
sound whenthe vehicle’s speedis greater than5 mph
(8.1 km/h).
ENGINE COOLANT HOT-IDLE ENGINE44:
This message will appear when the engine coolant
temperature is over 248
“F (126 “C).To avoid added strain
on a hot engine,turn off the climate control system. Stop
and allow your vehicle to idle until it cools down or the
message is removed.If it does not cool down,turn off the
engine and have it serviced before driving it again. Severe
engine damage can result from an overheated engine. See
“Engine Overheating” in the Index,
-
-
-
-
ICE POSSIBLE 13: This message appears when
the outsideair temperature is cold enough to create icy
road conditions.
-
HEADLAMPS SUGGESTED 23: If it’s dark enough
outside and the twilight sentinel control
is off, a
HEADLAMPS SUGGESTED message will display on the
DIC. This message infonns the driver that turning on the
exterior lamps is recommended even thought the
DRL are
still illuminated. (It has become dark enough outside to
require the headlamps and/or other exterior lamps.)
-
MONITORED SYSTEMSOK 1: This message only
appears in the “recall” mode by pressing
the RESET
button. It lets you know that no other messages
are
stored or currently active.
-
PASS KEY NOT PROGRAMMED 31: This
warning message displays when the PASS-Key pellet
information has not been programmed
into your vehicle.
See your Cadillac dealershipfor service.
-
PCM FAULT 110: The circuit in the Powertrain
Control Module (PCM) has shorted
or is loose when this
message appears. Have your Cadillac serviced
by your
dealership at once.
-
REDUCED ENGINE POWER 41: This message
informs the driver, that due to wheel slippage, your vehicle
is reducing engine power to compensate for the loss of
traction. Accelerating too fast, causing the tiresto spin,
is an example of when this message would display.
systems are no longer working. Have the climate control
system servicedif you notice adrop in heating andair
conditioning efficiency.
-
SERVICE AIR BAG 83: There is a problem with the
Supplemental Inflatable Restraint (air bag) system when
this message appears.Let only a qualified technician
work on your vehicle.See your Cadillac dealershipfor
service at once.
-
SERVICE BRAKE FLUID SWITCH 37: A defect
in the brake fluid detection circuit causes this message
REMOVE KEY 70: This message will appear when
the Personalized Automotive Security System
to displayif the ignitionis in the RUN position. Have
(PASS-Key 11) is unable to read the pelleton the
the brake system serviced by a Cadillac technician as
ignition key oran improper key pellet has been inserted. soon as possible. If the brake warning light is on, refer
Wait for the DICto display STARTING DISABLED
to the directions listed in that part.
DUE TO THEFT SYSTEM REMOVE IGNITION
KEY. The instrument panel cluster will then run a timer SERVICE CHARGING SYSTEM 102: This
message will display when a problem with the charging
and change the messages
to WAIT 3 MINUTES, WAIT
system has been detected. Have your vehicle serviced at
2 MINUTES, WAIT 1 MINUTE and then STARTCAR.
When the REMOVE KEY message
is displayed, remove your Cadillac dealership.
the ignition key. Check the ignition key for damage.
If it
SERVICE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 106: This
see no
is damaged, it may need to be replaced. If you
message will displayif an electrical problem has
damage, clean the pellet contacts with a soft cloth
or
occurred within the PCM. Have your vehicle serviced
napkin before inserting the key back into the ignition.
by your Cadillac dealership.
Have your vehicle serviced if the message still appears.
SERVICE EMISSIONS SYSTEM 104: A problem in
SERVICE A/C SYSTEM A/C COMPRESSOR
theemissionssystemhasoccurredwhen
this message
OFF 14: This message appears when the electronic
appears.
Have
your
Cadillac
dealership
service
your vehicle.
sensors that control the air conditioning and heating
-
-
-
-
2-92
-
-
SERVICE ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM 103: A
problem within theengine cooling system has been
detected when this message displays.
See your Cadillac
dealership for service.
-
SERVICE FUEL SYSTEM 101: The PCM
has detected a problem within the
fuel system when
this message appears.See your Cadillac dealership
for service.
-
SERVICE TRANSMISSION 100: If a problem is
detected with the transaxle, this message will appear.
Have your vehicle checkedby your Cadillac dealership.
-
SPEED SENSOR FAULT 109: A circuit problem
with the vehicle speed sensor will trigger this message
to appear. Have your Cadillac dealership service
your vehicle.
-
STABILITY ENGAGED 55: If you have the DeVille
Concours, you maysee the STABILITY ENGAGED
SERVICE IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM 107: A
message on the Driver Information Center.
It means that
problem with theidle control has occurred when this
an advanced, computer-controlled systemhas come on
message displays. Bring your vehicle
to your Cadillac
to help your Cadillac continue to go in the direction in
dealership for service.
which you’re steering.This stability enhancement
SERVICE IGNITION SYSTEM 105: This message
system activates when the computer senses that your
displays when afailure in the ignition system has been
Cadillac is just starting to spin, asit might if you hit a
detected. Have your vehicle servicedby your
patch of ice or other slippery spoton the road. When the
Cadillac dealership.
system is on, you may hear a noiseor feel a vibration in
the brake pedal. Thisis normal.
SERVICE RIDE CONTROL 84: This message is
displayed to indicate thatthe suspension system is not
When the STABILITY ENGAGED message is on, you
operating properly.To correct this problem,have your
should continue to steer in
the direction you wantto go. .
The system is designed to help you in bad weather or
vehicle serviced at your Cadillac dealership.
other difficult driving situationsby making the mostof
SERVICE STEERING SYSTEM 127: This message
whatever road conditions will permit. If the STABILITY
is displayed when a problem has been detected in the
ENGAGED message comes on, you’ll know that
MAGNASTEERvariableeffortsteeringsystem.
something has caused your Cadillac
to start to spin,
Service is required. A single chime will also sound when so you should consider slowing down.
this message is displayed.
-
-
-
-
-
STABILITY REDUCED 54:If you eversee the
STABILITY REDUCED message,it means there may
be a problem with your stability enhancement system.
If
you see this message, tryto reset the system (stop;turn
off the engine; then start the engine again). If the
STABILITY REDUCED messagestill comes on,
however, it means there is a problem,so you should see
your Cadillac dealerfor service.
-
STOP ENGINELOW OIL PRESSURE 35: If this
message appears while the engine is running, stop the
engine and do not operateit until the causeof low oil
pressure is corrected. Severe damage
to the engine can
result. A multiple chime will also sound when this
message is displayed.
THEFT SYSTEM PROBLEMCAR MAY NOT
RESTART 34: This message means there is a problem
STARTING DISABLED DUE TO THEFT SYSTEM in the Personalized Automotive Security System
REMOVE IGNITION KEY 33: This message will
(PASS-Key 11). A fault has been detected in the system
appear when the Personalized Automotive Security
which means thatthe PASS-Key I1 system is disabled
System (PASS-Key 11) senses that an improper ignition and is not protecting the vehicle. The vehicle usually
key is being used to tryto start the vehicle. Check the
restarts, however, youmay want to take your vehicle to
ignition key for damage. it
If is damaged, it may need to
a proper service center before turning
off the engine.
be replaced. If you see no damage, clean the pellet
TOP SPEED FUEL CUT-OFF 111: This message
contacts with a soft cloth or napkin. Remove the ignition
will appear when the PCM senses that the maximum
key and waitfor the DIC to displayWAIT 3 MINUTES.
speed for your Cadillac has been reached.
The speed
The instrument panel cluster will then run a timer and
of your vehicle will decrease several mph the
as fuel
change the messages to
WAIT 2 MINUTES, WAIT
supply is cutoff. This allows your vehicle
to stay in a
1 MINUTE and thenSTART CAR. When the START
stable operating range.
CAR message is displayed, try again to start the engine.
STOP ENGINE ENGINE OVERHEATED 42: This
message will appear when
the engine has overheated.
Stop and turn the engine
off immediately to avoid severe
engine damage. See “Engine Overheating” in the Index.
-
-
-
-
-
TRACTION ENGAGED 91: When your traction
control system is limiting wheel spin, the TRACTION
ENGAGED message willbe displayed. Slippery road
conditions may existif this message is displayed, so
adjust your driving accordingly.This message will stay
on for a few seconds after the traction control system
stops limiting wheel spin.
-
TRACTION OFF 89: This message will be displayed
after the traction control has been turned off.
TRACTION READY 91: This message informsthe
driver that the traction control systemis available. This
occurs when the tractionordoff button in the glove box
has been returnedto an on position (pressing the button
once turns the traction control system off: pressing
the
button again turnsthe system back on).This message
also self cancels afterfive seconds.
-
-
TRACTION SUSPENDED 56: This message
displays when the traction control system has been
temporarily shut off because your vehicle’s brakes have
overheated. This message does not indicate a problem
with your vehicle’s traction control system. After
a few
minutes, the traction controlsystem will be available
again and the TRACTION READY message
will appear.
-
TRANS FLUID RESET 48: With the engine not
running and the ignition on, press and hold
the OFF and
rear defog buttons until the TRANS FLUID RESET
message appears onthe DIC (betweenfive and
20 seconds).
-
TRANSMISSION HOT 112: This messages indicates
that the transaxle fluid in your vehicle
is too hot. Stop
and allow your vehicle to
idle until it cools down or
until this messageis removed.
-
TRUNK OPEN 24: This message indicates that the
trunk is open when the ignitionis in RUN.
TURN SIGNAL ON 20: This message is a reminder,
after driving abouta mile, that you havethe turn signal
on. A multiple chime will also sound when this message
is displayed.
-
VEHICLE SPEED LIMITED TO
XXX MPH
(KM/H) 113: A failure in the suspension control
system has occurred when this message appears.
The
PCM determines the speed your vehicle is limited to.
Have your Cadillac servicedif this message appears.
-
2-95
__
VERY LOW REFRIGERANT A/C COMPRESSOR
Oil Life Indicator
OFF 12: This message means that the air conditioning
to
system detectsa refrigerant level that is low enough
cause damage to the air conditioning compressor.
To avoid damage, the air conditioning compressor
automatically turnsoff and the Electronic Climate
Control will automatically switch from AUTO AC
to
and remain there. Have theair conditioning system
serviced if this message appears.
-
Continuous Variable- Real Time Damping
(CV-RTD) (DeVille Concours Only)
The CV-RTD automatically adjusts the ride
of your
vehicle. Automatic ride control is achieved through
a
computer controller used to control and monitor
the
suspension system.The computer controller receives
inputs from various sensors to determine the proper
system response. If the computer controller detectsa
problem within the system, the DIC will display
a
SERVICE RIDE CONTROL message.If this
message appears, have your vehicle serviced at your
Cadillac dealership.
2-96
This feature letsyou know when to change the
engine
oil. It's based on theengine oil temperatures and
your driving patterns.To see the display, press the
INFORMATION (INFO) button untilXX OIL LIFE
LEFT appears.If you see 99% OIL LIFE LEFT,
99 percent of your current oillife remains.
The DIC may display a CHECKOIL LEVEL message.
Always keep a writtenrecord of the mileage and date
when you changed your oil.For more information, see
the Cadillac Maintenance Schedule booklet. If you see
CHECK OIL LEVEL, it means that youhave less than
10 percent of the oil life left and youshould consider
changing your engine oil. If you see CHANGE
ENGINE OIL, it means the oil life is gone and you
should change the oil right away.
The system should indicate changing the oil between
3,000 miles (5 000 km) and 7,500 miles (12 500 km).
It may indicate changing the oil before3,000 miles
(5 000 km) depending on your driving habits.If the
vehicle has been driven7,500 miles (12 500 km), it will
indicate tochange the oil. If you drive in a dustyarea,
you should change your oilevery 3,000 miles (5 000
km) or three months (whichever comes first) unless the
display indicateschanging it sooner. The system doesn’t
check how much oil you have,so you’ll still have to
check for that. To see how, see “Engine Oil” in
the Index.
When new oil is added, you’ll need to reset the system.
To reset, displaythe Oil Life Indicator by pressing the
INFORMATION (INFO) button. Then press and hold
the RESET button until the displayshows 100%OIL
LIFE LEFT.
2-97
.
~
b
2-98
NOTES
*./-
Section 3 Comfort Controls and Audio SystemIn this section, you’ll find out how to operate
the comfort control andaudio systems offered with your Cadillac.Be
sure to readabout the particular systems supplied with your vehicle.
3-2
3-2
3-6
3-6
3-10
3-11
3-11
3-13
3-13
3- 14
3- 14
3- 14
3-15
Comfort Controls
Digital ClusterClimate Control Panel
(If Equipped)
Electronic Solar Sensor
Analog ClusterClimate Control Panel
(If Equipped)
Air Conditioning
Heating
Ventilation System
Defogging and Defrosting
Rear Window Defogger
HVAC Steering Wheel Controls
Climate Control Personalization
(If Equipped)
Audio Systems
Setting theClock
3-15
3-18
3-22
3-26
3-29
3-29
3-30
3-30
3-30
3-3 1
3-32
3-32
AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player and
Optional Compact Disc Player
Active Audio AM-FM Stereo with Cassette
Tape and Compact Disc Player (If
Equipped)
Active Audio AM-FM Stereo with Cassette
Tape and CompactDisc Player with Digital
Signal Processing (If Equipped)
Trunk MountedCD Changer (If Equipped)
Radio Personalization (IfEquipped)
Theft-Deterrent Feature
Audio SteeringWheel Controls
Understanding Radio Reception
Tips AboutYour Audio System
Care of Your Cassette Tape Player
Care of Your Compact Discs
Power AntennaMast Care
3-1
Comfort Controls
This section tells youhow to make your air system work
for you. Your Electronic Climate Control (ECC) system
uses ozone-friendlyR- 134a refrigerant.
Digital Cluster Climate Control Panel
(If Equipped)
With the ECC system, youcan control the heating,
cooling and ventilation in your Cadillac.
Your vehicle
also hasa flow-through ventilation system described
later in this section.
Fan Button
The button with the fan symbol adjusts the fan speed.
Press the up arrowto increase fan speed and the down
arrow to decrease fan speed.
3-2
Driver’s Side Temperature Button
The red and bluetemperature buttons adjust the air
temperature coming through the system. Pressthe blue
button for a cooler setting or the
red button for a
warmer setting.
Passenger’s Side TemperatureKnob
With this feature, the right front passenger can control
the temperature of air for hisher own zone.The
passenger canselect a four degree warmer or cooler
temperature from the driver’s setting.
To turn the system on, press the knob on the passenger’s
side armrest.Rotate the knob clockwise to increase the
temperature and turn counterclockwise to decreasethe
temperature. Press theknob again to turn the system off.
Outside Temperature Display
The outside temperature is always displayed when your
vehicle is running.You can change it from Fahrenheit to
Celsius by pressing the ENG/MET (Englishlmetric)
button on theDriver Information Center (DIC).
The outside temperature sensor is located near the
front
grille. The sensor can be affected by road or engine heat
during idling, slow drivingor when the engine is first
started after ashort trip. In order toensure proper
automatic climate control operation, the outside air
temperature display may not update as quickly as
expected. This is to allow the airsurrounding the outside
temperature sensor to be as close to the actual outside
conditions as possible.This is determined by how much
time has elapsed sincethe vehicle has been turnedoff
and by vehicle speed.
Mode Controls
The AUTOBCON button automatically controlsthe
direction of air deliveryfor air conditioning and non-air
conditioning modes.
Automatic Operation
When the system is set for automatic operation, sensors
will control the air delivery mode. Air will
come from
the floor, middle or windshield outlets.
The fan speed
will vary as thesystem maintains the selected
temperature setting.
Be careful not toput anything over the solar sensor
located in the middleof the instrument panel near the
windshield. This sensor is used by theautomatic system
to regulate temperature.
To find your comfort zone, start with the
75°F (24°C)
setting and allowabout 20 minutesfor the systemto
regulate. Press the red or blue temperature buttons
to
adjust the temperatureif necessary. If you choose 60°F
(16"C), the system will remain
at that maximum cooling
setting and will not regulate
fan speed. If you choose the
temperature of 90°F (32"C), the system will remain at
that maximum heating setting and will not regulate
fan
speed. Choosing either maximum setting will cause
not
the system to heat or cool any faster.
If your vehicleis sitting outon a hot day and you have
it
set on AUTO,the air will firstflow out the floor air
outlets for a few seconds.That is normal. This is to
expel hot air from the air outlets. As the air is cooled,
the airflow will move through the
air conditioning
outlets. If you start your vehicle with the fan setting on
HI, it will skip the air conditioning purge.
To avoid blowing cold air in cold weather, the system
will delay turning on the fan until warm air is available.
The length of delay depends on the outside air
temperature, engine coolant temperature or the time
With the automatic setting, the air conditioning
compressor automatically cycles when needed to cool since theengine was last started.As the coolant warms
the air. In cold weather, when the system senses the need up, the blower fan speed will gradually increase and air
will flow from the heater outlets, with some airflow to
for heat, the airflow will be directed out the floor
the windshield to prevent
fogging under most
outlets. As the interiortemperature approaches a desired
normal conditions.
setting, the blower speed will decrease.
To maintain
interior comfort, the aifflow may move to the instrumentIf you leave your vehicle, the
system will remember the
panel air outlets and floor outlets (bi-level
mode). On
control setting the next time
you start your engine,
bright sunny daysin cold weather, the airflow may come except for recirculation and defrost. Each ignition cycle
out of the air conditioning outlets (AC mode) to
cancels recirculation, whereas,DEFROST will change
maintain cornfort and prevent stuffiness.
to automatic operation when
the ignition is shut off and
then turned back on.
3-4
Manual Operation
RECIRCULATION: Press this button tolimit the
amount of freshair entering your vehicle.This is helpful
when you are trying to cool theair quickly or limit odors
entering your vehicle.In the AUTO mode, the system
will use recirculationas necessary to cool the air.
Pressing the recirculation button will
change the
operation to a manual mode andthe air will recirculate
non-stop. Press this button again
to turn off the
recirculation feature.
If you notice the windows fogging, press the
recirculation button to exit the recirculation mode.
OFF: Press this button to turn the system off. Fresh
air
will continue to flow through the vehicle, and the
system will try to maintain the previously set
temperature. The outside temperature will showin the
display whenthe system is off.
DEFOG: Press this buttonto divide the air between the
windshield andthe heater outlets. This is useful when
fog appears on the windshieldor side glass due to
sudden rain or snowy conditions.
AUTOECON: Press this button to switch between
AUTO and ECON. The ECON setting attempts to keep air
at a selected temperature, however, it does not remove
humidity from theair. Use this setting in cold or cool
weather to save fuel. The AUTO setting is used when it’s
warm outside and you need to cool the air
in order to
maintain a selected temperature and blower speed.
# FAN SPEEDS: Press the button with thefan
symbol on it until AUTO is displayedon the screen.
At this setting, thefan speed is automatically controlled.
If it is cold outside, the blower may not run in the
maximum highfan speed right away.The system checks
the temperatureof the engine coolant toassure it is
warm enough to provide heat. When the
engine coolant
is warm,the controller allows thefan to gradually
increase to a higher speed.
This prevents cold air from
blowing into the passenger compartment.If you want
the blower fanat a high speed, press the up arrow button
until you see HIon the display. If you want the
fan
speed to be automatic, but you
like the fan speed to be
higher than the AUTO setting, press the fan symbol
button untilHI AUTO is shown on the display. If you
want the blower fan at a low speed, press the down
arrow button untilLO is shown on the display.If you
want the fan speed to run lower than AUTO
the
setting, press the button until AUTO
LO is shown
on the display.
9DEFROST Press this button to quickly remove
fog or frost from the windshield. This setting sends most
of the airflow to the windshield with only a small
amount to the floor outlets.
AI
Electronic Solar Sensor
The sensor monitors the sun’s solar radiation and is
located on top of the instrument panel near the
windshield. The ECC system uses this information to
automatically make the necessary temperature and
airflow adjustments to maintain your comfort.
3-6
Analog Cluster Climate Control Panel
(If Equipped)
Fan Button
The button with the fan symbol adjusts the
fan speed.
Press the uparrow to increasefan speed and the down
arrow to decrease fan speed.
Driver’s Side TemperatureKnob
The TEMP/AUTO knob adjusts the air temperature coming
through the system. Turn the TEMP/AUTO knob clockwise
to increase the temperature and counterclockwise to
decrease the temperature. Press theTEMWAUTO knob to
put the systemin the automatic mode.
Passenger’s Side Temperature Button
With this feature, the right
front passenger can control
the temperature of air for hisher own zone.The
passenger can select a fourdegree warmer or cooler
temperature from the driver’s setting.
To turn the system on, pressthe PASS/TEMP button
located below the radio.Press the up arrowto increase
the temperature and pressthe down arrowto decrease
the climate setting. Pressing theOFF button will turnoff
the dual-zone function.
Outside Temperature Display
The outside temperatureis always displayed when your
vehicle is running. You can change it from Fahrenheit to
Celsius by pressing the ENGMET (Englishlmetric) on
the Driver Information Center (DIC).
The outside temperaturesensor is located near thefront
grille. The sensor can be affected by roador engine heat
during idling, slow drivingor when the engine is first
started after a short trip. In order
to ensure proper
automatic climate control operation,the outside air
temperature display may not update as quickly
as
expected. This is to allow the air surrounding the outside
temperature sensor to be as close to the actual outside
conditions as possible. This is determined by how much
time has elapsedsince the vehicle has been turned
off
and by vehicle speed.
Mode Button
Press this button to deliver air through
the floor, middle
or windshield outlets.The system will stay in the
selected mode untilthe MODE button is pushed again.
Press the upor down arrow tocycle through the
available modes.
Automatic Operation
When the system is set for automatic operation, sensors
will control theair delivery mode. Air will come
from
the floor, middleor windshield outlets.The fan speed
will vary as the system maintains the selected
temperature setting.
Be careful notto put anything over the solar sensor
located in the middleof the instrument panel near the
windshield. This sensoris used by the automatic system
to regulate temperature.
If your vehicle is sitting out on a hot day and youit have
To find your comfort zone, start with the
75 O F (24°C)
set onAUTO, the air willfirst flow out the floor air
setting and allow about
20 minutes for the system to
outlets for a few seconds. That is normal.
This is to
regulate. Turn theTEMP/AUTO knob to adjust the
expel hot air from the air outlets. As the airis cooled,
temperature if necessary. If you choose 60°F (16"C),
the air conditioning
the system will remain at that maximum cooling settingthe airflow will move through
outlets. If you start your vehicle with the fan setting on
and will not regulatefan speed. If you choose the
temperature of 90°F (32O C ) , the system will remain at HI, it will skip the air conditioning purge.
that maximum heating setting and will not regulate
fan
To avoid blowing coldair in cold weather, the system will
speed. Choosing either maximum setting will not cause delay turning on the fan
until warm air is available. The
the system to heat orcool any faster.
length of delay depends on the outsideair temperature,
With the automatic setting,the air conditioning
engine coolant temperature or the time since the engine
compressor automatically cycles when needed to cool was last started.As the coolantwarms up, the blower fan
the air. In cold weather, when the
system senses the need speed will gradually increase andair will flow from the
heater outlets, with some airflow to the windshield to
for heat, the airflow will
be directed out the floor
outlets. As the interiortemperature approaches a desired prevent fogging under most normal conditions.
setting, the blower speed will decrease.
To maintain
If you leave your vehicle, the system will remember the
interior comfort, the airflow may move to the instrumentcontrol setting the next time you start your engine,
panel air outlets and floor outlets (bi-level mode).
On
except for recirculation and defrost. Each ignition cycle
bright sunny days in cold weather, the airflow may comecancels recirculation, whereas,DEFROST will change
out of the air conditioning outlets(AC mode) to
to automatic operation when the ignition is shut
off and
maintain comfort and prevent stuffiness.
then turned back on.
Manual
-=
mation
You may manuallyadjust the air delivery modeor
fan speed.
he
fl
AC: This setting directs airflow through the
middle instrument panel outlets.
he
BI-LEVEL: This setting directs air into your
vehicle in two ways.Cool air is directed tothe upper
portion of your body through the four instrument panel
outlets while warmed airis directed tothe floor.
w e
'#HEATERDEFROST: This setting directs air to
the floor outlets and toward the windshield.
0
l f l HEATER: This setting directs warmed air
through the floor outlets. Some warm airis diverted to
the windshield tominimize fogging.
DEFROST Press thisbutton to quickly remove
fog or frost from the windshield.This setting sends most
of the airflow tothe windshield with onlya small
amount tothe floor outlets.
# FAN SPEEDS:Press the button with the fan symbol
on it until AUTO is displayed on the screen. At
this
setting, the fan speed is automatically controlled.
If it is
cold outside, the blower
may not run in the maximum
high fan speed right away.
The system checks the
temperature of the engine coolantto assure it is warm
enough to provide heat. When the engine coolant is
warm, the controller allows the fan to gradually increase
to a higher speed.This prevents cold air from blowing
into the passenger compartment.If you want the blower
fan at a high speed, press the up arrow button until you
see HI on the display. If you want the fan speed to be
automatic, butyou like the fan speed to
be higher than
the AUTO setting, press the fan symbol button until
HI
AUTO is shown on the display.
If you want the blower
fan at a low speed, press the down arrow button until
LO
is shown on the display.If you want the fan speed to run
lower than the AUTO setting, press the button until
LO
AUTO is shown on the display.
OFF: Press this button to turn the system
off. Fresh air
will continue to flow through the vehicle, and the
system will tryto maintain the previously set
temperature. The outside temperature will show on the
display when the system OFF.
is
AC: Press this button to turn
the air conditioning on and
off. The system will cool and dehumidify the air inside
the vehicle. In theAUTO mode, the display will show
that AC is active, but the air conditioning compressor
only operates when the system determines
it is needed.
RECIRCULATION: Press this button to limit the
amount of freshair entering your vehicle.This is helpful
when you are trying to cool the air quickly or limit odors
entering your vehicle.In the AUTO mode, the system will
use recirculation as necessary to cool theair. Pressing the
recirculation button will change the operation to a manual
mode and the air will recirculate non-stop. Press this
button again toturn off the recirculation feature.
If you notice the windows fogging, press the
recirculation button to exit
the recirculation mode.
Air Conditioning
On hot days, open the windows long enough to let hot
inside air escape.This reduces the time it takesfor your
vehicle to cool down. Then keep your windows closed
for the air conditioner
to work its best.
With the digital cluster climate control panel, press the
AUTOECON button to assistin cooling air and in
maintaining proper airflow. Adjust
the temperature to a
comfortable settingby pressing theblue button to cool
your vehicle and pressing the red buttonwarm
to your
vehicle. Press the fan button
arrows up or down to adjust
the fan speed.
If you have the analog cluster climate control panel,
press theAC button or the TEMP/AUTOknob to turn
the system on and then select the proper
MODE to direct
airflow. The system will cool and dehumidify the air
inside the vehicle. Also while in the
AUTO mode, the
system will use recirculation as necessary to cool the air.
You may also need to adjust
the interior temperature and
the fan speed as needed.
When the air conditioner is on, you may sometimes notice
slight changes in your vehicle’s engine speed and power.
This is normal because the system is designed to cycle the
compressor on and off to keep the desired temperature.
Heating
Ventilation System
With the digital cluster climate control panel, press the
AUTOECON button to direct airflow andto help save
fuel. Adjust the temperature, if necessary, by pressing
the blue buttonto decrease temperature and pressingthe
red buttonto increase temperature. Also remember
to
adjust thefan speed by pressing theup or down arrow.
Your Cadillac’s flow-through ventilationsystem
supplies outsideair into the vehicle whenit ismoving.
Outside air will also enter the vehicle whenthe heater or
the air conditioning fanis running.
If you havethe analog cluster climate control panel,
press theMODE button to select heater. Adjust the
interior temperatureto a comfortablelevel and if the fan
speed needs adjusting, press the up
or down arrow.
With each system, outside air will be brought
in and sent
through the floor, air conditioningor bi-level outlets
(depending on the condition). The heater works bestif
you keep your windows closed while usingit.
The front outlets are located in the center and at each
side of the instrument panel.You can adjust the
direction of airflow by moving the center control levers
or you can stop the airflow by moving the lever located
on each sideof the outlets downward.
3-11
Ventilation Tips
The direction of airflow to the rear seats
can be adjusted
if you have the optional
full console. Move the fan lever
to adjust the blower speed
from LO to HI. Move the
vent lever to direct the airflow.
3-12
0
Keep the hood and front air inlet
free of ice, snow or
any other obstruction (such as leaves).
The heater
and defrosterwill work far better, reducing the
chance of fogging the insideof the windows.
0
When you enter a vehicle
in cold weather, adjust the
fan to the highest speed
for a few moments before
driving off. This helps clear the intake ducts
of snow
and moisture, and reduces the
chance of fogging the
inside of the windows.
0
Keep theair path under thefront seats clearof
objects. This helps circulate
air throughout
your vehicle.
Defogging and Defrosting
Rear Window Defogger
On cool, humid days, use DEFOG (digital cluster
climate controlpanel only) to keep the windshield and
side windows clear.Use DEFROST toremove fog or
ice from the windshield quickly in extremely humid or
cold conditions.
With the digital cluster climate control panel, press
the
DEFOG button and adjust thefan speed by pressing the
fan button up or down. If you use DEFROST, adjustthe
fan speed the same way. If you select DEFROST
from
AUTO, the system will controlthe fan speed. The
temperature will also need tobe adjusted to your
comfort level. Pressthe blue button to decrease the
temperature and the red button to increasethe
temperature.
If you have the analog cluster climate control panel,
press the DEFROST button.
If you select DEFROST,
adjust the fan speed by pressingthe fan button up or
down. If you select DEFROSTfrom AUTO, the system
will control thefan speed. The temperature also needsto
be adjusted by turning
the TEMP/AUTO knob.
Note that recirculationis not available in the defrost or
defog modes.
The lines you see on
the
rear window warm the
glass. Press this button to
turn onthe rear defogger.
With it, the rear window
and both outside rearview
mirrors are heated.
I
I
The system will automatically shutoff after 10 minutes.
If further defoggingis desired, press the button again.
Do not attach a temporary vehicle license, tape or decals
across thedefogger grid on the rear window.
NOTICE:
Scraping the insideof your rear window could
cut and damage the heating grids.
Your warranty
would not cover this damage. And don’t put
off.
decals there;you might have to scrape them
3-13
HVAC Steering Wheel Controls
Some heating and cooling
controls can be adjusted at
the steering wheel. Other
touch controls operate some
audio controls. See “Audio
Steering Wheel Controls”
later in this section.
% FAN SPEED: Press the up arrow lever to increase
the fan speed and the down arrow lever to decrease
fan speed.
TEMP: Press theup arrow lever to increase the
temperature and the down arrow lever to decrease
temperature.
3-14
Climate Control Personalization
(If Equipped)
With this feature, your vehicle will recall the latest
climate control settingsas adjusted the last time your
vehicle was operated.This feature allowstwo different
drivers to store and recall their own climate control
settings. The settings recalledby the climate control
system are determined by which RKE transmitter
(“l”
or “2”) was used to enter the vehicle. The number on the
back of the RKE transmitter corresponds to driver
1 or
to driver2. After the unlock button is pressed on the
RISE transmitter or the ignition key
is placed in the
ignition (the ignition must be turned to LOCK), the
climate control settings will automatically adjust
to
where they were last set.The settings can alsobe
changed by briefly pressingthe memory seat buttons1
or 2 located on the driver’s door.
Audio Systems
Your Cadillac audio system has been designed to operate
easily and give years
of listening pleasure.You will get
the most enjoyment out
of it if you acquaint yourself
with itfirst. Find out what your audio system
can do
and how to operate all
its controls, to be sure you’re
getting the most out
of the advanced engineering that
went intoit.
SettingtheClo
L
Press and holdHR or MN until thetime display begins
to change. Release the button as you get close tothe
correct time. The time may be setanytime the clock is
displayed. There is a two-second delay before theclock
goes into time-set mode.
AM-FM Stereo with CassetteTape Player
and Optional Compact Disc Player
Playing the Radio
PWRNOL: Press thisknob lightly to release itfrom its
stored position.The system will turn on. Press the
knob
again to turn the system off. To increase volume, turn
the knob clockwise. Turn itcounterclockwise to
decrease volume.The volume level willappear on
the display.
DSPL: Press this button to display the station
being played.
Finding a Station
BAND: Press this button to select AM, FM1
or FM2
and preset stations.
For information on the compact disc player, see “Trunk
Mounted CD Changer” later in this section.
SEEK-TUNE: Press and release this button to seek to
the next higher orlower radio station. Pressing and
holding this buttonuntil a chime sounds puts the radio
in a tune mode. In thismode, higher orlower radio
stations are advanced toin small increments until the
SEEK-TUNE buttonis released (largerincrements if
held longer). Tuning stops when
you release this button.
If you press and hold theSEEK-TUNE button again
within five seconds of being in the tune mode, tuning
will continue. Waiting longer than
five seconds places
the radio back inthe seek mode.
3-15
SCAN: Press this button andSCAN will appear on the
display. UseSCAN to listen to stationsfor a few
seconds. The radio willgo to a station, stop for a few
seconds, thengo on to the next station. Press this button
again to stop scanning.
PUSHBUTTONS: The six numbered pushbuttons let
you return to your favorite stations.
You can set up to
18 stations (sixAM, six FM1 and six FM2). Just:
1. Turn the radio on.
Setting theTone
BASS: Press thisknob lightly so it extends. Turn the
knob clockwise to increase and counterclockwise to
decrease bass.
2. Press BAND to select AM, FMl or FM2.
TREB: Press this knob lightlyso it extends. Turn the
knob clockwise to increase and counterclockwise to
decrease treble.If a station is weak or noisy, you may
want to decrease the treble.
Push these knobs back into their stored positions when
you’re not using them.
3. Tune in the desired station.
Adjusting the Speakers
4. Press and hold oneof the six numbered buttons until
you hear a chime.The sound will mute. Whenit
returns, release the button. Whenever
you press that
numbered button, the station you set will return.
BAL: Press this knob lightlyso it extends. Turn the
knob clockwise to adjust soundto the’right speakers and
counterclockwise for the left speakers.The middle
position balancesthe sound between the speakers.
FADE: Press this knob lightlyso it extends. Turnthe
knob clockwise to adjust the sound to the front speakers
and counterclockwisefor the rear speakers.The middle
position balances the sound between the speakers.
Push these knobs back into their stored positions when
you’re not using them.
5. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton.
PRESET SCAN: Press and holdSCAN for two to three
seconds until PRESET SCAN appears on the display to
listen to eachof your preset stations fora few seconds
(factory presets which have not been reprogrammed with
your stations willbe ignored). The radio willgo to the frrst
preset station stored on your pushbuttons, stop for a few
SCAN
seconds, then go on to the next preset station. Press
again to stop scanning.If a preset station has weak
reception, the radio will not stop at the preset station.
Playing a Cassette Tape
With the radio on, insert a cassette tape.The tape will
begin playing as soonas it is inserted.
While the tape is playing, use the VOL, FADE,
BAL,
BASS and TREB controlsjust as you do for the radio.
Other controls may have different functions when a tape
is inserted. The display will showTAPE with an arrow
to indicate whichside of the tapeis playing. PLAY will
appear on the display temporarily when a tape
is
playing. The display will then revert back showing
to
the time.
REV: Press the left arrow to reverse
the tape rapidly.
Press it again to return to playing speed.The radio will
play while the tape reverses and
REV will appear on the
display. You may use your station pushbuttons to tune to
another radio station while in
REV mode.
FF: Press the right arrow tofast forward to another part
of the tape. Press itagain to return to playing speed.
The
radio will play while the tape
advances and FF will
appear on the display.You may use your station
pushbuttons to tune to another radio station while
in
FF mode.
SEEK-TUNE: Press the right arrow to seek to the next
selection on the tape. Press the left arrow to search
for
the previous selectionon the tape (REP will appear on
The cassette tape is tight and thecassette player
the display).Your tape must have at least three seconds
cannot turn the hubsof the tape. Holdthe cassette
of silence between each selectionfor SEEK-TUNE to
tape withthe open end down and try turning the right work. The sound willmute while seeking.
hub counterclockwise with a pencil. Flip the tape
SCAN: Press this button. SCANFF will appear on the
over and repeat. If the hubs
do not turn easily, your
display until the next selection
is found and then SCAN
cassette tape maybe damaged and should not be
PLAY will appear on the display. Use SCAN to listen to
used in the player. Try a new tape to be
sure your
selections for a few seconds.The tape will go to a
player is working properly.
selection, stopfor a few seconds,then go on to the next
The cassette tape is broken. (Check to see if your
selection. Press this button again to stop scanning.
tape is broken. Try a new tape.)
SIDE: Press this button tochange the sideof the tape
that is playing.(PLAY shows on the display.)
If an error occurs while trying to playa cassette tape,it
could be that:
3-17
SOURCE: Press this button to switch from radio
to
cassette tape play.If no cassette tape is in the tape
player, CASS appears on the display and then the radio
station appears briefly.The display then reverts backto
showing thetime of day. Press this button again or
BAND to switch backto’theradio.
Active Audio AM-FM Stereowith Cassette
Tape and Compact Disc Player(If Equipped)
A EJECT Press the upward triangle button to
remove a tape.The radio will play. Eject may be
activated with the radiooff. Cassette tapes may be
loaded with the radio off but they will not start playing
until thePWR button is pressed. PressPWR or turn the
The tape
ignition keyoff to stop the cassette tape player.
will stay in the player and resume play at the point
where it stopped. If you leave a cassette tape in the
it may become warm.
player while listening to the radio,
CLN: If this messageappears on the display, the
cassette tape player needs to
be cleaned. It will still play
tapes, butyou should cleanit as soon as possible to
prevent damage to the tapes and player.
See “Care of
Your Cassette Tape Player” in the Index. After you clean
the player, press and holdEJECT for five seconds to
reset the CLN indicator.The radio will display--- to
show the indicator was reset.
[email protected] Reduction is manufactured under
a
license from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.
of
Dolby and the double-D symbol are trademarks
Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.
For information on the compact disc player,
see “Trunk
Mounted CD Changer” later in this section.
Playing the Radio
PWRNOL: Press this knob lightly to release it fromits
stored position.The system will turn on. Press the knob
again to turn the system off. To increase volume, turn the
knob clockwise. Turn it counterclockwise to decrease
volume. The volume level will appear on the display.
Finding a Station
BAND: Press this button to selectAM,
and preset stations.
FM1
or FM2
PUSHBUTTONS: The six numberedpushbuttons let
you return to your favorite stations.
You can set up to
18 stations (six A M , six F M 1 and six FM2).Just:
1. Turn the radio on.
SEEK-TUNE: Press and release this button to seek to
2. Press BAND to select A M ,FM1 or FM2.
the next higher or lower radio station. Pressing and
holding this button until a chime sounds puts the radio in 3. Tune in the desired station.
a tune mode. In this mode, higher or lower radio stations
4. Press and holdone of the six numbered buttons until
are advanced toin small increments until the
you hear a chime.A preset number willappear on
SEEK-TUNE button is released. Tuning stops when you
the display.The sound will mute. Whenit returns,
release this button.If you press and holdthe
release the button. Wheneveryou press that
SEEK-TUNE button again within five seconds
of being
numbered button, the station you set will return.
in the tune mode, tuning will continue. Waiting longer
than five seconds places the radio back in the seek mode. 5. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton.
SCAN: Press thisbutton and SCAN will appear on the
PRESET SCAN: Press and holdSCAN for two to three
display. UseSCAN to listen to stationsfor a few
seconds until PRESETSCAN appears on the display to
seconds. The radio will go to a station,stop for a few
listen toeach of your preset stationsfor a fewseconds
seconds, thengo on to the next station, Press this button
(factory presets whichhave not been reprogrammed
again to stop scanning.
with your stations willbe ignored). The radio willgo to
the first preset station stored on your pushbuttons, stop
for a few seconds, thengo on to the next preset station.
Press SCAN again to stop scanning.If a preset station
has weak reception, the radio will not stop at the
preset station.
Setting theTone
BASS: Press thisknob lightly so it extends. Turn the
knob clockwise to increase and counterclockwise to
decrease bass.
TREB: Press this knob lightlyso it extends. Turn the
knob clockwise to increase and counterclockwise to
decrease treble.If a stationis weak or noisy, you may
want to decrease the treble.
Push these knobs back
into their stored positions when
you’re not using them.
Playing a Cassette Tape
With the radioon, insert a cassette tape. The tape will
begin playing as soon as it is inserted.
While the tape is playing, use the
VOL, FADE, BAL,
BASS and TREB controls just as you do for the radio.
Other controls may have different functions when
a tape
is inserted. The display will show
TAPE with an arrow
to indicate which side
of the tape is playing.
PLAY will
appear on the display temporarily whena tape is
playing. The display will then revert back to showing
the time.
Adjusting the Speakers
If an error occurs while trying to play
a cassette tape,it
could be that:
BAL: Press this knob lightlyso it extends. Turn the
knob clockwise to adjust sound
to the right speakers and
The cassette tapeis tight and the cassette player
counterclockwise for the left speakers.The middle
cannot turn the hubs of the tape. Hold the cassette
position balances the sound between the speakers.
tape with the open end down and try turning the right
hub
counterclockwise with a pencil. Flip the tape
FADE: Press thisknob lightly so it extends. Turn the
over and repeat.If the hubsdo not turn easily, your
knob clockwise to adjust the sound to the front speakers
cassette tapemay be damaged and should not be
and counterclockwisefor the rear speakers. The middle
used in the player.Try a new tape tobe sure your
position balances the sound between the speakers.
player is working properly.
Push these knobs back into their stored positions when
e The cassette tapeis broken. (Check to see if your
you’re not using them.
tape is broken. Try a new tape.)
REV: Press the left arrowto reverse the tape rapidly.
SOURCE: Press this buttonto switch from radio to
cassette tape play. If no cassette tapeis in the tape
Press it againto return to playing speed. The radio will
player, CASS appearson the display and then the radio
play whilethe tape reverses and REV will appearon the
display. You may use your station pushbuttons to tune to station appears briefly.The display then reverts back to
showing thetime of day. Press this button again
or
another radio station while in REV mode.
BAND to switch backto the radio.
FF: Press the right arrowto fast forward to another part
A EJECT Press the upward triangle button to
of the tape. Pressit again to return to playing speed. The
remove a tape.The radio will play. Eject may be
radio will play while the tape advances and
FWD will
activated with the radio off. Cassette tapes may be
appear on the display. You may use your station
loaded with theradio off but they will not start playing
pushbuttons to tune to anotherradio station while in
until the PWR buttonis pressed. Press PWRor turn the
FF mode.
ignition keyoff to stop the cassette tape player.The tape
SEEK-TUNE: Press the rightm o w to seek to the next
will stay inthe player and resume play atthe point
selection on the tape. Press the left arrow to search
for
where it stopped.If you leave a cassette tape in the
the previous selection on the tape
(REP will appear on
player while listeningto the radio, it may become warm.
the display). Your tape must haveat least three seconds
CLN: If this message appears onthe display, the
of silence between each selectionfor SEEK-TUNE to
cassette tape player needsto be cleaned.It will still play
work. The sound will mute while seeking.
tapes, but you should clean
it as soonas possible to
SCAN: Press this button. SCAN will appear on the
prevent damage to the tapes and player.
See “Care of
display until the next selection is found and then
PLAY
Your Cassette Tape Player” in the Index. After you clean
the player, press and hold EJECT
for five seconds to
will appear onthe display. Use SCAN to listen
to
reset the CLN indicator.The radio will display--- to
selections for a few seconds.The tape will go to a
show the indicator was reset.
selection, stop for a few seconds, thengo on to the next
station. Press this button againto stop scanning.
[email protected] Reductionis manufactured under a
license from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.
SIDE: Press this buttonto change the side of the tape
Dolby and thedouble-D symbol are trademarks of
that is playing. (PLAY showson the display.)
Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.
-
3-21
Active AudioAM-FM Stereo with Cassette
Tape and Compact Disc Player with Digital
Signal Processing (If Equipped)
For information on the compact disc player, see “Trunk
Mounted CD Changer” later in this section.
Playing the Radio
PWRNOL: Press this knob lightly to releaseit from its
stored position. The system will
turn on. Press theknob
again to turn the system off. To increase volume, turn the
knob clockwise. Turn it counterclockwise to decrease
volume. The volume level will appear on the display.
3-22
Finding a Station
BAND: Press this buttonto select AM, FM1 or FM2
and preset stations.
SEEK-TUNE: Press and release this buttonto seek to the
next higher or lower radio station. Pressing and holding
this button until a chime sounds puts the radio ina tune
mode. In this mode, higher or lower radio stations are
advanced to in small increments until theSEEK-TUNE
button is released. Tuning stops when you release this
button. If you press and hold the
SEEK-TUNE button
again within five seconds of being in the tune mode,
tuning will continue. Waiting longer than five seconds
places the radio back in the seek mode.
SCAN: Press this button andSCAN will appear on the
display. Use SCAN to listen to stationsfor a few
seconds. The radio willgo toa station, stop for a few
seconds, then go on to the next station. Press this button
again to stop scanning.
PUSHBUTTONS: The six numbered pushbuttons let
you return to your favorite stations.You can set up to
18 stations (six A M ,six EM1 and six FM2). Just:
1. Turn the radio on.
2. Press BAND to select A M ,FM1 or FM2.
3. Tune in the desired station.
4. Press and hold one of the six numbered buttons until
youhear a chime. A preset number willappear on
the display.The sound will mute.When it returns,
release the button.Whenever you press that
numbered button,the station youset will return.
Push these knobsback into their stored positions when
you’re not using them.
DSP: The Digital SignalProcessing (DSP) featureis
used toproduce four audio effects. These include
TALK, DRIVERSEAT, LIVE and AUDITORIUM.
DSP can be used while listening to the radio, the
5. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton.
cassette tape player or
the CD player. Toactivate DSP,
PRESET SCAN:Press and holdSCAN for two to three
press theDSP button. Press this button again go
to
seconds until PRESETSCAN appears on the display to
through the four effects. To turn theDSP feature off,
listen to each of your preset stations
for a few seconds
press
OFF.
(factory presets which have not been reprogrammed with
your stations will be ignored). The radio will go to the first 0 TALK: This setting is used when listening to
non-musical material such as baseball games, talk
preset station stored on your pushbuttons, stop for
a few
shows or news.TALK gives the best clarityof
seconds, then go on to the next preset station. Press
SCAN
spoken words.The high and low frequencies are
again to stop scanning.If a preset station has weak
lowered, the mid-range is increased and theaudio is
reception, the radio will not stop at the preset station.
moved more towardthe front speakers.
Setting theTone
DRIVER SEAT This setting adjusts the audio to
BASS: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turnthe
give the driver the best possible sound qualities.
This
knob clockwise to increase andcounterclockwiseto
has been done by tailoring the sound arrival times
decrease bass.
and equalizationfor the driver seat. DRIVERSEAT
can be usedat any time for any material. Other
TREB: Press thisknob lightly so it extends. Turn the
passengers
in the vehicle may not perceive the
knob clockwise to increase andcounterclockwise to
same effect.
decrease treble. If a stationis weak or noisy, you may
want todecrease the treble.
0 LIVE: This setting is used to imitate the soundof a
live performance.
3-23
AUDITORIUM: This setting is similar to LIVE,
however, more echois present. The LIVE and
AUDITORIUM settings are best used for music.
LEVEL: Press the plus or minus symbol on this button
to adjust the amountof effect desired when in DSP
mode. Some experimenting with this button will help
you determine the best sound.
0
Playing a CassetteTape
With the radio on, inserta cassette tape. The tape will
begin playing as soon as isit inserted.
While the tapeis playing, use the VOL, FADE, BAL,
BASS and TREB controlsjust as you do for the radio.
Other controlsmay have different functions when a tape
is inserted. The display will showTAPE with an arrow
to
indicate which sideof the tape is playing. PLAY will
Adjusting the Speakers
appear on the display temporarily when a tape
is
BAL: Press this knob lightlyso it extends. Turn the
playing. The display will then revert back to showing
knob clockwise to adjust sound to the right speakers andthe time.
counterclockwise for the left speakers. The middle
If an error occurs while trying
to play a cassette tape, it
position balances the sound between the speakers.
could be that:
FADE: Press this knob lightlyso it extends. Turn the
0 The cassette tape is tight and the cassette player
knob clockwise to adjust
the sound to the front speakers
cannot turn the hubs of
the tape. Hold the cassette
and counterclockwisefor the rear speakers.The middle
tape
with
the
open
end
down and try turning the right
position balances the sound between the speakers.
hub counterclockwise with a pencil. Flip the tape
Push theseknobs back into their stored positions when
over and repeat.If the hubsdo not turn easily, your
you’re not using them.
cassette tape may be damaged and should
not be
used in the player. Try a new tape to be sure your
player is working properly.
0
3-24
The cassette tapeis broken. (Check to seeif your
tape is broken. Try a new tape.)
REV: Press theleft arrow to reverse the tape rapidly.
Press it again to returnto playing speed.The radio will
play whilethe tape reverses andREV will appear on the
display. You may use your station pushbuttonsto tune to
another radio station while inREV mode.
FF: Press the right arrow tofast forward to another part
of the tape. Pressit again to return to playing speed.The
radio will play while the tape advances and
FF will
appear onthe display. You may use your station
pushbuttons to tune to another radio station while in
FF mode.
SEEK-TUNE: Press the right arrowto seek to the next
selection on the tape. Press the left arrow to search
for
the previous selectionon the tape (REP will appear
on
the display). Your tape must have at least three seconds
of silence between each selection
for SEEK-TUNE to
work. The sound will mute while seeking.
SCAN: Press this button.SCAN FF will appear on the
display until the next selection
is found and then SCAN
PLAY will appearon the display. Use SCANto listen to
selections for a few seconds.The tape will go to a
selection, stop for a few seconds, then go
on to the next
selection. Press this button again to stop scanning.
SIDE: Press this button to change the side
of the tape
that is playing. (PLAY shows on the display.)
SOURCE: Press this button to switch
from radio to
cassette tape play. If no cassette tape
is in the tape
player, CASS appearson the display and then the radio
station appears briefly.The display then reverts back
to
showing the timeof day. Press this button again
or
BAND to switch backto the radio.
EJECT Press the upward triangle button to remove
a tape. The radio will play. Eject
may be activated with the
radio off if the ignition is on. Cassette tapes may be loaded
with the radiooff but they will not start playing until the
PWR buttonis pressed. PressPWR or turn the ignition
key off to stop the cassette tape player. The tape will stay
in the player and resume play at the point where
it
stopped. If you leave a cassette tape in the player while
listening to the radio, it may become warm.
CLN: If this message appearson the display, the
cassette tape player needs to be cleaned.
It will still play
tapes, but you should cleanit as soon as possible to
prevent damage to the tapes and player.See “Care of
Your Cassette Tape Player” in
the Index. Afteryou clean
the player, press and hold EJECT
for five seconds to
reset the CLN indicator. The radio will display--- to
show the indicator was reset.
[email protected] Noise Reduction is manufactured under a
license from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.
of
Dolby and the double-D symbol are trademarks
Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.
3-25
Trunk Mounted CD Changer (If Equipped)
With the compact disc changer, you can play to
up
12 discs continuously. Normalsize discs may be played
using the trays supplied in the magazine.
The small discs
(8 cm) canbe played only with specially designed trays.
A
A
Ir
L
1
L
1
NOTICE:
Objects in the trunk which may shift or slide
during driving could damage your
CD changer.
Protect yourCD changer by using the
convenience net whenever possible. Place large
objects in the trunk appropriately
so that they
will not come into contact with the
CD changer.
3-26
You must first load the magazine with discs before you
can play a compact disc. Each of the
12 trays holdsone
disc. Press the button on the back
of the magazine and
from
pull gently onone of the trays. Load the trays
bottom to top, placing a disc on the tray label side down.
If you load a disc label side up, the disc will not play
and an error will occur. Gently push the tray back into
the magazine slot. Repeat this procedure
for loading up
to 12 discs in the magazine.
Once you have loaded the discs in the magazine, slide
open the door of the compactdisc (CD) changer. Push
the magazine into the changer in the direction
of the
arrow marked on top of the magazine.
Close the door by sliding
it all the wayto the left. If the
door is left partially open, the changer will not operate
and an error will occur. When the door
is closed, the
changer will begin checkingfor discs in the magazine.
This will continuefor up to one and a half minutes,
depending on the numberof discs loaded.
To eject the magazine from the player, slide the
CD
changer door all the way open.The magazine will
automatically eject. Remember to keep thedoor closed
whenever possible to keep dirt and dust from getting
inside the changer.
3-27
Whenever a CD magazine with discs
is loaded in the
changer, theCD symbol willappear on the radio display.
If the CDchanger is checking the magazinefor CDs, the
CD symbol will flash onthe display until the changer is
ready to play. When CD
a begins playing, a disc and
track number will be displayed.
The disc numbers are
listed on the front
of the magazine.
All of the CD functions are controlled
by the radio
buttons, exceptfor ejecting theCD magazine.
SEEK-TUNE: Press the right arrow to seek to the next
selection. Press the left arrow
to search for the previous
track selection. The sound will
mute while seeking.
SCAN: When you press SCAN while playing a CD, you
will hear thefirst few secondsof each track on a disc.
Press SCAN again to stop
on a CD.The CD will mute
while scanning and SCAN willappear on the display.
RDM: Press this buttonto hear the tracks in random,
rather than sequential, order.
RDM will appear on the
display. Press SEEK-TUNE while RDM is on the
PUSHBUTTONS: Press buttonsone through six togo
from one compact disc to another that is loaded in the display to randomly seek through discsand tracks. Press
RDM again to turnoff random play. (This button is not
changer. Press and holdone of the six pushbuttons until
available on the standard AM-FM Stereo radio.)
a beep sounds touse pushbuttons 7 through 12. These
pushbuttons representthe order of the discs loaded in
SIDE: Press this button to select the next disc
in the
the changer.
changer. Each time you pressthis button, DISC
LOADING will appear on the display (does not appear on
DSPL: Press and hold this button see
to the track
elapsed time (available on all radios). Press DSPL again the standard AM-FM Stereo radio) and the disc number on
within five seconds to see how many compact discs are the radio display will move to the next available CD.
loaded in the changer and where they are loaded (not SOURCE: Press this button if
you have a disc loaded in
available onthe standard AM-FM Stereo radio).
the changer and the radio is on, to play a compact disc.
REV: Press and hold this button to reverse quickly
To return to playing the radio, press BAND. Pressing
through a track selection.
SOURCE also switches between a tape or compact disc
if both are loaded.
FF: Press and hold this button to advance quickly
through a track selection.
EJECT Slide the CDchanger door all theway open
and the disc holder will automatically eject.
3-28
Compact Disc Changer Errors
Radio Personalization(If Equipped)
If ERR or ERROR appears on the display,an error has
occurred and the compact disc temporarily cannot play.
With this feature, your vehicle will recall the latest radio
settings as adjusted the last time your vehicle was
operated. This feature allows two different drivers to
store and recall their own radio settings.
The settings
recalled by the radio are determinedby which RKE
transmitter (“1” or “2”) was used to enter the vehicle.
The number on the backof the RKE transmitter
corresponds to driver 1 or to driver2. After the unlock
button is pressed on the RKE transmitter or the ignition
key is placed in the ignition, the radio settings will
automatically adjust to where they were last set.
The
settings can alsobe changed by briefly pressingthe
memory seat buttons 1 or 2 located on the driver’s door.
CD CHANGER ERRORcould be displayedfor
the following:
The road is too rough. The disc should play when the
road is smoother.
The disc is dirty, scratched, wet or loaded label
side up.
The air is very humid.If so, wait about an hour and
try again.
is
CHEK DOOR or CD CHANGER DOOR OPEN
displayed when theCD changer door is left open.
Completely close the changer door to restore
normal operation.
CD CHANGER NO DISCS is displayed whenan empty
magazine is inserted in the
CD changer. Try the
magazine again with a disc loadedon one of the trays.
(This message does not appear in the display on the
standard AM-FM Stereo radios.)
If any erroroccurs repeatedly or if an errorcannot be
corrected, please contact your dealer.If your radio
displays an error number, write it down and provideit to
your dealer when reporting the problem.
Theft-Deterrent Feature
Your Cadillac has a “built-in” theft-deterrent feature on
each radio thatis automatic -- there is no programming
required. The radio in your Cadillaccannot be used in
any other vehicle besides another Cadillac
if it were to
be removed.
*
-1io Steering Wheel Controls
VO1 ME: Presstheup
arrow lever to increase
volume and the down arrow
lever to decrease volume.
Understanding Radio
FM Stereo
FM stereo will giveyou the best sound. But FM signals
will reach only about10 to 40 miles (16 to 65 km). Tall
buildings or hills can interfere with
FM signals, causing
the sound to come and go.
AM
The range for most AM stations is greater thanfor FM,
especially at night.The longer range, however, can
cause stations to interfere with each other.
AM can pick
up noise from thingslike storms and power lines. Try
reducing the treble to reduce this noise
if you ever get it.
SELECT: When listening tothe radio, press the up or
Tips About Your Audio System
down arrow lever to tune
to the nextor previous radio
station (factory presets which have not been
Hearing damagefrom loud noiseis almost undetectable
reprogrammed with your stations will
be ignored).
until it is too late.Your hearing can adapt to higher
When listening to a cassette tape, the
up or down m o w
volumes of sound. Sound that seems normal can be loud
lever can be used to
SEEK forward and rearward
and harmful to your hearing. Take precautions
by
through the tape. Pressing the up
or down arrow lever
adjusting the volume control on your radio
to a safe
when listeningto a CD will cause the player to go to the sound level before your hearing adapts to it.
next or previous selection.
3-30
To help avoid hearing loss ordamage:
Adjust the volume control to the lowest setting.
Increase volume slowly until you hear comfortably
and clearly.
NOTICE:
Before you add any sound equipment to your
vehicle like a tape player, CB radio, mobile
telephone or two-way radio be sure you can add
what you want. If you can, it’s very important to
do it properly. Added sound equipment may
interfere with the operation
of your vehicle’s
engine, Cadillacradio or other systems, and even
damage them. Your vehicle’ssystems may interfere
with the operationof sound equipmentthat has
been added improperly.
So, before adding sound equipment, check with
your dealerand be sure to check Federal rules
covering mobileradio and telephone units.
--
--
Care of Your Cassette Tape Player
A tape player that is not
cleaned regularly can cause
reduced sound quality, ruined cassettes or a damaged
mechanism. Cassette tapes shouldbe stored in their
cases awayfrom contaminants, direct sunlight and
extreme heat. If they aren’t, they may not operate
properly or maycause failure of the tape player.
Your tape player should be cleaned regularly after every
50 hours of use. Your radio may display CLN or CLEAN
TAPE to indicate thatyou have used your tape player for
50 hours without resetting the tape clean timer. Each time
the cassette is cleaned, the
50 hour cassette timer should
be reset.This is done by holding down the eject button
for three seconds until the
TAPE CLEAN message is
displayed. If you notice a reduction in sound quality,
try a
known good cassette to see
if it is the tape or the tape
player at fault.If this other cassette has no improvement
in sound quality, clean the tape player.
Cleaning may be done with
a scrubbing action,
non-abrasive cleaning cassette with pads which scrub the
tape head as the hubs of the cleaner cassette turn. It is
normal for the cassetteto eject while cleaning.Insert the
cassette at least six times
to ensure thorough cleaning.
Some cleaning cassettesor CD adapter kits may appear
as a broken tape.If the cleaning cassette is ejected
immediately from the tape player, follow these steps
for
the TAPE CLEAN OVERRIDE feature:
1. Turn the ignition to RUN or ACC.
2. Turn the radio off.
Care of Your Compact Discs
Handle discs carefully. Store them in their original cases
or other protective cases and away
from direct sunlight
and dust. If the surfaceof a discis soiled, dampen a
clean, soft cloth in a mild, neutral detergent solution and
clean it, wiping from the center tothe edge.
Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling
3. Press and holdthe SOURCE buttonfor three
seconds. After three seconds, the tape icon will flash discs. Pickup discs by grasping the outeredges or the
edge of the hole and the outer edge.
indicating the cut tape feature
is now turned off.
4. Turn the radio on and insert the cleaning cassette (or
the CD adapter kit).
Power Antenna Mast Care
Your power antenna will look its best and work well
if it’s cleaned fromtime to time.To clean the
When the cleaning cassette has been ejected, the broken antenna mast:
tape detection feature is active again.
1. Turn on the ignition and radio to raise the antenna.
You may also choose a non-scrubbing action, wet-type
2. Dampen a clean cloth with mineral spirits or
cleaner which uses a cassette with a fabric belt to clean equivalent solvent.
the tape head.This type of cleaning cassette will not
3. Wipe the cloth over the mast sections, removing
eject and,it may not clean as thoroughly as the
any dirt.
scrubbing type cleaner.
5. Eject the tape afterthe tape playerhas been cleaned.
Cassettes are subject to wearand the sound quality
may degrade over time. Always make sure the cassette
tape isin good condition before you have your tape
player serviced.
4. Wipe dry with a clean cloth.
5. Make the antenna go up and down by turningthe
radio or ignition off and on.
6. Repeat if necessary.
I NOTICE:
Don’t lubricate the power antenna. Lubrication
could damage it.
NOTICE:
Before enteringan automatic car wash, turn off
your radio to make the powerantenna go down.
This will prevent the mast from possibly getting
damaged. If the antenna does not go down when
you turn the radio off, it may be damagedor
need to be cleaned.In either case, lower the
antenna by hand by carefully pressing the
antenna down.
If the mast portionof your antenna is damaged, you can
easily replaceit. See your dealerfor a replacement kit
and follow the instructionsin the kit.
3-33
b
3-34
NOTES
fi
NOTES
b
3-36
NOTES
@% NOTES
.-.
.
fi
3-38
NOTES
A
&
-
-A*
Section 4 Your Driving and the Road
Here you’ll find information about driving on different kinds of roads and in varying weatherconditions. We’ve also
included many other useful tips on driving.
4-2
4-3
4-6
4-6
4-10
4- 13
4- 13
4- 14
4- 16
Defensive Driving
Drunken Driving
Control of a Vehicle
Braking
Steering
Off-Road Recovery
Passing
Loss of Control
Driving at Night
4-18
4-2 1
4-22
4-23
4-24
4-24
4-26
4-30
4-32
Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads
City Driving
Freeway Driving
Before Leaving on a Long Trip
Highway Hypnosis
Hill and Mountain Roads
Winter Driving
Loading Your Vehicle
Towing aTrailer
Defensive Driving
The best advice anyone can give about driving is:
Drive defensively.
Please start with a very important safety device in your
Cadillac: Buckle up.(See “Safety Belts” in the Index.)
Defensive driving really means “be ready
for anything.”
On city streets, rural roadsor freeways, it means
“always expect the unexpected.”
Assume that pedestriansor other drivers are going
to be
careless and make mistakes. Anticipate what they might
do. Be ready for their mistakes.
Kear-end collisions are about the most preventable
of
accidents. Yet they are common. Allow enough
following distance. It’s the best defensive driving
maneuver, in both city and rural driving.
You never
know when the vehicle in
front of you is going to brake
or turn suddenly.
4-2
Drunken Driving
The obvious way to solve this highway safety problem
is for people never to drink alcohol and then drive. But
Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is what if people do? How much is “too much” if the
a national tragedy. It’sthe number one contributor to
driver plans todrive? It’s alot less than many might
the highway death toll, claiming thousands of victims
think. Althoughit depends on each person and situation,
every year.
here is some general information on the problem.
Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs todrive
The Blood Alcohol Concentration (BAC) of someone
a vehicle:
who is drinking depends upon four things:
Judgment
The amount of alcohol consumed
Muscular Coordination
0
Vision
0
Attentiveness.
Police records show that
almost half of all motor
vehicle-related deaths involve alcohol. Inmost cases,
these deathsare the resultof someone who was drinking
and driving. In recent years,some 17,000 annual motor
vehicle-related deaths have been associated with the use
of alcohol, withmore than 300,000 people injured.
Many adults-- by some estimates, nearly halfthe
adult population -- choose never to drink alcohol,so
they never drive after drinking.For persons under 2 1,
it’s againstthe law in everyU.S. state to drink alcohol.
There are good medical, psychological and
developmental reasons for these laws.
0
The drinker’s body weight
The amount of food that is consumed before and
during drinking
The length of time it has taken the drinker to
consume the alcohol.
According to the AmericanMedical Association, a
180-lb. (82 kg) person who drinks three
12-ounce
(355 ml) bottlesof beer in an hour will end up with a
BAC of about 0.06 percent. The person would reach the
same BAC by drinking three4-ounce (120 ml) glasses
of wine or three mixed drinksif each had 1-1/2 ounces
(45 ml) of a liquorlike whiskey, gin or vodka.
Since alcohol is carried
in body water, this means thata
woman generally will reach a higher BAC
level than a
man of her same body weight when each has the same
number of drinks.
The law in manyU.S. states sets the legal limit atBAC
a
of 0.10 percent. In a growing number of
U.S. states, and
throughout Canada,the limit is 0.08 percent. In some
other countries, it’s even lower.
The BAC limit for all
commercial driversin the United Statesis 0.04 percent.
The BAC will be over0.10 percent afterthree to six
drinks (inone hour). Of course, as we’ve seen,it
depends on how much alcohol
is in the drinks, and how
quickly the person drinks them.
But the abilityto drive is affected well below BAC
a
of
0.10 percent. Research shows that the driving skills
of
many people are impairedat a BAC approaching
0.05 percent, and that the effects are worse
at night. All
It’s the amountof alcohol that counts.For example, if
drivers are impaired at BAC levels above
0.05 percent.
the same person drank three double martinis
(3 ounces
Statistics
show
that
the
chance
of
being
in
a collision
or 90 ml of liquor each) within an hour,
the person’s
increases sharply for drivers who have a BAC
of
BAC would be close to
0.12 percent. A person who
0.05 percent or above. A driver with aBAC level of
consumes foodjust before or during drinking willhave a
0.06 percent has doubled his
or her chanceof having a
somewhat lowerBAC level.
collision. Ata BAC level of 0.10 percent, the chanceof
There is a gender difference, too. Women generally have this driver having a collision
is 12 times greater;at a
a lower relative percentageof body water than men.
level of 0.15 percent, the chance is25 times greater!
4-4
The body takes about an hour to rid itself
of the alcohol
in one drink. No amount of coffee or numberof cold
showers will speed that up. “I’ll be careful” isn’t the
right answer. What if there’s an emergency, a need to
take sudden action, as when a child
darts into the street?
A person with even amoderate BAC might not be able
to react quicklyenough to avoid the collision.
There’s something else about drinking and driving that
many people don’t know.Medical research shows that
alcohol in a person’ssystem can make crash injuries
worse, especially injuries to the brain, spinal cord or
heart. This means that whenanyone who has been
drinking -- driver or passenger -- is in a crash, that
person’s chance of being killed or permanently disabled
is higher than if the person had not been drinking.
rl
Drinking and then drivingis very dangerous.
Your reflexes, perceptions, attentiveness
and
judgment can be affected by even a small amount
of alcohol. You can have a serious or even
fatal collision if youdrive after drinking.
Please don’tdrink and drive or ride with a driver
who has been drinking. Ride home
in a cab;or if
you’re with a group, designatea driver who will
not drink.
--
--
Control of a Vehicle
Braking
You have three systems that make your vehicle
go where
you wantit to go. They are the brakes, the steering and
the accelerator.All three systems have to
do their work
at the places where the tires meet the road.
Braking action involvesperception time and reaction time.
First, you have to decide to push the
on brake pedal.
That’s perception time. Then youhave to bring upyour
foot anddo it. That’s reaction time.
Average reaction time is about 3/4 of a second. But
that’s only an average. It might be less with one driver
and aslong as two or three seconds or more with
another. Age, physical condition, alertness, coordination
and eyesightall play a part.So do alcohol, drugs and
frustration. But even in
3/4 of a second, a vehicle
moving at60 mph (100 km/h) travels 66 feet (20 m).
That could be a lot
of distance in an emergency,
so
keeping enough space between your vehicle and others
is important.
And, ‘of course, actual stopping distances vary greatly
with the surfaceof the road (whether it’s pavement
or
gravel); the conditionof the road (wet,dry, icy); tire
tread; the conditionof your brakes; the weight
of the
vehicle and the amount
of brake force applied.
Sometimes, as when you’re driving on snow ice,
or it’s
easy to ask more
of those control systems than the tires
and roadcan provide. That means you can lose control
of your vehicle.
4-6
Avoid needless heavy braking.Some people drive in
spurts -- heavy acceleration followed by heavy
braking -- rather than keeping pace with traffic.This is a
mistake. Your brakes may not have time to cool between
hard stops.Your brakes will wear out much faster if you
do a lotof heavy braking.If you keep pace with the
traffic and allow realisticfollowing distances, you will
eliminate a lotof unnecessary braking. That means
better braking and longerbrake life.
If your engine ever stops while you’re driving, brake
normally but don’t pump your brakes. If you
do, the
pedal may get harder to push down. If your engine
stops, you willstill have some power brake assist. But
you will useit when you brake. Once the power assist is
used up, it may takelonger to stop and the brake pedal
will beharder to push.
Anti-Lock Brakes (ABS)
Your vehicle has anti-lockbrakes (ABS). ABSis an
advanced electronic braking system that will
help
prevent a braking skid.
When you start your engine and begin to drive away,
your anti-lock brake system will
check itself. You may
hear a momentary motor or clicking noise while this test
is goingon, and you may even notice that your brake
pedal moves a little.This is normal.
ANTI LOCK
If there’s a problem with the
anti-lock brake system, this
warning light will stay on.
See “Anti-Lock Brake
System Warning Light” in
the Index.
The anti-lock system can change the brake pressure faster
than any driver could. The computeris programmed to
make the most of available tire and road conditions.
Here’s how anti-lock works. Let’s say the road
is wet.
You’re driving safely. Suddenlyan animal jumps out in
front of you.
ABS.
You slam on the brakes. Here’s what happens with
You can steer around the obstacle while braking hard.
A computer senses that wheels
are slowing down.If one
of the wheelsis about to stop rolling, the computer will
separately work the brakes
at each front wheel and
at the
rear wheels.
As you brake, your computer keeps receiving updates
on
wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly.
4-8
Remember: Anti-lock doesn’t change the time you need
to get yourfoot up to the brake pedal or alwaysdecrease
stopping distance. If you get too close to the vehicle in
front of you, you won’thave time to apply your brakes
if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave
enough room up ahead to stop, even though you have
anti-lock brakes.
If your vehicleis in cruise control when the traction
control system begins to limit wheel spin,the cruise
control will automatically disengage.
When road
conditions allowyou to safely useit again, you may
reengage thecruise control. (See “Cruise Control” in the
Index.)
This warning light will
come on tolet you know if
there’s a problem with your
traction control system.
Using Anti-Lock
Don’t pump the brakes. Just hold thebrake pedal down
and let anti-lock work for you. You may hear the
anti-lock pump or motor operate, and
feel the brake
pedal pulsate, but this isnormal.
TRACTION
CONTROL
Traction Control System
Your vehicle has a traction control system that limits wheel
spin. This is especially useful in slippery road conditions.
The system operates only
if it senses that one or both
of
the front wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction.See “Traction Control System Warning Light” in the
the system will not
When this happens, the system works the front brakes and Index. When this warning light is on,
limit wheel spin.Adjust your driving accordingly.
reduces engine power to limit wheel spin.
The traction control system automatically comes on
The TRACTION ENGAGEDmessage will display on
whenever
you start your vehicle.To limit wheel spin,
the Driver Information Center when the tractioncontrol
especially in slippery road conditions,you should
system is limiting wheel spin.See “Driver Information
always leave thesystem on. But you can turn the
Center Messages” in the Index.You may feel or hear the
traction controlsystem off if you ever need to. (You
system working, but this is normal.
should turn thesystem off if your vehicle ever gets stuck
4-9
in sand, mud, ice or snow.See “Rocking Your Vehicle”
in the Index.)
To turn the systemoff, press
the TRAC OFF button
located insideof the
glove box.
Braking in Emergencies
With anti-lock, you can steer and brake at the same
time. In many emergencies, steeringcan help you more
than even the very best braking.
Steering
Power Steering
If you lose power steering assistbecause the engine
stops or the systemis not functioning,you can steer but
it will take much more effort.
MAGNASTEER”
Your vehicle may be equipped withGM
MAGNASTEER, a system that continuously adjusts the
effort you feel when steering at all vehicle speeds. It
provides ease when parking yet a firm, solid feel at
highway speeds.
The TRACTION OFF message will displayon the DIC.
If the system is limiting wheel spin when you press
the button, the TRACTIONOFF message will
display -- but the system won’t
turn off right away.
It will wait until there’s no longer a current need to limit
wheel spin.
You can turn the system back on at any
time by pressing
the button again. TheTRACTION READY message
should display briefly on the
Driver Information Center.
4-10
Steering Tips
Driving onCurves
It’s important to take curves at a reasonable speed.
What shouldyou do if this ever happens? Ease up on the
accelerator pedal, steerthe vehicle the way you wantit
to go, and slow down.
If you have the DeVille Concours, you may see the
A lot of the “driver lost control” accidents mentioned on STABILITY SYS ENGAGED message on theDriver
Information Center. See “Stability EngagedMessage” in
the news happenon curves. Here’s why:
the Index.
Experienced driver or beginner, each of us is subject to
Speed limit signs nearcurves warn that you should
the same laws of physics when drivingon curves. The
adjust your speed.Of course, the postedspeeds are
traction of the tires against the road surface makesit
possible for the vehicle tochange its path when you turn based on good weather and road conditions. Under less
favorable conditions you’ll wantto go slower.
the front wheels. If there’s no traction, inertia willkeep
the vehiclegoing in the same direction. If you’ve ever
If you need toreduce your speed as you approach a
tried to steer a vehicle on wet
ice, you’ll understand this.
curve, do it before you enter the curve,
while your front
wheels are straight ahead.
The traction you can get in a curve depends on the
condition of your tires and the road surface, the angle at Try to adjust yourspeed so you can “drive” through the
which thecurve is banked and your speed.While you’re
curve. Maintain a reasonable, steady speed. Wait to
in a curve,speed is the one factor you can control.
accelerate until you are out
of the curve, and then
Suppose you’re steering through a sharp curve. Then you accelerate gently into the straightaway.
suddenly accelerate. Both control systems
-- steering and
acceleration -- have to do their work where the tires meet
the road. Adding the sudden acceleration can demand too
much of those places. You can lose control. Refer to
“Traction Control System”in the Index.
4-11
-_
Steering in Emergencies
There are times when steeringcan be more effective
than braking. Forexample, you come over a hill and
find a truck stopped in your lane,
or a car suddenly pulls
out from nowhere, or a child dartsout from between
parked cars and stops right in
front of you. You can
avoid these problemsby braking -- if you can stop in
time. But sometimes you can’t; there isn’t room.
That’s the timefor evasive action -- steering around
the problem.
Your Cadillac can perform very well in emergencies like
these. First apply your brakes.
(See “Braking in
Emergencies” earlier in this section.) isItbetter to
remove as much speed as you
can from a possible
An emergency like this requires close attention and
a
collision. Then steer around the problem, to the or
left
quick
decision.
If
you
are
holding
the
steering
wheel
at
right depending on the
space available.
the recommended9 and 3 o’clock positions, you can
turn it a full180 degrees very quickly without removing
either hand. But you have to act
fast, steer quickly, and
just as quickly straighten the wheel once
you have
avoided the object.
The fact that such emergency situations are always
possible is a good reasonto practice defensive driving at
all times and wear safety belts properly.
Off-Road Recovery
Passing
You may find sometime that your right wheels have
dropped off the edge of a roadonto the shoulder while
you’re driving.
The driver of a vehicle about to pass another on a
two-lane highway waitsfor just the right moment,
accelerates, movesaround the vehicle ahead, then goes
back into the right lane again.
A simple maneuver?
Not necessarily!Passing another vehicle on a two-lane
highway is a potentiallydangerous move, since the
passing vehicleoccupies the same laneas oncoming
traffic for several seconds.A miscalculation, an errorin
judgment, or a brief surrender to frustration or anger
can
suddenly put thepassing driver face to face with the
worst of all traffic accidents-- the head-on collision.
So here are some tips for passing:
“Drive ahead.” Look down the road, to the sidesana to
crossroads for situations that might affect your passing
patterns. If you have any doubt whatsoever about
making a successful pass,wait for a better time.
If the level of the shoulderis only slightly below the
pavement, recovery should be fairly easy.
Ease off the
accelerator and then,if there is nothing in the way, steerso
that your vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement.
You
can turn the steering wheel upto one-quarter turn until the
right front tire contacts the pavement edge: Then
turn your
steering wheel to go straight down the roadway.
Watch for traffic signs, pavement markings and lines. If
you can see a sign up ahead that might indicatea turn
or an intersection, delay your pass.A broken center line
usually indicates it’s all right to pass (providing the road
ahead is clear). Never crossa solid line on your side of
the lane ora double solid line, even
if the road seems
empty of approaching traffic.
4-13
Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to
pass while you’re awaitingan opportunity. For one
thing, following too closelyreduces your areaof
vision, especially ifyou’re following a larger
vehicle. Also, you won’t
have adequate space if the
vehicle ahead suddenlyslows or stops. Keep back a
reasonable distance.
0
When it looks like achance to pass is coming up,
start to acceleratebut stay in the right lane and don’t
get too close. Time your move
so you will be
increasing speedas the time comes to move into the
other lane.If the way is clearto pass, you will have a
“running start” thatmore than makesup for the
distance you would lose by dropping back. And if
something happens tocause you to cancel your pass,
you need only slow down
and drop back again and
wait for another opportunity.
If other cars are lined up to pass a slow vehicle, wait
your turn. But take care that someone isn’t trying to
pass you as you pull out to pass the slow vehicle.
Remember toglance over your shoulder and
check
the blind spot.
0
Check your mirrors,glance over your shoulder, and
start your left lane
change signal before moving out
of the right lane to pass.
When you arefar enough
ahead of the passed vehicle to see its front
in your
4 l.4
inside mirror, activate your right lane
change signal
and move back into the right lane. (Remember that
your right outside mirror convex.
is
The vehicle you
just passed may seem to be farther away
from you
than it really is.)
0
Try not to pass more thanone vehicle at atime on
two-lane roads. Reconsider before passing the
next vehicle.
0
Don’t overtake a slowly moving vehicle too rapidly.
Even thoughthe brake lamps are not flashing,it may
be slowing downor starting to turn.
0
If you’re being passed, makeit easy for the
following driver to get ahead
of you. Perhapsyou
can ease a little to the right.
Loss of Control
Let’s review what driving experts say about what
happens when the three control systems (brakes, steering
and acceleration) don’thave enough friction where the
tires meet the road to
do what the driver has asked.
In any emergency, don’t give up. Keep trying to steer and
constantly seek an escape route or areaof less danger.
-
Skidding
If you have the DeVilleConcours, you may see the
STABILITY SYS ENGAGED messageon the Driver
Information Center. See “Stability Engaged Message’’ in
the Index.
In a skid,a driver can lose control of the vehicle.
Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable
care suited to existing conditions, and by not “overdriving”
Of course, tractionis reduced when water, snow,ice,
those conditions. But skids are always possible.
gravel or other material is on the road.
For safety, you’ll
The three types of skids correspond to your Cadillac’s
want to slow down and adjust your driving to these
three control systems.In the braking skid, your wheels
conditions. It isimportant to slow down on slippery
aren’t rolling. In the steering
or cornering skid, too
surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and
much speed or steering in curve
a
causes tires to slip and
vehicle control more limited.
lose cornering force. And in the acceleration skid, too
While driving on a surface with reduced traction, try
much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin.
your best toavoid sudden steering, acceleration or
A cornering skid is best handled by easing your
foot off
braking (includingengine braking by shifting to a lower
the accelerator pedal.
gear). Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide.
You may not realize the surfaceis slippery until your
Remember: Any traction control system helps avoid
vehicle is skidding. Learnto recognize warning
only the acceleration skid.
clues -- such as enough water, ice or packed snow on
If your traction controlsystem is off, then an
the road to makea “mirrored surface” -- and slow
acceleration skid is also best handledby easing your
down when youhave any doubt.
foot off the accelerator pedal.
Remember: Any anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps
If your vehiclestarts to slide, ease your footoff the
avoid only the braking skid.
accelerator pedal and quickly steer the
way you want the
vehicle to go. If you start steering quickly enough, your
vehicle may straighten out. Alwaysbe ready for a
second skidif it occurs.
4-15
Driving at Night
Here are some tips on night driving.
Drivedefensively.
0
Don’t drink and.drive.
0
Adjust your inside rearview mirror to reduce the
glare from headlamps behind you.
0
Since you can’t see as well, you may need to slow
down and keep more space between you and
other vehicles.
0
Slow down, especiallyon higher speed roads.Your
headlamps can light up only so much road ahead.
0
In remote areas, watchfor animals.
If you’re tired, pulloff the road in a safe place
and rest.
b
0
Night driving is more dangerous
than day driving. One
reason is that some drivers are likely to be impaired
-- by
alcohol or drugs, with night vision problems, or by fatigue.
4-16
Night Vision
No one can see as well at night as in the daytime.But as
we get older these differences increase.A 50-year-old
driver may require at leasttwice as much light tosee the
same thing at nightas a 20-year-old.
What you do in the daytime can also affect your night
vision. For example, if you spend the day in bright
sunshine you are wiseto wear sunglasses.Your eyes will
have less trouble adjustingto night. But if you’re
driving, don’t wear sunglassesat night. They may cut
down on glarefrom headlamps, but they also make a lot
of things invisible.
You can be temporarily blinded by approaching
headlamps. It can takea second or two,or even several
seconds, for your eyes to readjust to the dark. Whenyou
are faced with severe glare(as from a driver who
doesn’t lower the highbeams, or a vehicle with
misaimed headlamps), slow downa little. Avoid staring
directly into theapproaching headlamps.
Keep your windshield and all the glass on your vehicle
clean -- inside and out. Glare at night is made much
worse by dirt on the glass. Even the inside
of the glass
can buildup a filmcaused by dust. Dirty glass makes
lights dazzle and flash morethan clean glass would,
making the pupilsof your eyes contract repeatedly.
Remember that your headlamps
light up far less of a
roadway when you are in a turn or curve. Keep your
eyes moving; thatway, it’s easier to pickout dimly
lighted objects. Just as your headlamps should be
checked regularlyfor proper aim,so should youreyes
be examined regularly.Some drivers sufferfrom night
blindness -- the inability tosee in dim light-- and
aren’t even awareof it. .
Driving in Rain andon Wet Roads
Rain and wet roads can mean driving trouble. On a wet
road, you can’t stop, accelerate or turn as well because
your tire-to-road traction isn’t as good as on dry roads.
And, if your tires don’t have much tread left, you’ll
get
even less traction. It’s always wise go
to slower and be
cautious if rain starts tofall while you are driving. The
surface may get wet suddenly when your reflexes are
tuned for driving on dry pavement.
it is to see. Even if your
The heavier the rain, the harder
windshield wiper blades are in good shape,
a heavy rain
can makeit harder to see road signs and traffic signals,
pavement markings, the edge
of the road and even
people walking.
D
It’s wise to keep your windshield wiping equipmentin
good shape and keep your windshield washer tank filled
with washer fluid. Replace your windshield wiper
inserts when they show signs
of streaking or missing
areas on the windshield,or when stripsof rubber startto
separate from the inserts.
Wet brakes can cause accidents. They won’t work
as well in a quickstop and may cause pulling to
one side.You could lose controlof the vehicle.
of water or
After driving through a large puddle
a car wash, apply your brake pedal lightly until
your brakes work normally.
Driving too fast through large water puddlesor even
going through some car washes can cause problems,too.
The water may affectyour brakes. Try to avoid puddles.
But if you can’t,try to slow down beforeyou hit them.
4-19
Hydroplaning
Driving Through Deep Standing Water
Hydroplaning is dangerous. So much water can build up
under your tires that they can actually
ride on the water.
This can happenif the road is wet enough and you’re
going fast enough. When your vehicle is hydroplaning,
it has little or no contact with the road.
NOTICE:
If you drive too quickly through deep puddles or
standing water, water can come in through your
engine’s air intake and badly damage your
engine. Never drive through water that is slightly
lower than the underbody
of your vehicle.If you
can’t avoid deep puddles or standing water, drive
through them very slowly.
Hydroplaning doesn’t happen often. But
it can if your
tires do not have much tread or
if the pressurein one or
more is low.It can happen if a lotof water is standing on
the road.If you can see reflections from trees, telephone
poles or other vehicles, and raindrops “dimple” the
water’s surface, therecould be hydroplaning.
Hydroplaning usually happens at higher speeds. There
just isn’t a hard and fastrule about hydroplaning. The
best adviceis to slow down when
it is raining.
4-20
Some Other Rainy Weather Tips
0
Besides slowing down, allow some extra following
distance. And be especially careful when you pass
another vehicle. Allow yourself more clear
room
ahead, and be prepared to have your view restricted
by road spray.
0
Have good tires with proper tread depth. (See
“Tires” in the Index.)
City Driving
Here are ways to increase your safety in city driving:
0
Know the best way to get to where you are
going. Geta city map and plan your tripinto an
unknown part of the cityjust as you wouldfor a
cross-country trip.
Try to use the freeways thatrim and crisscross most
large cities. You’ll save time and energy.(See the
next part, “Freeway Driving.”)
Treat a green light as a warning signal. A traffic
light is there because the corneris busy enough to
need it. When a light turns green, and
just before you
start to move,check both waysfor vehicles that have
not clearedthe intersection or may be running the
red light.
One of the biggest problems withcity streets is the
amount of traffic onthem. You’ll want to watch outfor
what the other drivers are doing and pay attention to
traffic signals.
4-21
Freeway Driving
At the entrance, there
is usually a ramp that leads the
to
freeway. If you have a clear view
of the freeway asyou
drive along the entrance ramp, you should begin to
check traffic. Tryto determine where you expect to
blend with the flow. Try
to merge into the gap at close to
the prevailing speed. Switch on your
turn signal, check
your mirrors and glance over your shoulder
as often as
necessary. Tryto blend smoothly with the traffic flow.
Once you are onthe freeway, adjust your speed to the
posted limit or to the prevailing rate
if it’s slower. Stay
in the right lane unless you want to pass.
Before changing lanes,check your mirrors. Then use
your turn signal.
Just beforeyou leave the lane, glance quickly over your
shoulder to make sure there isn’t another vehicle
in your
“blind” spot.
Once you are moving on the freeway, make certain you
allow a reasonable following distance. Expect
to move
Mile for mile, freeways (also called thruways, parkways, slightly slower at night.
expressways, turnpikes or superhighways) are the safest
When you want to leave the freeway, move the
to proper
of all roads. But they have their own special rules.
lane well in advance.If you miss your exit,
do not,
The most important advice on
freeway driving is: Keep
under any circumstances, stop and back up. Drive on to
up with traffic and keep to the right. Drivetheatsame
the next exit.
speed mostof the other drivers are driving. Too-fast or
The exit ramp canbe curved, sometimes quite sharply.
too-slow driving breaks a smooth traffic flow. Treat
the
left lane on a freeway aspassing
a
lane.
4-22
The exit speed is usually posted.
Here aresome things you can check before a trip:
Reduce your speed according to your speedometer, not
to yoursense of motion. After drivingfor any distance
at higher speeds, you may tend to think you
are going
slower than you actually are.
0
Windshield Washer Fluid: Is the reservoirfull? Are
all windows clean inside and outside?
0
Wiper Blades: Are they ingood shape?
0
Fuel, Engine Oil, Other Fluids:Have you checked
all levels?
0
Lamps: Are they all working? Are the lenses clean?
0
Tires: They are vitallyimportant to a safe,
trouble-free trip. Is the tread good enoughfor
long-distance driving? Are the tires all inflated to
the
recommended pressure?
0
Weather Forecasts: What’s the weatheroutlook
along your route?Should you delay your trip a short
time to avoid a majorstorm system?
0
Maps: Do you have up-to-date maps?
Before Leaving ona Long Trip
Make sureyou’re ready. Try to be well rested.If you
must start when you’re not fresh -- such as after a day’s
work -- don’t planto make too many miles that first part
of the journey.Wear comfortable clothing andshoes you
can easily drivein.
Is your vehicle readyfor a long trip? If you keep it
serviced and maintained, it’sready to go. If it needs
service, have it done before starting out.Of course,
you’ll findexperienced and able serviceexperts in
Cadillac dealerships all across North America. They’ll
be ready and willing to help
if you need it.
Highway Hypnosis
Hill and Mountain Roads
Is there actually sucha condition as “highway hypnosis”?
Or is it justplain falling asleep at the wheel? Call it
highway hypnosis, lack of awareness,or whatever.
There is something about an easy stretch
of road with
the same scenery, along with the hum
of the tireson the
road, the droneof the engine, and the rush
of the wind
against the vehicle that
can make you sleepy. Don’t
let it
happen to you!If it does, your vehicle
can leave the
road in less than a second, and you could crash and
be injured.
What can youdo about highway hypnosis? First,
be
aware that it can happen.
Then here are some tips:
a Make sure your vehicle
is well ventilated, witha
comfortably cool interior.
a Keep your eyes moving. Scan the road ahead to
and
the sides. Check your rearview mirrors and your
instruments frequently.
a If you get sleepy, pulloff the road into a rest, service
or parking area and take a nap, get some exercise,
or
both. For safety, treat drowsiness on the highway as
an emergency.
4-24
Driving on steep hillsor mountains is different from
driving inflat or rolling terrain.
If you drive regularly insteep country, or if you’re
planning to visitthere, here are some tips that can make
your trips safer and more enjoyable.
Keep your vehicle in good shape.Check all fluid
levels and also the brakes, tires, coolingsystem
and transaxle. These parts can work hard on
mountain roads.
Know how to go down hills. The most important
thing to know is this: let your
engine do some of the
slowing down. Shift to a lower gear when yougo
down a steep or long hill.
Coasting downhill in Ir UTRAL (N) or with the
ignition off is dangerous. Your brakes will have to
do all the work of slowing down. They could getso
hot that they wouldn’t work well. You would then
have poor braking oreven none going downa hill.
You could crash. Always have your engine running
and your vehicle in gearwhen you go downhill.
e Know how to go uphill. You may want to shift down
to a lower gear. The lower gears help cool your engine
and transaxle, and you can climb the
hill better.
If you don’t shift down, your brakes could get so
hot that they wouldn’t work well. You would then
have poor braking or even none goingdown a hill.
You could crash. Shiftdown to let your engine
assist vour brakeson a steep downhill slope.
e Stay in your own
lane when driving ontwo-lane
roads in hillsor mountains. Don’t swing wide or cut
across the centerof the road.Drive at speeds that let
you stay in your ownlane.
0
As you go over the top
of a hill, be alert. There could be
something in your lane, likea stalled car oran accident.
e You may see highway signs on mountains that warn of
special problems. Examplesare long grades, passingor
no-passing zones, a falling rocks area or winding
roads. Be alert to these and take appropriate action.
Winter Driving
I
Include anice scraper, a small brush or broom, a- supply
- of windshield washer fluid, a rag, some winter outer
Here
are
some
tips
for winter
driving:
clothing,
small
a shovel,
flashlight,
a
red
a cloth
and
a
couple of reflective warning triangles. And, if you will
Have your vehiclein good shape for winter.
be driving under severe conditions, include a small bag
You may want to put winter emergency supplies in of sand, a piece
of old carpet or a couple of burlap bags
your trunk.
traction.
provide
help to
properly
secure
you
Be sure
these items in your vehicle.
1
4-26
Driving on Snow or Ice
What’s the worsttime for this? “Wet ice.” Very cold
snow or ice can be slick and hard to drive on. But wet
Most of the time, those places where your tires meet the ice can be even more trouble because
it may offer the
road probably have good traction.
least tractionof all. You can get wetice when it’s about
freezing (32OF; 0 O C) and freezing rainbegins to fall.
However, if there is snow or ice
between your tires and
Try to avoid drivingon wet ice until salt and sand crews
the road, you can have a very slippery situation. You’ll
can get there.
have a lotless traction or “grip” and will need to be
very careful.
Whatever the condition-- smooth ice, packed, blowing
or loose snow-- drive with caution.
Keep your traction controlsystem on. It improves your
ability to accelerate when driving
on a slippery road.
Even though your vehicle
has a traction control system,
you’ll want to slow down and adjust your driving to the
road conditions. See “Traction Control System’’ in
the Index.
4-27
Your anti-lock brakesimprove your vehicle’s stability
when you make a hard stop
on a slippery road. Even
though you have the anti-lock braking system, you’ll
want to begin stoppingsooner than you would on dry
pavement. See “Anti-Lock” inthe Index.
If You’re Caught in a Blizzard
Allow greater following distance on any
slippery road.
0
Watch for slippery spots. The road might be fine
until you hit a spot that’s covered with
ice. On an
otherwise clear road,ice patches may appear in
shaded areas where thesun can’t reach: around
clumps of trees, behind buildings or under bridges.
Sometimes the surfaceof a curve or an overpass may
remain icy when thesurrounding roads are clear.If
you see a patchof ice ahead of you, brake before you
are on it. Try not tobrake while you’re actually on
the ice, and avoidsudden steering maneuvers.
If you are stoppedby heavy snow, you could be in a
serious situation.You should probably stay with your
vehicle unlessyou know for sure that you are near help
and you can hike through the snow. Here are some
things to do to summon help and keep yourself and your
passengers safe:
Turn on your hazard flashers.
0
Tie a red cloth to your vehicle toalert police that
you’ve been stopped by the snow.
0
Put on extra clothing or wrapa blanket around you.
If you have no blankets or extra clothing, make body
insulators from newspapers, burlap bags, rags, floor
mats -- anything youcan wrap around yourself or
tuck under your clothing tokeep warm.
Snow can trap exhaust gasesunder your vehicle.
This can cause deadly CO (carbon monoxide) gas
to get inside.CO could overcome youand kill
you. You can’t seeit or smell it, so you might not
know it is in your vehicle. Clear away snow from
around the baseof your vehicle, especially any
that is blocking your exhaust pipe. And check
around again fromtime,to time to be sure snow
doesn’t collect there.
Open a window just a little on the side
of the
vehicle that’s away from the wind. This will help
keep CO out.
You can run the engine to keep warm, but be careful.
.
4-29
Run your engine only as long as you must.
This saves
fuel. When you run the engine, make go
it a little faster
than just idle. Thatis, push the accelerator slightly.
This
uses less fuelfor the heat that you get and it keeps the
battery charged.You will need a well-charged battery to
restart the vehicle, and possibly
for signaling later on
with your headlamps. Letthe heater run for awhile.
Then, shut theengine off and closethe window almost
all theway to preservethe heat. Start theengine again
and repeat this only when you
feel really uncomfortable
from the cold. Butdo it as little as possible. Preservethe
fuel as long as you can.To help keep warm,you can get
out of the vehicle anddo some fairly vigorous exercises
every half hour orso until helpcomes.
Loading Your Vehicle
i"
TIRE-LOADING INFORMATION
OCCUPANTS
VEHICLE
CAP.
WT.
CTR.
FRT.
RR.
TOTAL LBS.
KG
MAX. LOADING & GVWR SAME AS VEHICLE
CAPACITY WEIGHT
XXX
COLD TIRE
TIRE SIZE
SPEED
PRESSURE
PSliKPa
RTG
FRT.
RR.
SPA.
IF TIRES ARE HOT, ADD 4PS1128KPa
SEE OWNER'S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION
Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight
it
may properly carry.The Tire-Loading Information label
found on the driver'sdoor tells you the proper size,
speed rating and recommended inflation pressures for
the tires on your vehicle. also
It gives you important
information about the number
of people that canbe in
your vehicle and the total weight that
you can carry.
This weight is called the Vehicle Capacity Weight and
includes the weightof all occupants, cargo and all
options not installed in the factory.
MFD BY GENERAL MOTORS CORP
DATE GVWR
GAWR
FRT GAWR RR
THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE U.S. FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE
SAFETY, BUMPER, AND THEFT PREVENTION
STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF
MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE.
The other labelis the Certificationlabel, found onthe
rear edge of the driver’s door.It tells you the gross
weight capacityof your vehicle, called the GVWR
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating).The GVWR includes the
weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel and cargo.
Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle or theGross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for either the front or
rear axle.
If you do have a heavy load, youshould spread it out.
Don’t carry more than 203 lbs. (92 kg) in the trunk.
CAUTION:
Do not load your vehicle any heavier
than the
GVWR, or either the maximumfront or rear
GAWR. If you do, parts on your vehicle can
break, or it can change theway your vehicle
handles. These could cause
you to lose control.
Also, overloading can shorten the life
of
your vehicle.
1 NOTICE:
Your warranty does not coverparts or
components that fail becauseof overloading.
If you put things inside your vehicle
-- like suitcases,
tools, packages oranything else -- they will go as fast as
the vehicle goes.If you have to stop or turn quickly, or
if there is a crash, they’ll keep going.
A CAUTION:
Things you put inside your vehicle can strike and
injure people in a sudden stop or turn, or in
a crash.
Put thingsin the trunkof your vehicle. In a
trunk, put themas far forward asyou can.
Try to spread theweight evenly.
Never stack heavier things,like suitcases,
inside thevehicle so that some of them are
above the topsof the seats.
0 Don’t leave an unsecured child restraint in
your vehicle.
When you carry something inside the
vehicle, secure it whenever you can.
Electronic Level Control
This feature keeps the rear
of your vehicle levelas the
load changes. It’s automatic-- you don’t need to adjust
anything.
Towing a Trailer
A CAUTION:
If you don’t use the correct equipment and drive
properly, you can lose control when you pull a
trailer. Forexample, if the traileris too heavy, the
brakes may not workwell or even at all. You
and your passengers
could be seriously injured.
Pull a trailer only if you have followed all the
steps in thissection. Ask your Cadillac dealer for
advice and information abouttowing a trailer
with your vehicle.
--
I NOTICE:
Pulling a trailer improperly can damage your
vehicle and resultin costly repairs notcovered by
your warranty.To pull a trailer correctly, follow
the advice in this
part, andsee your Cadillac
dealer for important information about towing
a
trailer with your vehicle.
Your vehicle can tow a trailer if it is equipped with the
proper trailer towing equipment. To identify what the
vehicle trailering capacityis for your vehicle,you
should read theinformation in “Weightof the Trailer’’
that appears later in this section.But trailering is
different than just driving your vehicle by itself.
Trailering meanschanges in handling, durability and
fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering takes correct
equipment, and it has to be used properly.
That’s thereason for this part. Init are many
time-tested, important trailering tips and safety rules.
Many of these areimportant for your safety and thatof
your passengers.So please read this section carefully
before you pulla trailer.
Load-pulling components such as the engine, transaxle,
wheel assemblies and tires are forced to work harder
against the drag of the added weight.The engine is
required to operateat relatively higher speeds and under
greater loads, generating extra heat. What’smore, the
trailer adds considerably to wind resistance, increasing
the pulling requirements.
If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer
If you do, here are some important points:
0
There are many different laws, including speed limit
restrictions, having to do with trailering.Make sure
your rig will be legal, not only where you live but
also where you’llbe driving. A good sourcefor this
information can be state or provincial police.
0
Consider using a sway controlif your trailer will
weigh 2,000 lbs. (900 kg) or less.You should always
use a sway controlif your trailer will weigh more
than 2,000 lbs. (900 kg). You can ask a hitch dealer
about sway controls.
0
Don’t tow a trailer at all duringthe first 1,000 miles
(1 600 km)your new vehicleis driven. Your engine,
axle or other parts couldbe damaged.
0
Then, during the first 500 miles (800 km)that you
tow a trailer, don’t drive over50 mph (80 km/h) and
don’t make startsat full throttle. This helps your
engine and other partsof your vehicle wear in at the
heavier loads.
0
a trailer.
Obey speed limit restrictions when towing
Don’t drive faster than the maximum posted speed
for trailers (or no more than
55 mph (90 km/h)) to
save wear on your vehicle’s parts.
4-33
Three important considerations have to do with weight:
the weight of the trailer,
the weight of the trailer tongue
and the total weighton your vehicle’s tires.
Weight of the Trailer
How heavy can a trailer safely be?
The optional trailer towing package provides the
necessary oil cooler for the DeVille or the DeVille
d’Elegance to tow a trailer heavier than
1,000 lbs.
(450 kg). The DeVille Concoursis equipped with this
cooler as standardequipment.
The maximum trailer weightfor your vehicle canbe
determined from the Gross Combined Vehicle Weight
(GCVW). The GCVW = curb weight+ passenger’s
weight + cargo weight + trailer weight.The GCVW
should never weigh more than
8,100 lbs. (3 677 kg) total
loaded vehicle and trailer.
It depends on how you plan to use your rig.
For
example, speed, altitude, road grades, outside
temperature and how much your vehicle is used to pull a
You can ask your dealer for our trailering information or
trailer are all important. And,
it can also depend on any
advice, or you can writeus at:
special equipment that you have on your vehicle.
Cadillac Customer Assistance Center
If you have a DeVilleor a DeVille d’Elegance without
Cadillac MotorCar Division
the optional trailer towing
package, the maximum trailer
30009 Van Dyke
weight is 1,000 lbs. (450 kg).
P.O. Box 9025
If you have a DeVilleConcours, DeVille or a DeVille
Warren, MI 48090-9025
d’Elegance withthe optional trailer towing package, the
In Canada, write to:
maximum trailer weight should never
be more than
3,900 lbs. (1 773 kg) total including the load.
But even
General Motors of Canada Limited
that can betoo heavy.
Customer CommunicationCentre
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, OntarioL1H 8P7
4-34
Weight of the Trailer Tongue
The tongue load (A) of any trailer is animportant
weight to measure because it affects the total capacity
weight of your vehicle.The capacity weight includes the
curb weight of the vehicle, anycargo you may carry in
it, and the people who willbe riding in the vehicle. And
if you will towa trailer, you must subtract thetongue
load from your vehicle’s capacity weight
because your
vehicle will be carrying that weight, too.See “Loading
Your Vehicle” inthe Index for more information about
your vehicle’s maximum load capacity.
If you’re using a weight-carrying hitch, the trailer
tongue (A) should weigh 10 percent of the total loaded
trailer weight (B). If you have a weight-distributing
hitch, the trailertongue (A) should weigh 12 percent of
the total loaded trailer weight
(B).
After you’ve loaded your trailer, weigh the trailer and
then the tongue, separately, to seeif the weights are
proper. If they aren’t, youmay be able to get them right
simply by moving some items aroundin the trailer.
Total Weight on Your Vehicle’s Tires
Be sure your vehicle’s tiresare inflated to theupper
limit for cold tires. You’ll find these numbers on
the
Tire-Loading Information label at the rear
edge of the
driver’s door or see “Loading Your Vehicle” in the
Index. Then be sure you don’t
go over theGVW
limit for your vehicle, including the weight
of the
trailer tongue.
A
B
4-35
Hitches
Safety Char I
It’s important to have the correct hitch equipment.
Crosswinds, large trucks goingby and rough roads are a
few reasonswhy you’ll need the right hitch. Here
are
some rules to follow:
You should always attach chains between your vehicle
and your trailer. Cross the safety chains under the tongue
of the trailerso that the tongue will not drop
to the road
if it becomes separated fromthe hitch. Instructions
about safety chainsmay be provided by the hitch
manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer. Follow the
manufacturer’s recommendationfor attaching safety
chains and do not attach them
to the bumper. Always
leave just enough slackso you can turn with your rig.
And, never allow safety chains
to drag on the ground.
e The bumpers on your vehicle
are not intendedfor
hitches. Do not attach rental hitches or other
bumper-type hitches to them. Use only a
frame-mounted hitch that does not attach to
the bumper.
e If you’ll be pullinga trailer that, when loaded, will
weigh more than2,000 lbs. (900 kg), be sure to use a
properly mounted, weight-distributing hitch and
sway controlof the proper size. This equipment
is
very importantfor proper vehicle loading and good
handling when you’re driving.
Trailer Brakes
Because you have anti-lock brakes, don’t to
trytap into
your vehicle’s hydraulic brake system.If you do, both
brake systems won’t work well,
or at all.
Be sure to read and follow the instructions for
the trailer
e Will you have to make any holes in the body of your
brakes so you’ll be able to maintain them properly.
vehicle whenyou install a trailer hitch?If you do,
then be sure to seal the holes later when you remove
the hitch.If you don’t seal them, deadly carbon
monoxide (CO) from your exhaust can get
into your
vehicle (see “Carbon Monoxide” in the Index). Dirt
and water can, too.
Trailer- Wiring Harness
Driving with a Trailer
If your vehicleis equipped with the3,666-&.(1 360 kg)
trailer towing package option, you will have a wiring
harness located under the trunk trim.
The harness is a
five wire harness, with connector.
Towing a trailer requires a certain amount
of experience.
Before settingout for the open road, you’ll want get
to
to know your rig. Acquaint yourself with feel
the of
handling and braking with the added weight
of the
trailer. And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are
driving is now a gooddeal longer andnot nearly as
responsive as your vehicleis by itself.
These trailer-wiring harness color codes should
be
followed when connecting it
to your trailer:
0
0
0
0
WHITE: Direct trailer ground for trailer lamps.
BROWN: Parkinglamps.
YELLOW Left turn and stoplamps.
GREEN: Right turn and stoplamps.
BLUE: Auxiliarycircuit.
Before youstart, check the trailer hitch and platform
(and attachments), safety chains, electrical connector,
lamps, tires and mirror adjustment.
If the trailer has
electric brakes,start your vehicle and trailer moving and
then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure
the brakes are working. This
lets you check your
electrical connectionat the same time.
During your trip,check occasionally to be sure that the
load is secure, and that the lamps and any trailer brakes
are still working.
Following Distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead
youas
would when driving your vehicle without a trailer. This
can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking
and sudden turns.
4-37
Passing
You’ll need more passing distance up ahead when
you’re towinga trailer. And, because you’rea good deal
longer, you’ll need to go much farther beyond the
passed vehicle before you can return to your lane.
Backing Up
Hold the bottomof the steering wheel with one hand.
Then, to move the trailer
to the left,just move that hand
to the left.To move the trailerto the right, move your
hand to the right. Always back up slowly and, if
possible, have someone guide you.
Making Turns
NOTICE:
Making very sharp turns while trailering could
cause the trailer to come in contact with the
vehicle. Your vehicle could be damaged. Avoid
making very sharp turns while trailering.
When you’re turning with a trailer, make wider turns
than normal.Do this so your trailer won’t strike soft
shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees
or other objects.
Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal well
in advance.
Turn Signals When Towinga Trailer
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle may need a
different turn signal flasher and/or extra wiring. Check
with your Cadillac dealer.The green arrows on your
instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn
or lane change. Properly hooked up, the trailer lamps
will also flash, telling other drivers you’re about to turn,
change lanes or stop.
When towing a trailer, the green arrows on your
instrument panel will flash
for turns evenif the bulbson
the trailerare burned out. Thus, you may think drivers
behind you are seeing your signal when they are not. It’s
important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer
bulbs are still working.
Driving On Grades
Reduce speed and shift
to a lower gearbefore you start
down a long or steep downgrade.
If you don’t shift
down, you might have to use your brakes
so much that
they would get hot and
no longer work well.
On a long uphill grade, shift down and reduce your
speed to around45 mph (70 km/h) or less to reduce the
possibility of engine and transaxle overheating.
Parking on Hills
You really should not park your vehicle, with a trailer
attached, on a hill. If something goes wrong, your rig
could start tomove. People can be injured, and both
your vehicle andthe trailer can be damaged.
But if youever have to park your rig on a hill, here’s
how to do it:
1. Apply your regular brakes,but do not shift into
PARK (P).
2. Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels.
3. When the wheel chocks are in place, release the
regular brakes until the chocks absorb the load.
4. Reapply the regular brakes. Then shift into
PARK (P) firmly and apply your
parking brakes.
5. Release the regular brakes.
When You Are Ready to Leave After
Parking on a Hill
1. Apply your regular brakes and
hold the pedal down
while you:
0
Start your engine;
Shift into a gear; and
0
Be sure the parkingbrake has released.
2. Let up on the brake pedal.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clearof the chocks.
4. Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks.
Maintenance When Trailer Towing
Your vehicle will need service more often when
you’re
pulling a trailer. See the Maintenance Schedule for more
on this. Things that are especiallyimportant in trailer
operation are automatic transaxle fluid (don’t overfill),
engine oil, belt, coolingsystem and brake adjustment.
Each of these is covered in this manual, and the Index
will help you find them quickly.
If you’re trailering, it’s
a goodidea to review these sections before you start
your trip.
Check periodically to see that
all hitch nuts and bolts
are tight.
4-39
NOTES
4-40
b%
NOTES
&
NOTES
Section 5 Problems on the Road
Here you’ll find what to do about some problems that can occur
on the road.
5-2
Hazard Warning
Flashers
5-4
Other
Warning
Devices
5-4
Jump
Starting
5-9
Towing Your Vehicle
515
Engine Overheating
5-25
5-25
5-35
5-36
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire
Compact Spare Tire
If You’re Stuck: In Sand, Mud,
Ice or Snow
Hazard Warning Flashers
Press the buttonin to make the front and rear turn signal
lamps flash on andoff.
Your hazard warning flashers letyou warn others. They
also let police knowyou have a problem. Your front and
rear turn signal lampswill flash on andoff.
5-2
This light on the instrument
panel will flash, indicating
that the hazard warning
The hazard warning flashers will workonce the button
is pressed in regardless of the key position.
Pull outon the collar to turn the flashers
off. When the
hazard warning flashers areon, the turn signals won’t
work since theyare already flashing.
5-3
Other Warning Devices
If you carry reflective triangles, you can set one up at
the sideof the road about300 feet (100 m) behind
your vehicle.
Jump Starting
If your battery hasrun down, you may want to use
another vehicle andsome jumper cables to start your
Cadillac. Please follow the steps below do
to it safely.
Batteries can hurt
you. They can be dangerous
because:
They contain acid that can burn
you.
They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.
They contain enough electricity to burn you.
If you don’t follow these stepsexactly, some or all
of these things canhurt you.
NOTICE:
Ignoring these steps could result
in costly damage
to yourvehicle that wouldn’t be covered by
your warranty.
Trying tostart your Cadillacby pushing or
pulling it won’t work and it could damage
your vehicle.
5-4
1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a 12-volt
battery with a negative ground system.
I NOTICE:
If the other systemisn’t a 12-volt systemwith a
negative ground,both vehicles can be damaged.
2. Get the vehicles closeenough so the jumper cables
can reach, but be sure the vehicles
aren’t touching
each other. If they are, it could causea ground
connection you don’t want. You wouldn’t be able to
start your Cadillac and the bad grounding could
damage the electrical systems.
3. Turn off the ignition on both vehicles. Unplug
unnecessary accessories pluggedinto the cigarette
lighter. Turn off all lamps that aren’t needed
as well
as radios.This will avoid sparks and help
save both
batteries. In addition, it could save your radio!
4. Open the hoods and locate the batteries. Find the
positive (+) and negative (-) terminals on
each battery.
5. Start by removing the red positive (+)
terminal cover.
An electric fan can start up even when the engine
is not running and can injure
you. Keep hands,
clothing and tools away from any underhood
electric fan.
5-5
A CAUTION:
Using a matchnear a battery can causebattery
gas to explode. People have been
hurt doing this,
and some have been blinded. Use
a flashlightif
you need more light.
Be sure the battery has enough
water. You don’t
need toadd water to theDelco [email protected]
installed in every
new GM vehicle. Butif a
battery has filler caps,
be sure the right amount
of fluid is there.If it is low,add water to take care
of that first. If you don’t, explosive gas could
be present.
Battery fluid contains acid
that can burn you.
Don’t get it on you.If you accidentally getit in
your eyes or on your skin, flush the place with
water and get medical help immediately.
5-6
6. Check that thejumper cables don’t have loose or
missing insulation.If they do, you could get a shock.
The vehicles could alsobe damaged.
Before you connect the cables, here are some basic
things you should know. Positive(+) will go to
positive (+) and negative(-) will go to an unpainted
metal engine part or a body metal surface. Don’t
connect positive(+) to negative(-) or you will get a
short that would damage the battery and maybe other
parts, too.Also, don’t connect negative (-) to
negative (-).
I
Fans or other moving engineparts can injure you
badly. Keep your hands away from moving
parts
once the enginesare running.
8. Don’t let the other end
of the positivecable
touch metal. Connectit
to the positive (+)
terminal of the
good battery.
7. Connect the redpositive (+) cable to the positive (+)
terminal of the vehicle with the dead battery.
9. Now connect the black
negative (-) cable to the
good battery’s
negative (-) terminal.
Don’t let the other end
of the negative(-) cable
touch anything untilthe
next step. The other end
of the negative (-) cable
doesn’t go tothe dead
battery. It goes to a
heavy unpainted metal
part onthe engine of the
vehicle with the
dead battery.
5-7
10.Attach the cable at least
18 inches (46 cm) away
from the dead battery,
but not nearengine parts
that move.The electrical
connection is just as
good there, but the
chance of sparks getting
back to the battery is
much less.
11. Now start the vehicle with the good battery and
run
the enginefor awhile.
12. Try to start the vehicle with the dead battery.
If it
won’t start after a fewtries, it probably needs service.
13. Remove the cablesin reverse order to prevent
electrical shorting. Takecare that they don’t touch
each other or any other metal.
A. Heavy Metal EnginePart
B. Good Battery
C. Dead Battery
Towing Your Vehicle
Try to have a GM dealer ora professional towing
service tow your vehicle.See “Roadside Service” in
the Index.
If your vehicle has been changed
or modified sinceit
was factory-new by adding aftermarket itemslike fog
lamps, aero skirting or specialtires and wheels, these
instructions may notbe correct.
Before you do anything, turnon the hazard
warning flashers.
Front Towing
When you call, tell the towing service:
That your vehicle has front-wheel drive.
0
The make, model and year of your vehicle.
0
Whether you can still move the shift lever.
If there was an accident, what wasdamaged.
When the towing service arrives,let the tow operator
know that this manual contains towing instructionsand
illustrations. The operator may wantto see them.
Rear Towing
,A CAUTION:
A CAUTION:
To help avoid injury toyou or others:
e Never let passengers ride in vehicle
a
that is
being towed.
Never tow faster thansafe or posted speeds.
Never tow with damaged parts not
fully secured.
Never get under yourvehicle after it has
been lifted by the tow truck.
0 Always secure the vehicle on each sidewith
separate safety chainswhen towing it.
0 Never use J-hooks. Use only T-hooks in the
front T-hook slots and only R-hooks inthe
rear R-hook slots.
A vehicle can fall froma car carrierif it isn’t
adequately secured. This can cause
a collision,
serious personal injury and
vehicle damage. The
vehicle should be tightly secured
with chains or
steel cables beforeit is transported.
Don’t use substitutes (ropes, leather straps,
canvas webbing, etc.) that can be cut
by sharp
edges underneath thetowed vehicle. Always use
T-hooks inserted in the front
T-hook slots or
R-hooks inserted in the rear R-hook
slots. Never
use J-hooks. They will damage drivetrain and
suspension components.
5-10
When your vehicleis being towed, have the ignition key
turned tothe OFF position. The steering wheel should
be clamped in a straight-ahead position, witha clamping
device designed for towing service. Do not use
the
vehicle’s steeringcolumn lock for this. The transaxle
should be in NEUTRAL (N) and the parking
brake released.
Front Towing
Tow Limits -- 35 mph (56 kph), 25 miles (40 km)
Don’t have your vehicle towed on
the drive wheels
unless you must.If the vehicle mustbe towed onthe
drive wheels,be sure to follow the speed and distance
restrictions laterin this section or your transaxle willbe
damaged. If these limitations mustbe exceeded, then the
drive wheelshave to be supported on a dolly.
5-11
NOTICE:
Do not tow with sling type equipment
or
will occur. Use wheel-lift
fascidfog lamp damage
or car-carrier equipment. Additional ramping
may berequired for car-carrier equipment. Use
safety chainsand wheel straps.
Towing a vehicle over rough surfaces could
damage a vehicle. Damage can occur from vehicle
to groundor vehicle to wheel-lift equipment.
To
help avoid damage, install a towing dolly and
raise the vehicle until adequate clearance
is
obtained between the ground and/or
Attach T-hook chains on both sides,
in the slotted holes
wheel-lift equipment.
in the bottomof the frame rails, behind the front wheels.
These slots are to be used when loading and securing to
Do not attach winch cablesor J-hooks to
car-carrier equipment.
suspension components when using
car-carrier
equipment. Always use T-hooks inserted in the
T-hook slots.
5-12
Rear Towing
Tow Limits -- 35 m p h (56kph), 25 miles (40k m )
Attach a separate safety chain
around the outboard end
of each lower control arm.
5-13
NOTICE:
Do not tow with sling typeequipment or rear
bumper valance damage will occur. Usewheel-lift
or car-carrier equipment. Additional ramping
may be required for car-carrier equipment.
Use
safety chainsand wheel straps.
Towing a vehicle over rough surfaces could
damage a vehicle. Damage can occur from
vehicle
to ground or
vehicle to wheel-lift equipment. To
help avoid damage, install
a towing dolly and
raise thevehicle until adequate clearance
is
obtained between the ground and/or
wheel-lift equipment.
Do not attachwinch cables or J-hooks to
suspension components when using car-carrier
equipment. Always use R-hooks inserted in the
R-hook slots.
Attach R-hook chains to the R-hookslots in the frame
rails just ahead of the rear wheels on both sides. These
slots areto be used when loading and securingto
car-carrier equipment.
Overheated Engine Protection
Operating Mode
Should a low coolant condition exist and the message
STOP ENGINE ENGINE OVERHEATED is displayed,
an overheat protection mode which alternatesfiring
groups of four cylinders helps preventengine damage.
In this mode, you will notice a lossin power andengine
performance. This operating mode allows your vehicle
to be driven to asafe place in an emergency; you may
drive up to50 miles (80 km). Towing a trailerin the
overheat protection modeshould be avoided.
NOTICE:
Attach a separate safetychain around the end of each
axle inboard of the spring.
Engine Overheating
You will find anENGINE COOLANT HOT-IDLE
ENGINE message or aSTOP ENGINE ENGINE
OVERHEATED message onthe Driver Information
Center (DIC). There is also anengine temperature
warning light and/or gage on the instrument panel. See
“Engine Coolant Temperature WarningLight” or
“Engine Coolant Temperature Gage” in the Index.
After driving in the overheated engine protection
operating mode, to avoid engine damage,allow
the engine tocool before attempting anyrepair.
The engineoil will be severely degraded. Repair
the causeof coolant loss, change theoil and reset
the oil life indicator. See “Engine Oil, When to
Change” in the Index.
.
5-15
T f Steam Is Comz-.gFrom Your Engine
Steam from an overheated engine can burn
you
badly, even if you just open thehood. Stay away
from theengine if you see or hear steam
coming
from it. Just turn it off and get everyone away
from thevehicle until it cools down. Wait until
there is no signaf steam or coolant
before you
open thehood.
If you keep driving when your engine
is
overheated, the liquids in it can catch
fire. You or
others could be badly burned. Stop your
engine if
it overheats, and get out
of the vehicle until the
engine is cool.
NOTICE:
If your engine catches fire because
you keep
driving with no coolant,your vehicle can be
badly damaged. Thecostly repairs would not be
covered by your warranty.See “Overheated
Engine Protection OperatingMode” in the Index.
If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine
If you get theoverheat warning butsee or hearno
steam, the problem may notbe too serious. Sometimes
the engine can get a little too hot when you:
Climb a long hill on a hot day.
0
Stop after high-speed driving.
0
Idle for long periods in traffic.
0
Tow a trailer.
If you no longerhave the overheat warning, you can
drive. Just to be safe, drive
slower for about 10 minutes.
If the warning doesn’tcome back on, you can
drive normally.
If the warning continues, pull over,stop and park your
vehicle right away.
1. Turn off your air conditioner.
If there’s still no sign of steam, you can idle theengine
for two or three minuteswhile you’re parked, to seeif
the warning stops.But then, if you still have the
warning, turn off the engine and get everyone out of the
vehicle until it cools down. Also,see “Overheated
Engine Protection Operating Mode” listed previouslyin
this section.
2. Dial temperature control to the highest heat setting
and open the window, as necessary.
You may decide not to lift the hood but to get service
help right away.
If you get theoverheat warning with no sign of steam,
try this for a minute or so:
3. If you’re in a trafficjam, shift to NEUTRAL(N);
otherwise, shift tothe highest gearwhile
driving -- OVERDFUVE (a)
or THIRD (3).
When you decide it’s safe to
lift the hood, here’swhat
you’ll see:
A CAUTION:
An electric fan under the hood can start up even
when the engine is not running and can injure
you. Keep hands, clothing and tools away from
any underhood electric fan.
If the coolant inside the coolant surge tank is boiling,
don’t do anything else until it cools down.
A. Coolant Surge Tank with PressureCap
B. Electric Engine Fans
5-18
Heater and radiatorhoses, and other engine
parts, canbe very hot.Don’t touch them. If you
do, you can be burned.
Don’t run the engineif there is a leak.If you run
the engine,it could lose all coolant.That could
cause an engine fire,and you could be burned.
Get any leak fixed before
you drive thevehicle.
If it isn’t, the coolant levelshould be indicated bya
CHECK COOLANT LEVEL message on the Driver
Information Center.If it is, you may have a leak in the
radiator hoses, heater hoses, radiator, water pump
or
somewhere else in the cooling system.
I
C
E
:
Engine damageif you keep running your engine
without coolant isn’t covered
by your warranty.
See “Overheated Engine Protection Operating
Mode” in theIndex.
If there seems to be no leak, with the
engine on, check to
see if the electricengine fans are running.If the engine
is overheating, bothfans should be running.If they
aren’t, your vehicle needs service.
5-19
How to Add Coolant to the Coolant
Surge lank
If you haven’t found a problem yet, but the coolant level
isn’t at the proper level
(2.5 inches (6.4 cm) below the
base of the fill neck), adda 50/50 mixture of clean
water (preferably distilled) [email protected] at
the coolant surge tank,
but be sure the cooling system,
including the coolant surge tank pressure cap, is cool
before you do it. (See “Engine Coolant” in the Indexfor
more information.)
5-20
A CAUTION:
Steam and scalding liquids from
a hot cooling
system can blow out and burnyou badly. They
are under pressure, and
if you turn the coolant
surge tank pressure cap even a little they
can come out athigh speed.Never turn the cap
when thecooling system, including the coolant
surge tank pressure cap,
is hot. Wait for the
cooling system and coolant surge tank pressure
cap tocool if you ever have toturn the
pressure cap.
--
--
I
‘I,
:.b. H
A CAUTION:
Adding only plain water to your
cooling system
can be dangerous. Plain water,or some other
liquid like alcohol, can
boil before the proper
coolant mix will. Your vehicle’s coolant warning
system is set for the proper coolant
mix. With
plain water or thewrong mix, your engine could
get too hot butyou wouldn’t get theoverheat
warning. Your engine could catch fire and
you or
others could be burned.Use a 50/50 mix of clean
water and [email protected]
NOTICE:
In cold weather, water canfreeze and crack the
engine, radiator, heater core and other parts.
So
use the recommended coolant.
I
You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot
engine parts. Coolant contains ethylene
glycol
and itwill burn if the engineparts are hot
enough. Don’t spill coolant ona hot engine.
1. You can remove the coolant surge tank pressure cap
when the cooling system, including the coolant surge
tank pressure cap and upper radiator hose, is no
longer hot. Turn the pressure cap slowly
counterclockwise until it first stops. (Don’t press
down while turning the pressure cap.)
If you hear a hiss, waitfor that toston A hiss means
there is still some pressureleft.
5-22
2. Then keep turning the cap, but now push down as
you turnit. Remove the pressure cap.
3. Then fill the coolant surge tank withthe proper mix,
up to the baseof the filler neck.
5-23
4. With the coolant surge tank pressurecap off, start the
engine and let it fun until you can feel the upper
radiator hose getting hot. Watch out
for the
engine fans.
By this time, the coolant level inside the coolant
surge tankmay be lower. If the level is lower, add
more of the proper mixto the coolant surge tank
until the level reaches about2.5 inches (6.4 cm)
below the base of the filler neck.
5-24
5. Then replace the pressure cap.Be sure the arrows on
the pressurecap line uplike this.
Start the engine and allow toit warm up. If the CHECK
COOLANT LEVEL messagedoes not appear on the
Driver Information Center, coolantis at the properfill
level. If a CHECK COOLANTLEVEL message does
appear, repeat Steps 1 through 3 or see your dealer.
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire
It’s unusual for a tire to “blow out”while you’re driving,
especially if youmaintain your tires properly.If air goes
out of a tire, it’s much more likely to leak out slowly.
But if you should ever have a “blowout,” here are a few
tips about what toexpect and what to do:
If a tire goesflat, avoid further tire and wheel damage
by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on your hazard
Wi
; flashers.
If a front tire fails, the flat tire will create a drag that
pulls the vehicle toward that side. Take
your foot off the
accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly.
Steer to maintain lane position, and then gently brake to
a stop well out of the traffic lane.
I-Changing a tire can cause an injury. vehicle
The
A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts much likea
skid and may require thesame correction you’d use ina
skid. In any rearblowout, remove your footfrom the
accelerator pedal.Get the vehicle under control by
steering the way you want the vehicle togo. It may be
very bumpy and noisy, but you canstill steer. Gently
brake to a stop -- well off the roadif possible.
If a tire goes flat, the next part shows how to use your
jacking equipment to change a flat tire safely.
*
can slipoff the jack androll overyou or other
people. You and theycould be badly injured.
Find a level place to change your
tire. To help
prevent thevehicle from moving:
1. Put the shift lever
in PARK (P).
2. Set the parking brake firmly.
3. Turn off the engine.
To be even more certain thevehicle won’t move,
you can putblocks at the front and rearof the
tire farthestaway from theone being changed.
That would be the tire on the other side
of the
vehicle, at the oppositeend.
Removing the Spare Tire and Tools
The following steps willtell you how to use the
jack and
change a tire.
5-26
The equipment you’ll need isin the trunk. Pull the
carpeting from thefloor of the trunk. Turn the retainer
(center dial) on the compact
spare cover
counterclockwise to removeit. Lift and remove the
cover. (See “Compact Spare Tire” later in this section
for more information about the compactspare.)
Turn the nut holdingthe jack and wheel wrench
counterclockwise andremove it. Then remove thejack
and wrench.
Lift up the tire to remove it from the trunk.
Removing the Wheel Cover
F
The tools you’ll be using include thejack (A) and the
wheel wrench (B).
There is a center wheel cover on the aluminum wheel.
Using the flat endof the wheel wrench, gentlypry the
wheel cover off. Be careful not to scratch the aluminum
wheel edge and don’ttry to remove it with your hands.
5-28
Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the
Spare Tire
Getting under avehicle when it is jacked upis
dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack,you
could be badly injured
or killed. Never get under
a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack.
NOTICE:
1. Using the wheel wrench, loosen all the wheel nuts.
Don’t remove them yet.
Raising yourvehicle with the jack improperly
positioned can cause damage to the
vehicle and
even make thevehicle fall. To help avoidpersonal
injury andvehicle damage, be sure tofit the jack
lift head into the proper location before raising
your vehicle.
2. Turn the jack handle clockwise to raisethe jack lift
head afew inches.
5-29
10.5 INCHES
5.8 INCHES
(270mm)
(150 mm)
3. Position thejack under the vehicle and raise the
jack
lift head until itfits firmly into the notch in the
vehicle's frame nearest the flat tire.
Put the compact spare tire near
you.
4. Raise the vehicleby turning the jack handle
clockwise. Raise the vehiclefar enough off the
ground for the spare tire tofit under the vehicle.
5. Remove all wheel nuts and take
off the flat tire.
6. Remove any rust or dirt
from the wheel bolts,
mounting surfaces and
spare wheel.
A CAUTION:
Rust or dirt on thewheel, or on theparts to
which it is fastened, can make the
wheel nuts
become loose after a time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When
you change a
wheel, remove any rust or dirt from places
the
where thewheel attaches to thevehicle. In an
emergency, you can use a cloth or a paper towel
to dothis; but be sure touse a scraper orwire
brush later,if you need to, to get all therust or
dirt off.
pLCAUTION:
Never use oil or grease on studsor nuts. If you
do, the nuts mightcome loose. Your wheelcould
fall off, causing a serious accident.
7. Replace the wheel nuts
with the rounded endof
the nuts towardthe
wheel. Tighten each nut
by hand until the wheel
is held againstthe hub.
9. Tighten the wheel nuts
firmly in a criss-cross
sequence as shown.
I
8. Lower the vehicleby turning thejack handle
counterclockwise. Lower the
jack completely.
A CAUTION:
Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightenea
wheel nuts can cause the
wheel to become loose
and even come off. This could lead toan accident.
Be sure touse the correctwheel nuts. If you have
to replacethem, besure to get new GM original
equipment wheel nuts.
Stop somewhere as soonas you can and have the
nuts tightenedwith a torquewrench to 100 lb-ft
(140 Nom).
I
I
NOTICE:
Improperly tightenedwheel nuts can lead to
To avoid
brake pulsation and rotor damage.
expensive brake repairs, evenly tighten thewheel
nuts in the proper sequence and
to the proper
torque specification.
Don’t tryto put a wheel coveron your compactspare
tire. It won’t fit. Store the wheel cover in the trunk
until you have the flat tire repaired or replaced.
NOTICE:
Stoe-g the Flat Tire andTools
Storing a jack, a tire or other equipmentin the
passenger compartmentof the vehicle could
cause injury.In a sudden stop or
collision, loose
equipment could strike someone. Store all these
in the properplace.
After you’ve put the compactspare tire on your vehicle,
you’ll need to store the
flat tire in your trunk.Use the
following procedure to secure the
flat tire in the trunk.
Put the flat tire in the trunkso the side thatfaces out
when it is on the vehicle is facing down.The full-size
Wheel coverswon’t fit on your compact spare.
If
tire
will notfit down into the well. Place it so the front is
you try to puta wheel cover on your compact
spare, you could damage the cover or the spare. in the well andthe rear is out of the well.
Secure the tire with the retainer thatwas used to hold the
compact sparein place. Store the cover as far forward
as possible.
Storing the Spare Tire and Tools
1
CAUTION:
I
Storing a jack, a tire or other equipment in the
passenger compartmentof the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or collision, loose
equipment could strike someone. Store all these
in the proper place.
The compact spare is for temporary use only.Replace
the compact spare tire with afull-size tire as soonas you
can. See the storage instructions labelto replace your
compact spare into your trunk properly.
Compact Spare Tire
Although thecompact spare tire was fully inflated when
your vehicle wasnew, it can lose air after a time.Check
the inflation pressure regularly.It should be60 psi
(420 Wa).
After installingthe compact spare onyour vehicle, you
should stop as soonas possible and make sure yourspare tireis correctly inflated.The compact spare is
made to perform wellat speeds up to 65 mph
(105 km/h)
for distances up to 3,000 miles (5 000 km),
so you can finish your trip andhave your full-size tire
repaired or replaced where you want.
Of course, it’s best
to replace your spare with a full-size tire
as soon as you
can. Your spare will last longer and in
begood shape in
case you needit again.
5-35
NOTICE:
When the compact spare
is installed, don’t take
your vehicle through an automatic
car wash with
guide rails. The compact spare can
get caught on
the rails. That can damage the tire and
wheel,
and maybe other parts
of your vehicle.
If You’re Stuck: In Sand, Mud,
Ice or Snow
What you don’t want to
do when your vehicleis stuck is
to spin your wheels too fast.The method known as
“rocking” can help you getout when you’re stuck, but
you must use caution.
Don’t use your compact
spare on other vehicles.
And don’tmix your compact spare tireor wheel with
other wheelsor tires. They won’t fit. Keep your spare
tire and its wheel together.
NOTICE:
Tire chainswon’t fit your compact spare.
Using
them can damage your
vehicle and can damage
the chainstoo. Don’t usetire chainson your
compact spare.
If you let your tires spinat high speed, theycan
explode, and you or otherscould be injured. And,
the transaxleor other partsof the vehicle can
overheat. Thatcould causean engine
compartment fire or other damage.
When you’re
stuck, spin thewheels as little aspossible. Don’t
spin thewheels above 35 mph (55 k m h ) as shown
on the speedometer.
Rocking Your Vehicle To Get It Out
I NOTICE:
I
Spinning your wheels
vehicle as well as the
too fast while shifting
forth, you can destroy
I
can destroy parts of your
tires.
If you spin the wheels
your transaxle back and
your transaxle.
First, turn your steering wheel
left and right.That will
clear the area around your
front wheels. You should turn
your traction control system off.
(See “Traction Control
System” in the Index.) Then shiftback and forth
between REVERSE(R) and a forward gear, spinningthe
wheels as little as possible. Release the accelerator pedal
while you shift, and press lightly on the accelerator
pedal when the transaxleis in gear. If that doesn’t get
you out after a few tries, you may need to be towed out.
If you do need tobe towed out,see “Towing Your
Vehicle” in the Index.
-
For information about using tire chains on your vehicle,
see “Tire Chains” in the Index.
.
&
NOTES
5-38
&
NOTES
5-39
fi
5-40
NOTES
$z=*
‘
d
c
\
Section 6 Service and Appearance Care
Here you will findinformation about the care of your Cadillac.This section begins with service and fuel information,
and then it shows how to check important fluid and lubricant levels.There is also technicalinformation about your
vehicle, and a partdevoted to its appearance care.
6-2
6-3
6-4
6-5
6-7
6-10
6-15
6-18
6-21
6-25
6-27
6-30
6-3 1
6-39
6-40
6-48
6-49
6-52
Service
Fuel
Fuels in Foreign Countries
Filling Your Tank
Checking Things Under the Hood
Engine Oil
Air Cleaner
Automatic Transaxle Fluid
Engine Coolant
Windshield Washer Fluid
Brakes
Battery
Bulb Replacement
Windshield WiperBlade Replacement
Tires
Appearance Care
Cleaning the Insideof Your Cadillac
Care of Safety Belts
6-52
6-53
6-53
6-53
6-54
6-55
6-55
6-56
6-57
6-58
6-58
6-59
6-69
6-69
6-70
6-70
Cleaning Glass Surfaces
Cleaning the Outside of the Windshield and
Wiper Blades
Weatherstrips
Cleaning the Outside of Your Cadillac
Cleaning Aluminum orChrome Wheels
(If Equipped)
Cleaning Tires
Sheet Metal Damage
Chemical Paint Spotting
Appearance Care Materials Chart
Vehicle Identification Number(VIN)
Service Parts Identification Label
Electrical System
Replacement Bulbs
Capacities and Specifications
Air Conditioning Refrigerants
Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts
6-1
Your vehicle hasan air bag system. Before attempting
to do your own service work, see “Servicing
Your Air
Your Cadillac dealerknows your vehicle best and wants Bag-Equipped Cadillac” in the Index.
you to be happy with it.We hope you’ll go to your
You should keep a record with all parts receipts and list
dealer for all your service needs. You’ll get
genuine GM
the mileage and the dateof any service work you
parts and GM-trained and supported service people.
perform. See “Maintenance Record”in the Maintenance
We hope you’ll want to
keep your GM vehicle all GM.
Schedule booklet.
Genuine GM parts have one of these marks:
Service
em”
n
Delco
Doing Your Own Service
Work
If you wantto do some of your own service work, you’ll
want to get the proper Cadillac Service Manual.
It tells
you much more about how
to service your Cadillac than
this manual can.To order the proper service manual, see
in the Index.
“Service and Owner Publications’’
6-2
You can be injured and your
vehicle could be
damaged if you try to do service work on
a
vehicle without knowing enoughabout it.
0 Be sure you have sufficient knowledge,
experience, theproper replacement parts
and tools before you attempt anyvehicle
maintenance task.
0 Be sure to use the propernuts, bolts ana
other fasteners. “English”and “metric”
fasteners can be
easily confused. If you use
the wrong fasteners,parts can later break
or fall off. You could be hurt.
Adding Equipment to the Outsideof
Your Vehicle
Things you might add tothe outside of your vehiclecan
affect the airflow around it. This may cause wind noise
and affectwindshield washer performance. Check with
your Cadillac dealer beforeadding equipment to the
outside of your vehicle.
Fuel
Use premium unleaded gasoline ratedat 91 octane
or higher. Ata minimum, it should meet specifications
ASTM D4814in the United States and CGSB 3.5-M93
in Canada. Improved gasoline specificationshave been
developed by the AmericanAutomobile Manufacturers
Association (AAMA) for better vehicleperformance
and engine protection. Gasolines meeting the AAMA
specification couldprovide improved driveability
and emission control system protection compared to
other gasolines.
Be sure the posted octane for premium is at least 91.
If the octane is less than91, you may get a heavy
knocking noise when you drive. (In an emergency, you
may be able to usea lower octane -- as low as 87 -- if
heavy knocking does not occur.) If you’re using 91 or
higher octane unleaded gasoline and youhear
heavy knocking, your engine needs service.
If your vehicle is certified to meet California
Emission
Standards (indicated on the underhood tune-up label),
it is designed to operateon fuels that meet California
specifications. If such fuels are not available in states
adopting California emissions standards, your vehicle
will operate satisfactorilyon fuels meeting federal
specifications, butemission control system performance
may be affected.The malfunction indicatorlamp on
your instrument panel may turn on and/or your vehicle
may fail a smog-check test. If this occurs, return to your
authorized Cadillac dealerfor diagnosis todetermine the
cause of failure. In the event it is determined that the
cause of the conditionis the type of fuels used, repairs
may not becovered by your warranty.
Some gasolines that are not reformulated
for low
emissions contain an octane-enhancing additive called
methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl (MMT);
ask your service station operator whether or not this fuel
contains MMT. General Motors does not recommend
the use of such gasolines.If fuels containing MMT
are used,spark plug life may be reduced and your
emission control system performance may be affected.
The malfunction indicator lamp on your instrument
panel may turnon. If this occurs, return to your
authorized Cadillac dealerfor service.
6-3
To provide cleanerair, all gasolines in the United States
are now required to contain additives that will help
prevent depositsfrom forming in your engine and fuel
system, allowing youremission control system to
function properly. Therefore, you should not have to
add anythingto the fuel.In addition, gasolines
containing oxygenates, suchas ethers and ethanol,
and reformulated gasolines may be available
in your
area to help clean
the air. General Motors recommends
that you use these gasolines
if they comply withthe
specifications described earlier.
NOTICE:
Fuels in Foreign Countries
If you plan on driving in another country outside the
United States or Canada, the proper fuel
may be hard to
find. Never use leaded gasoline or any other
fuel not
recommended in the previous text on
fuel. Costly repairs
caused by useof improper fuel wouldn’t be covered by
your warranty.
To check on fuel availability, ask an auto club, or
contact a major oil company that does business in the
country where you’llbe driving.
You can also write us at the
following address for
tellyour
Just
advice.
giveand
going
you’re
whereus
Vehicle Identification Number(VIN).
Your vehicle was not designed for fuel that
contains methanol. Don’t use it. It can corrode
metal parts in your fuel system and also damage
plastic and rubber parts. That damage wouldn’t
be covered under your warranty.
6-4
General Motors International Product Center
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario LlH 8P7
Filling Your Tank
The cap is behind a hingeddoor on the driver’s side of
your vehicle.
The fuel door release
button is located to the
left of the steering wheel
next to the headlampknob
and on the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter.
The button only works in
PARK (P) when the ignition
key is in any position.
A CAUTION:
-
Gasoline vapor is highly flammable. It burns
violently, and that can cause very bad injuries.
Don’t smoke if you’re near gasoline or refueling
your vehicle. Keep sparks, flames and smoking
materials away from gasoline.
An alternatefuel door
release is located insideof
the trunk on the left hand
side. Pull itto release the
fuel door.
To take off the cap, turnit slowly to the left
(counterclockwise).
If you get gasoline on yourselfand then
something ignites it,
you could be badlyburned.
Gasoline can spray outon you if you open the
fuel fillercap too quickly. This spray can happen
if your tankis nearly full, and is more likely in
hot weather. Open the fuel filler cap
slowly and
wait for any“hiss” noise to stop. Then unscrew
the cap all the
way.
Be careful not to spill gasoline. Clean gasoline from
painted surfaces as soon as possible. See “Cleaning the
Outside of Your Cadillac” in the Index.
Hang thecap inside the fuel door while refueling.
6-6
When you put the cap back on, turnit to the right
(clockwise) until you hear a clicking sound. Makesure
you fully installthe cap.
NOTICE:
If you need a new cap, be sure to get the right
type. Your dealer can get one
for you. If you get
the wrongtype, it may notfit or have proper
venting, and yourfuel tank andemissions system
might be damaged.
Checking Thiw~sUnder the Hood
A CAU
r-
I
I
ION:
I
An electric fan under the
hood can start up and
injure you even when the engineis not running.
Keep hands, clothing and
tools awayfrom any
underhood electric fan.
-
I
Things that burn can
get on hot engine parts and
start a fire. These include liquids like gasoline,
oil, coolant, brake fluid, windshield washerand
other fluids, and plastic or rubber.
You or others
could be burned.Be careful not to drop or spill
things thatwill burn onto a hot
engine.
6-7
Hood Release
~
__
Pull the lever inside the
vehicle to open the hood.It
is located on the lower left
side of the instrument panel.
Then go to the frontof the vehicle and find the
secondary hood release lever whichis located under the
front edge of the grille. Lift
up on the release leveras
you raise the hood.
6-8
When you open the hood,you'll see:
A. Battery
B. Coolant Fill Location
C. Power Steering Fluid
D. Oil Fill Location
E. Engine Oil Dipstick Location
E Brake Master Cylinder
G. Transaxle DipstickPill
H. Air Cleaner
I. Windshield Washer Fluid
Before closing the hood, be sure all filler caps are on properly. Then pull the hood down and close
it firmly.
Underhood Lamp
Turn the parking lamps onto operate the underhood
lamp. The underhood lamp will come on whenthe
hood is opened.
Engine Oil
~ M I U MUNLEADED
DJa
W-
FUEL ONLY
M L
It’s a good idea to check your
engine oil everytime you
get fuel. In order to get an accurate reading, the oil must
be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground.
. .
..........
The engine oil dipstick is
located behind the radiator
on the driver’s sideof the
engine. The black handle
says ENGINEOIL on it.
HHrnHHMH
....................
”....
..............
...........
. .....:. ::
:
: :: - - i ..i .i. i..
..........
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
...................................................
::.a
I
.
.
If you have the Driver Information Center (DIC),a
CHECK OIL LEVEL message will appear when the
engine oil is approximately1 quart (1 L) low. If the
message is displayed, check the dipstick level and add
oil as needed.
6-10
Turn off the engine and give the oil a few minutes to
drain back into the oil pan.
If you don’t, the oil dipstick
might not showthe actual level.
Checking Engine Oil
1 1 1 out the dipstick and clean
it with apaper towel or
cloth, then pushit back in all the way. Remove it again,
keeping the tip down, and check the level.
I NOTICE:
Don’t add too much oil.
If your engine hasso
much oil that theoil level gets above the upper
mark that shows the proper operating range,
your engine could be damaged.
The oil fill cap is located
behind the radiator on the
passenger’s sideof the
engine. Turn thecap
counterclockwiseto
remove it.
When to Add Oil
If the oil is at or below theADD line, then you’ll
need to add at least
one quart of oil. But you must use
the right kind.This part explains what kindof oil to use.
For crankcase capacity, see “Capacities and
Specifications” in the Index.
Be sure tofill it enough to put the level somewhere in
the proper operating range.
Push the dipstick all the way
back in when you’re through.
6-11
What Kind of Oil to Use
Oils recommendedfor your vehiclecan be identified
by looking for the “Starburst”symbol. This symbol
indicates that theoil has been certified by the American
Petroleum Institute (API).Do not use any oil which
does notcarry this Starburst symbol.
If you change your own
oil, be sureyou use oil
that has the Starburst
symbol on the front of the
oil container.If you have
your oil changed for you,
be surethe oil put into
your engine is American
Petroleum InstitGte certified
for gasoline engines.
RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS
FOR B€ST FUEL ECONOMY AND COLD STARTING, SELECT THE LOWEST
SAE VISCOSITY GRADE OIL FOR THE EXPECTED TEMPERATURE RANGE.
HOT
WEATHER
LoOK
FOR THIS
SYMBOL
You should alsouse the proper viscosity oil for your
vehicle, as shown in the following chart:
COLD
WEATHER
DO NOT USE SAE 2OW-50 OR ANY
OTHER GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED
6-12
Engine Oil Additives
As shown inthe chart, SAE 1OW-30 is best for your
vehicle. However, youcan use SAE 5W-30 if it’s
going to be colder than 60OF (16O C) before your
next oil change. When it’s very cold, you should use
SAE 5W-30. These numbers on anoil container showits
viscosity, or thickness. Do not use other viscosity oils,
such as S A E 20W-50.
Don’t addanything to your oil.Your Cadillac dealeris
ready to advise ifyou think something should be added.
When to Change EngineOil
NOTICE:
Use only engine oil with the American Petroleum
Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines
(‘Starburst” symbol. Failure to use the
recommended oil can result in engine damage not
covered by your warranty.
I
GM [email protected] meets all therequirements for
your vehicle.
If you are in an areawhere the temperature falls below
-20°F (-29”C),consider using either an SAE 5W-30
synthetic oil or an SAE OW-30 oil. Both will provide
easier cold starting and better protection
for your engine
at extremely low temperatures.
I
Your Cadillac has an Oil Life Indicator.This feature
will let you know when tochange your oil and
filter -- usually between 3,000 miles(5 000 km) and
7,500 miles (12 500 km) since your last oilchange.
Under severe conditions, the indicator may
come on
before 3,000 miles (5 000 km). Never drive your vehicle
more than 7,500 miles (12 500 km) or 12 months
(whichever occurs first) without an oil change.
The system won’t detectdust in the oil. So, if you
drive in a dusty area, be sure to
change your oil
every 3,000 miles (5 000 km) or sooner if the
CHANGE ENGINE OIL message comes on.
Remember to resetthe Oil Life Indicator when the
oil has been changed.For more information, see
“Oil Life Indicator” in the Index.
6-13
How to Reset the Oil LifeIndicator
What to Do with Used Oil
After the oil has beenchanged, display theOIL LIFE
Did you know that used
engine oil contains certain
LEFT message by pressing the INFORMATION (INFO) elements that maybe unhealthy for your skin and could
button. Then press and hold the RESET (INFO RESET) even cause cancer? Don’tlet used oil stay on your skin
button until the display shows
“100.” This resets the
for very long. Clean yourskin and nails withsoap and
oil life index. The message will remainoff until the
water, or a good hand cleaner. Wash or properly throw
next oil changeis needed. The percentage of oil life
away clothing or rags containing used
engine oil. (See
remaining may be checked at anytime by pressing
the manufacturer’s warningsabout the use and disposal
the INFORMATION (INFO) button several times
of oil products.)
until the OIL LIFE LEFT message appears.For more
Used oil can be a real threat to
the environment. If you
information on the Oil Life feature,
see “Oil Life
change yourown oil, be sure to drain all free-flowing oil
Indicator” in the Index.
from the filter before disposal. Don’t
ever dispose of oil
by putting it in the trash, pouring
it on the ground, into
sewers, or into streams or bodies
of water. Instead,
recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used
oil. If
you have a problem properly disposing
of your usedoil,
ask your dealer,a service stationor a local recycling
center for help.
6-14
Air Cleaner
I
The air cleaneris located next to the windshield washer
fluid reservoir on thedriver's side of the engine.Be sure
the engine has cooled beforefollowing these steps to
replace the air cleanerfilter:
1. Disconnect the Intake
Air Temperature (IAT)
sensor from the base of
the air cleaner.
2. With a screwdnv&i,
loosen the air duct
clamp, which is
located at the mass
airflow sensor end
of the air duct.
3. Disconnect the air ductfrom the mass axflow sensor.
6-15
4. Unhook both air cleaner cover latches. One latch is
located near the radiator hose (not shown) and the
other latch is located next to theIAT sensor.
5. Pivot the air cleaner and air duct assembly toward
the frontof the vehicle. Remove the cover.
6-16
6. Take out the air cleaner filter and remove any
loose debris that may be found laying in the air
cleaner base.
7. Install a new air filter element. See “Normal
Maintenance Replacement Parts”in the Index.
Follow these steps to reinstall
the air cleaner assembly:
1. Slide the air cleaner lid into the slotsin the front
edge of the air cleaner base.
2. Pivot the air cleaner cover and the air duct assembly
downward. Make sure that both latches are secure
and fully engaged.
3. Reinstall the clean air ductover the mass airflow
sensor. Make sure that theduct is secure around the
entire outer edge of the sensor.
4. Tighten the air duct clamp.
5. Reconnect the IAT sensor.
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine when to
replace the air filter.
See “Scheduled Maintenance Services” in the
Maintenance Schedule booklet.
Operating the engine with the
air cleaner off can
cause you or others to be burned. Theair cleaner
not only cleans the
air, it stops flamesif the
engine backfires.If it isn’t there,and the engine
backfires, you could be burned. Don’t
drive with
it off, and be careful working on the engine with
the air cleaner off.
NOTICE:
If the air cleaner isoff, a backfire can causea
damaging enginefire. And, dirt can easily get
into your engine, which will damage it. Always
have theair cleaner in place when you’re driving.
6-17
Automatic Transaxle Fluid
How to Check
When to Check and Change
Because this operation can
be a little difficult, youmay
choose to have thisdone at your Cadillac dealership
service department.
A good time to check your automatic transaxle fluid
level is when the engine oil is changed.
Change both the fluid andfilter every 50,000 miles
(83 000 km)if the vehicle is mainly driven underone or
more of these conditions:
0
In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature
regularly reaches90°F (32°C) or higher.
In hilly or mountainous terrain.
0
When doing frequent trailer towing.
0
Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service.
0
If you do it yourself, be sure to follow
all the instructions
here, or you could get a false reading on the dipstick.
NOTICE:
Too much or too little fluid can damage your
transaxle. Too much can mean that some
of the
fluid could come out and fall on hot engine parts
or exhaust system parts, startingfire.
a Be sure to
get an accurate reading if you check your
transaxle fluid.
Use such as limousine service.
If you do not use your vehicle under
any of these
conditions, the fluid and
filter do not require changing.
See “Scheduled Maintenance Services”in the
Maintenance Schedule booklet.
Wait at least30 minutes before checkingthe transaxle
fluid levelif you have been driving:
0
When outside temperatures are above90°F (32°C).
At high speed for quite a while.
In heavy traffic -- especially in hot weather.
e While pulling a trailer.
6-18
To get the right reading,the fluid should be at normal
operating temperature, which is180 OF to 200 OF
(82°C to 93°C).
Then, without shutting offthe engine, follow
these steps:
Get the vehicle warmed up by driving about 15 miles
(24 km)when outside temperatures are above 50°F
(10°C). If it's colder than 50°F (lO"C), you may
have to drive longer.
Checking the Fluid Level
Park your vehicle on a level place. Keep the
engine running.
With the parking brake applied, place the shift lever
in PARK (P).
With your foot on the brake pedal, move the shift
lever through each gear range, pausing for about
three seconds in each range. Then, position the shift
lever in PARK (P).
0
Let the engine run at idle for three to five minutes.
1. The black transaxle fluidcap is located next to the
radiator hose and below the air cleaner assembly on
the driver's side of the engine. Remove the air
cleaner assemblyso you can reach the transaxle fluid
cap. The assembly is attached to the vehicle
by two
fasteners. Simply lift up on the air cleaner assembly
to remove it. Find the transaxle fluid cap and turn it
counterclockwise to remove. Pullout the dipstick
and wipe it witha clean rag or paper towel.
2. Push it back in all the way, wait three seconds and
then pullit back out ‘again.
1. Pull out the dipstick.
2. Using a long-neck funnel, add enough fluid at the
dipstick hole to bring
it to the proper level.
It doesn’t take much fluid, generally less than
one pint (0.5 L). Don’t oveflll.
NOTICE:
3. Check both sides of the dipstick, and readthe
lower level. The fluid level mustbe in the
cross-hatched area.
4. If the fluid levelis in the acceptable range, push
the dipstickback in all the way. Replace the air
cleaner assembly.
How to Add Fluid
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine
what kindof transaxle fluidto use. See
“Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in
the Maintenance Schedule booklet.
If the fluid levelis low, add only enoughof the proper
fluid to bring the level into
the cross-hatched area on
the dipstick.
6-20
We recommend you use only fluid labeled
[email protected], because fluid with that label
.is
made especially for your automatic transaxle.
Damage caused by fluid other than
DEXRON-In
is not covered by your new vehicle warranty.
3. After adding fluid, recheck the fluid level
as
described under “How to Check.”
4. When the correct fluid level is obtained, pushthe
dipstick back in all theway.
How to Reset TransaxleFluid
Change Indicator
Your vehicle is equipped witha transaxle fluid change
indicator. A CHANGE TRANSFLUID message will
display on the Driver Information Center (DIC) when
the powertrain computer determines that the transaxle
fluid needs to bechanged or at each 100,000 miles
(160 000 km)interval, whichever occurs first. When
this message appears,change the transaxle fluid and
reset the transaxle fluidlife indicator as follows:
1. Turn the ignition on butdo not start the engine.
2. Press and holdthe OFF and rear defog buttons on the
climate control at thesame time until the TRANS
FLUID RESET messageappears on the DIC.
Engine Coolant
The cooling s stem in your vehicleis filled with
DEX-COOL J engine coolant. This coolant is designed
to remain in your vehicle for 5 years or 150,000miles
(240 000 km)whichever occurs first, if you add only
DEX-COOL’ extended life coolant.
The following explains your cooling system and how
to add coolant whenit is low. If youhave a problem
with engine overheating, see “Engine Overheating” in
the Index.
A 50/50 mixture of water and [email protected]
coolant will:
Give freezing protection down to -34°F (-37°C).
Give boiling protection up to 265 “F(129°C).
Protect against rust and corrosion.
Help keep the proper engine temperature.
Let the warning lights andgages work as
they should.
NOTICE:
~
~~
~
-
When adding coolant, it is important that you
use only [email protected](silicate-free) coolant.
If coolant other than [email protected] is added to
the system, premature engine, heater core or
radiator corrosion may result. In addition, the
engine coolant will require change soonerat
30,000 miles (50 000 km) or 24 months,
whichever occurs first. Damage caused by the use
of coolant other than [email protected] is not
covered by your new vehicle warranty.
--
What to Use
Use a mixtureof one-half clean water (preferably
distilled) and [email protected] which
won’t damage aluminumparts. If you usethis mixture,
you don’t need to add anything
else.
Adding only plain water
to your cooling system
can be dangerous. Plain water,
or some other
liquid like alcohol, can boil before the proper
coolant mix will. Your vehicle’scoolant warning
system is set
for the proper coolant mix. With
plain wateror the wrong mix, your engine could
get toohot but you wouldn’t getthe overheat
warning. Your engine could catch fire
and you or
others couldbe burned. Use a 50/50 mix of clean
water [email protected]
6-22
I
NOTICE:
If you use an improper coolantmix, your engine
could overheat and be badly damaged. The
repair cost wouldn’t be covered by your
warranty. Too much water in the
mix can freeze
and crack the engine, radiator, heater core
and
other parts.
If you have to add coolant more than four times a year,
have your dealer check your cooling system.
I NOTICE:
If you use the proper coolant,
you don’t have to
add extra inhibitors or additives which claim to
improve the system. These can be harmful.
Checking Coolant
”urning the surge tank pressure cap when the
engine and radiator are hot can allow steam and
scalding liquids to blow out and burn you badly.
Never turn the surge tank pressure capeven a
little when the engine and radiator are hot.
--
--
When your engine is cold, the coolant level should be at
the FULL COLD mark, which 2.5
is inches (6.4 cm)
below the baseof the fill neck. Use a flashlight as
necessary to see into the tank.
The surge tank is located next to the
engine block on the
passenger’s sideof the engine.
The cooling system is under alot of pressure when it is
hot. If the CHECK COOLANT LEVELmessage
appears on the DIC, you will need to add coolant.
.......
..
... .........
................................
....................................... ... ........
......................................
.....
*
.
.
.
.
I
.
.
.
I
.
.
............
.”... ...”..
....................
........... ..
”
If this messagecomes on, it means you’re lowon
engine coolant.
6-23
Adding Coolant
Surge Tank Pressure Cap
If you need more coolant, add the proper
[email protected]
coolant mixture at the surge tank, but onlywhen the
engine is cool.
1 NOTICE:
You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot
engine parts. Coolant contains ethylene
glycol,
and itwill burn if'the engine parts are
hot
enough. Don't spill coolant on a hot engine.
When replacing the pressurecap, make sure itis tight.
The surge tank cap
is a 15 psi (105 kPa)
pressure-type cap and must be tightly installed
to
prevent coolantloss and possible engine damage
from overheating.Be sure the arrowson the cap
line up.
If the surge tank pressure cap needsbetoreplaced, a
General Motors capis recommended.
Thermostat
Engine coolant temperature is controlled
by a thermostat
in the engine coolant system.The thermostat stops the
flow of coolant through the radiator until the coolant
reaches a preset temperature.
If your thermostat needsto be replaced, a General
Motors thermostatis recommended.
6-24
Power Steering Fluid
The power steering fluid
reservoir is located next
to the coolant surge tank
How To Check Power Steering Fluid
When the engine compartment is cool, wipe thecap and
the top of the reservoirclean, then unscrew thecap and
wipe the dipstick witha clean rag.Replace the cap and
completely tighten it. Then remove thecap again and
look at the fluid levelon the dipstick.
The level should be at the
FULL COLD mark. If
necessary, add only enough fluid to bringthe level up
to the mark.
What to Use
When to Check Power Steering Fluid
It is not necessary to regularly
check power steering
fluid unless you suspect there aisleak inthe system or
you hear an unusual noise.A fluid loss in this system
could indicate a problem. Have the system inspected
and repaired.
To determine what kind of fluid to use,
see
“Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in
the
Maintenance Schedule booklet. Always usethe proper
fluid. Failure to use theproper fluid can cause leaks and
damage hoses and seals.
Windshield Washer Fluid
What to Use
When you need windshieldwasher fluid, be sure to read
the manufacturer’s instructions before use.If you will be
operating your vehicle in an area where the
temperature
may fall below freezing, usea fluid that has sufficient
protection against freezing.
6-25
Adding Washer Fluid
NOTICE:
0
0
0
The windshield washer fluid reservoir
is located nextto
the air cleaneron the driver’sside of the engine.
Open the cap labeled WASHER FLUID O K Y . Add
washer fluid until the tank
is full.
6-26
0
When usingconcentrated washerfluid,
follow the manufacturer’s instructions for
adding water.
Don’t mix water with ready-to-use washer
fluid. Water can cause the
solution to freeze
and damage your washer fluid tank and
other partsof the washersystem. Also,
water doesn’t clean aswell as washer fluid.
Fill your washer fluid tank
only
three-quarters full when it’s very cold. This
allows for expansion if freezing occurs,
which could damage thetank if it is
completely full.
Don’t use radiator antifreeze inyour
windshield washer. It can damage your
washer system and paint.
Brakes
Brake Fluid
system fixed, since a leak means that sooner or later your
brakes won’t work well,or won’t work at all.
So, it isn’t a good idea
to “top off’ your brake fluid.
Adding brake fluid won’t correct a leak.
If you add fluid
when your liningsare worn, then you’ll have too much
fluid when youget new brake linings.You should add
(or remove) brake fluid, as necessary, only when work is
done on the brake hydraulic system.
-
\ CAU-ION:
Your brake master cylinder reservoir is here.
It is filled
with DOT-3 brake fluid.
There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the
reservoir might go down. The first is that the brake fluid
goes down toan acceptable level during normal brake
lining wear. When new liningsare put in, the fluid level
goes back up. The other reason is that fluid is leaking
out
of the brake system.If it is, you should have your brake
If you have too much brake fluid, it can spill
on the engine. The fluid will burn if the engine
is hot enough.You or others could be burned,
and your vehicle could be damaged. Add brake
fluid only when workis done on the brake
hydraulic system.
When your brake fluid falls to a low level, your brake
warning light will come on.
See “Brake System Warning
Light” inthe Index.
What toAdd
NOTICE:
When you do need brake fluid, use only DOT-3
brake fluid -- such asDelco Supreme [email protected](GM Part
No. 12377967).Use new brake fluidfrom a sealed
container only.
0
Always clean thebrake fluid reservoircap and the area
around thecap before removingit. This will help keep
dirt from entering the reservoir.
’A
CAUTION:
I
With the wrong kind
of fluid in your brake
system, your brakes may not work
well, or they
may not even work at all. This could cause a
crash. Always use the proper brakefluid,
-
0
Using the wrong fluidcan badly damage
brake system parts. For example, just a few
drops of mineral-based oil, such as engine
oil, in your brakesystem can damage brake
system parts so badly thatthey’ll have tobe
replaced. Don’t let someone put in the
wrong kind of fluid.
If you spill brake fluid on yourvehicle’s
painted surfaces, thepaint finish can be
damaged. Be careful not to spill brake fluid
on your vehicle. If you do, washit off
immediately. See “Appearance Care’’ in
the Index.
Brake Wear
Your Cadillac has four-wheel disc brakes.
Disc brake pads have built-in wear indicators that
make a high-pitched warning sound when
the brake
pads are worn and new pads
are needed. The sound
may come and go or be heard all the time your vehicle
is moving (except when you
are pushing on the brake
pedal firmly).
Some driving conditionsor climates may cause a
brake squeal when the brakes are first applied
or lightly
applied. This does not mean something is wrong with
your brakes.
Properly torqued wheel nutsare necessary to help
prevent brake pulsation. When tires
are rotated, inspect
brake pads for wear and evenly torque wheel nuts in
the proper sequence toGM specifications.
Brake linings should always be replaced as complete
axle sets.
c
The brake wear warning sound means that soon
your brakes won’t work well. That could lead to
an accident. When you hear the brake wear
warning sound, have your vehicle serviced.
I NOTICE:
Continuing to drive with worn-out brake pads
could result in costly brake repair.
See “Brake System Inspection’, in the Maintenance
Schedule booklet under Part C “Periodic Maintenance
Inspections”.
Brake Pedal Travel
See your dealerif the brake pedal does not return to
normal height,or if there is a rapid increase in pedal
travel. This could be a signof brake trouble.
Brake Adjustment
Every time you apply the brakes, withor without the
vehicle moving, your brakes adjust
for wear.
Replacing Brake System Parts
Vehicle Storage
The braking systemon a modern vehicle iscomplex. Its
many parts have to be
of top quality and work well
together if the vehicle is to have really good braking.
Your vehicle was designed and tested with top-quality
GM brake parts. Whenyou replace partsof your braking
system -- for example, when your brake linings wear
down and you have tohave new ones put in -- be sure
you get new approvedGM replacement parts.If you
don’t, your brakesmay no longer work properly. For
example, if someone putsin brake linings that are wrong
for your vehicle, thebalance between your front and
rear brakes canchange -- for the worse.The braking
performance you’vecome to expect canchange in many
other waysif someone putsin the wrong replacement
brake parts.
If you’re not going to drive your vehicle
for 25 days
or more, take off the black, negative
(-) cable from
the battery.This will help keep your battery from
running down.
Battery
Contact your dealerto learn how to prepare your vehicle
for longer storage periods.
Batteries have acid that can burn you gas
and
that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you
aren’t careful. See “Jump Starting” in the Index
for tipson working around a battery without
getting hurt.
Every new Cadillac has aDelco [email protected] You
Also, for your audio system,see “Theft-Deterrent
never have to add water one
to of these. When it’s time
Feature” in the Index.
for a new battery, we recommend a Delco Freedom
battery. Getone that has the replacement number shown
on the original battery’s label.
6-30
Bulb Replacement
Headlamps
For any bulbchanging procedure not listed in this
section, contact your Cadillac dealer service department.
Halogen Bulbs
IA
CAUTION:
I
-
Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and
can burst ifyou drop or scratch the bulb.
You or
others could be injured. Be sure to read and
follow the instructions on the bulb package.
1
1. To access the headlamps, lift the cover asshown.
6-31
A
2. Turn the headlamp housing socket counterclockwise
to unlock the socketfrom the lamp housing.
3. Disconnect the socket from the harnessby separating
the locking clip.
4. Install the new bulb and socket to the wiring harness
connector. Make sure that the harness is locked
to the
bulb socket.
6-32
Headlamp Aiming
Your vehicle has the55 x 135 mini-quad headlamp
system. These headlamps have horizontal and vertical
aim indicators.The aim has been pre-set at the factory
and should needno further adjustment.
If your vehicle is damaged in
an accident and the
headlamp aim seems to be affected, see your
Cadillac dealer.Headlamps on damaged vehicles
may require recalibrationof the horizontal aimby
your Cadillac dealer.
5. Reinstall the headlamp housing socket back into the
headlamp assembly.
To check the aim, the vehicle should be properly
prepared as follows:
The vehicle must have allfour tires on a perfectly
level surface.
The vehicle should nothave any snow, ice or mud
attached to it.
0
0
There should not be anycargo or loading of the
vehicle, except it should havea full tankof gas and
one person or 160 lbs. (75 kg) on the driver’s seat.
Tires should be properly inflated.
The horizontal indicator should read “0.”
6-33
NOTICE:
If YOU find that the headlamp aiming needs adjustment,
follow these steps:
To make sure your headlamps are aimed
properly, read all the instructions before
beginning. Failureto follow these instructions
could cause damage to headlamp parts.
State inspection stations will allow a vertical reading
of
plus 0.76 degrees or minus0.76 degrees from the center
of the bubble.
It is recommended thatthe upper limit not exceed plus
0.4 degrees from the center
of the bubble. Other drivers
may flash theirhigh beams at youif your adjustment is
much above plus0.4 degrees.
1. Start by opening the hood and locating
the vertical
and horizontal aim indicators.The aiming screwfor
the horizontal aim indicator on
is the outboard side
of the headlamp cover and the aiming screw
for the
vertical aim indicator is on the inboard side.
6-34
2. Check the vertical headlamp aim first. Keep in mind
that your vehicle needsto be on a level surface. Turn
the vertical aiming screw untilthe bubble inside the
level is centered at “0.”
3. After the vertical aim is correct, check the horizontal
aim for each headlamp and adjust as necessary. Turn
the horizontal aiming screw until the end
of the
screw aligns with the“0.”
4. Recheck the vertical aimto make sure it remains
correct after the horizontal aim adjustment. Adjust
as necessary.
Front Turn Signal Lamps
1. The turn signal lampsare located below the
headlamps. To access, lift off the headlamp cover
(see Step 1 under “Headlamps”).
3. Remove the turn signal lamp housing socket and
replace the bulb.
2. Turn the housing socket clockwiseto unlock the
socket from the lamp housing.
6-36
Center High-Mounted Stoplamp (CHMSL)
1. Lift the trim cover to remove.
2. Twist the socket counterclockwise and remove the
socket and bulbfrom the housing.
3. Replace the bulb.
Reverse the stepsto reassemble the stoplamp assembly.
Rear Turn Signal Lamps and Taillamps
I
3. Press the bulb socket housing lever
and rotate the
socket counterclockwise to remove it.
1. Loosen the [email protected], but don't remove it.
2. Gently tilt the top portionof the lamp housing to
access the bulb sockets.
If you can't access thelower
bulb socket, remove thelamp housing completely.
6-38
Maintenance Replacement Parts” later in this section.
To
replace the wiper blade assembly:
1. Turn the ignition key to ACCESSORY and turn the
wipers on. Position the wiperson the windshield in
the “mid” wipe position. Then withthe door open,
turn the key toOFF.
4. Replace the bulb by pressing and turningit
counterclockwise.
5. Once you have installed the new bulb and socketinto
the lamp housing, insert the tabon the lower portion
of the lamp housing first, then gentlyfit the rest of
the housing in place.
Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement
It’s a good ideato clean or replace the wiper blade
assembly on a regular basisor when worn. For proper
windshield wiper blade length and type, see “Normal
2. Insert a screwdriverinto the slot as shown and press
down to release the wiper blade assembly.
3. Align the wiperarm pin with the hole on the wiper
blade assembly andsnap it into place to install.
6-39
Tires
Your new Cadillac comes with high-quality tires made
by a leading tire manufacturer.
If you ever have
questions about your tire warranty and where
to obtain
service, see your Cadillac Warranty booklet
for details.
--
U
Poorly maintained and improperly
used tires
are dangerous.
0 Overloading your tires can cause
,
overheating as a result of too much friction.
You could havean air-out and a serious
accident. See “Loading Your Vehicle” in
the Index.
0 Underinflated tirespose the same danger as
overloaded tires. The resulting accident
could cause serious injury. Check all tires
frequently to maintain the recommended
pressure. Tire pressure should
be checked
when your tires arecold.
CAUTION: (Continued)
6-40
Overinflated tires are more likely to be
cut, punctured or broken
by a sudden
impact such aswhen you hit apothole.
Keep tiresat the recommended pressure.
0 Worn, old tires can cause accidents.
If your
tread is badly worn,or if your tires have
been damaged, replace them.
See “Inflation Tire Pressure’’ in this section
for inflation pressure adjustment for higher
speed driving.
0
--
’
Inflation -- Tire Pressure
“he Tire-Loading Information label, whichis located on
the rear edge of the driver’s door, shows the correct
inflation pressuresfor your tires when they’re cold.
“Cold” means your vehicle has been sitting
for at least
three hours or driven no more than
1 mile (1.6 km).
If you’ll be driving at speeds higher than 100 mph
(160 km/h) where it islegal, raise the cold inflation
pressure of each tire to 35 psi (240 P a ) . When you end
this very high-speed driving, reduce the cold inflation
pressures to those listedon the.Tire-Loading
Information label.
NOTICE:
Don’t let anyone tellyou that underinflation or
overinflation is all right. It’s not.
If your tires
don’t have enoughair (underinflation), you can
get the following:
Too much flexing
Too much heat
Tire overloading
Bad wear
Bad handling
Bad fuel economy.
If your tires have too muchair (overinflation),
you can get the following:
Unusual wear
Badhandling
Rough ride
Needless damage from road hazards.
6-41
When to Check
Check your tiresonce a monthor more.
Don’t forget your compact spare tire.
It should be at
60 psi (420 P a ) .
The purpose of regular rotationis to achieve more
uniform wearfor all tires on the vehicle.
The first
rotation is the most important.
See “Scheduled
Maintenance Services” in the Maintenance
Schedule
booklet for scheduled rotation intervals.
How to Check
Use a good qualitypocket-type gage to check tire
pressure. You can’t tellif your tires are properly
inflated simplyby looking at them. Radial tires may
look properly inflated even when they’re underinflated.
Be sure to put the valve
caps back on the valve stems.
They help prevent leaksby keeping out dirt and
moisture.
Tire Inspectionand Rotation
Tires should be rotated every
6,000 to 8,000 miles
(10 000 to 13 000 km). Any time you notice unusual
wear, rotate your tires as soon
as possible andcheck
wheel alignment. Alsocheck for damaged tires or
wheels. See “When It’s Timefor New Tires” and
“Wheel Replacement’’ later in this section
for
more information.
6-42
When rotating your tires,
always use the correct
rotation pattern shown here.
Don’t include the compact spare tire in your
tire rotation.
After the tires have been rotated, adjustthe front
and rear inflation pressuresas shown on the
Tire-Loading Information label. Make certain
that all wheel nuts are properly tightened.
See
“Wheel Nut Torque”in the Index.
Rust or dirton a wheel,or on the parts to which
it is fastened, can make wheel
nuts become loose
after a time. The wheel could come
off and cause
an accident. Whenyou change a wheel, remove
any rust or dirt
from places where the wheel
attaches to the vehicle. In anemergency, youcan
use a clothor a paper towel to do this;but be
sure to use a scraper or wire brush later, if you
need to, to get all the rust or dirtoff. (See
“Changing aFlat Tire” in the Index.)
When It’s Timefor New Tires
One way to tell when it’s
time for new tires is to
check the treadwear
indicators, which will
appear whenyour tires have
only 1/16 inch (1.6mm) or
less of tread remaining.
You need a new tireif any of the following statements
are true:
0
0
0
0
0
You can see the indicators at three or more places
around the tire.
You can see cord or fabric showing throughthe
tire’s rubber.
The tread or sidewallis cracked, cut or snaggeddeep
enough to show cord or fabric.
The tire has a bump,bulge or split.
The tire has a puncture, cut or other damage that
can’t be repaired well becauseof the size or location
of the damage.
6-43
Buying New Tires
To find out what kind and size
of tires you need, look at
the Tire-LoadingInformation label.
I
Mixing tires could causeyou to lose control while
The tires installed on your vehicle when
it was new had
a Tire Performance Criteria Specification (TPC
Spec)
number on each tire’s sidewall. Whenyou get new tires,
get ones with that same TPC
Spec number. That way
your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed
to give properendurance, handling, speed rating,
traction, ride and other things
during normal serviceon
your vehicle. If your tires have an all-season tread
design, the TPC number will be followed
by an “MS”
(for mud and snow).
If you ever replace yourtires with those not having a
TPC Spec number, make sure they are the same
size,
load range, speed rating and construction type (bias,
bias-belted or radial) as your original tires.
6-44
driving. If you mix tires of different sizes or types
(radial and bias-belted tires), the
vehicle may not
handle properly, andyou could havea crash.
Using tires of different sizes may also cause
damage to yourvehicle. Be sure touse the same
size and type tireson allwheels.
It’s all right to drive
with your compact spare,
though. It was developed for use onyour vehicle.
___
form Tire Quality Grading
m e following information relates tothe system
developed by the UnitedStates National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration, whichgrades tires by
treadwear, traction and temperature performance. (This
applies only to vehicles sold inthe United States.)The
grades are molded on the sidewallsof most passenger
car tires. The Uniform Tire QualityGrading system
does not applyto deep tread, winter-type snow tires,
space-saver or temporary use spare tires, tires with
nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
or to some limited-production tires.
While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger
cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these
grades, theymust also conform to Federal safety
requirements and additional General Motors Tire
Performance Criteria (TPC) standards.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on
the wear rateof the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specifiedgovernment test course.For
example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one and a half
(1 1/2) times as well on thegovernment course as a tire
graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and
may depart significantlyfrom the norm due to variations
in driving habits, service practicesand differences in
road characteristics and climate.
--
Traction A, B, C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, A,
areB and
C , and they represent the tire's ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under controlled conditions on
specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete.
A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based
on braking (straightahead) traction tests anddoes not
include cornering (turning) traction.
'
6-45
Temperature
-- A, B, C
The temperature grades areA (the highest),B and C,
representing the tire’s resistance to the generation
of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under
controlled conditions ona specified indoor laboratory
test wheel. Sustained hightemperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life,
and excessive temperaturecan lead to sudden tire
failure. The grade C corresponds to a levelof
performance whichall passenger car tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard
No. 109. Grades A and B represent higher levelsof
performance on the laboratory test wheel than
the
minimum required by law.
Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation or
excessive loading, either separately or in combination,
can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced
carefully at the factory to give you the longestlifetire
and best overall performance.
Scheduled wheel alignment and wheel balancing are
not needed. However,if you notice unusual tire wear
or
your vehicle pullingone way or the other, the alignment
may need tobe reset. If you notice your vehicle
vibrating when driving on a smooth road, your wheels
may need tobe rebalanced.
Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel thatis bent, cracked or badly rusted
or corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming loose, the wheel,
wheel bolts and wheel nuts should
be replaced. If the
wheel leaks air, replace
it (except some aluminum
wheels, whichcan sometimes be repaired). See your
Cadillac dealer if any
of these conditions exist.
Your dealer will know thekind of wheel you need.
Each new wheel should have
the same load-carrying
capacity, diameter, width, offset and be mounted the
same way as theone it replaces.
6-46
If you need to replace anyof your wheels, wheel bolts
or wheel nuts, replace them only with new
GM original
equipment parts. This way, you will be sure to
have the
right wheel, wheel bolts and wheel nuts
for your
Cadillac model.
- - ~
Using the wrong replacement wheels, wneel bolts
or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous.
It could affect thebraking and handling of your
vehicle, make yourtires lose air and make you
lose control.You could have a collision in which
you or others could beinjured. Always usethe
correct wheel, wheel boltsand wheel nuts for
replacement.
I NOTICE:
The wrong wheelcan also cause problems with
bearing life, brake cooling, speedometeror
odometer calibration, headlamp aim, bumper
height, vehicle ground clearanceand tire or
tire chain clearance to the body and chassis.
See “Changing a FlatTire”in the Index for more
information.
Putting a used wheel on your vehicle is
dangerous. You can’t know how it’s been used
or
how far it’s been driven.It could fail suddenly
and causean accident. If you have to replace a
wheel, use a new GM original equipmentwheel.
6-47
r
Fire Chairc
__
NOTICE:
and instructions.And always open your doors or
windows when you’re cleaning
the inside.
Never use these to clean your vehicle:
0
Use tire chains only where legal and only when
you must. Use onlySAE Class “S” type chains
that arethe proper sizefor your tires. Install
them on thefront tires and tighten themas
tightly as possible with the ends securely
fastened. Drive slowlyand follow the chain
manufacturer’s instructions.If you can hear the
chains contactingyour vehicle, stop and retighten
them. If the contact continues,slow down until it
stops. Driving too fast
or spinning the wheels
with chains on will damage your vehicle.
Appearance Care
Remember, cleaning productscan be hazardous.Some
are toxic.Others can burst intoflames if you strike a
match or get them on a hot part
of the vehicle. Some are
dangerous if you breathe theirfumes in a closed space.
When you use anythingfrom a container to clean your
Cadillac, be sure to followthe manufacturer’s warnings
Benzene
0
Naphtha
0
CarbonTetrachloride
Acetone
Paint Thinner
Turpentine
0
Lacquer Thinner
0
Nail Polish Remover
They can all be hazardous-- some more than
others -- and they can alldamage your vehicle, too.
Don’t use anyof these unless this manual says you can.
In many uses, these will damage your vehicle:
Alcohol
0
Laundry Soap
Bleach
0
6-48
Gasoline
ReducingAgents
Cleaning the Insideof Your Cadillac
Using Foam-npe Cleaner on Fabric
Use a vacuum cleaner often to get rid
of dust and loose
dirt. Wipe vinyl or leather with
a clean, damp cloth.
1. Vacuum and brushthe area to remove any loose dirt.
Your Cadillac dealer hastwo cleaners, a solvent-type
spot lifter and a foam-type powdered cleaner.They
will clean normalspots and stains very well.Do not
use them on vinyl or leather.
Here are some cleaning tips:
1. Always read the instructions on the cleaner
label.
2. Always cleana whole trim panelor section. Mask
surrounding trim along stitch or welt lines.
3. Mix Multi-Purpose Powdered Cleaner following the
directions on the containerlabel.
a clean sponge. Don’t
4. Use suds only and apply with
saturate the material and don’t rub it roughly.
can -- before they set.
2. Clean up stains as soon as you
5. As soon asyou’ve cleaned the section, use a sponge
to removethe suds.
3. Use a clean cloth or sponge, and change to a
clean area often.A soft brush maybe used if
stains are stubborn.
6. Rinse the section witha clean, wet sponge.
7. Wipe off what’s left witha slightly damp paper towel
or cloth.
4. Use solvent-type cleaners ina well-ventilated area
only. If you use them, don’t saturatethe stained area.
8. Dry it immediately witha blow dryer.
9. Wipe with a clean cloth.
5. If a ring forms after spot cleaning, clean theentire
area immediately or it will set.
Using Solvent-Type Cleaner onFabric
2. Follow the solvent-type instructions described earlier.
First, seeif you have to use solvent-type cleaner at all.
Some spots and stains will clean
off better withjust
water and mild soap.
Shoe polish, wax crayon, tar and asphalt will stain
if left
on a vehicle’s seat fabric. They should be removed as
soon as possible.Be careful, because the cleaner will
dissolve them andmay cause them to spread.
If you need to use a solvent:
1. Gently scrape excess soilfrom the trim material with
a clean,dull knife or scraper.
2. Use very little cleaner, light pressure and clean cloths
(preferably cheesecloth). Cleaning should start the
at
outside of the stain, “feathering” toward the center.
3. Keep changingto a clean section of the cloth.
4. When you clean a stain from fabric, immediately
dry the area with a blow dryer to help prevent
a
cleaning ring.
Special Cleaning Problems
Greasy or Oily Stains
Stains causedby grease, oil, butter, margarine,shoe
polish, coffee with cream, chewing gum,
cosmetic
creams, vegetable oils,wax crayon, tar and asphaltcan
be removed as follows:
1. Carefully scrape off excess stain.
6-50
Non-Greasy Stains
Stains caused by catsup, coffee (black), egg,
fruit, fruit
juice, milk, soft drinks, wine, vomit, urine and blood can
be removedas follows:
1. Carefully scrapeoff excess stain, then sponge the
soiled area with cool water.
2. If a stain remains,follow the foam-type instructions
described earlier.
3. If an odor lingers after cleaning vomit or urine,
treat the area with waterhaking
a
soda solution:
1 teaspoon (5 ml) of baking soda to1 cup (250 ml)
of lukewarm water.
4. If needed, clean lightly with solvent-type cleaner.
Combination Stains
Cleaning Leather
Stains caused by candy,ice cream, mayonnaise, chili
sauce and unknownstains can be removed as follows:
Use a soft cloth with lukewarm water and a mild
soap or
saddle soap and wipe dry with a soft cloth. Then,
let the
leather dry naturally.Do not use heat to dry.
1. Carefully scrape off excess stain.
2. Clean with cool water and allowto dry.
3. If a stain remains, clean it with solvent-type cleaner.
Cleaning Vinyl
Use warm water and a clean
cloth.
Rub with a clean, dampcloth to remove dirt. You
may have to do it more than once.
Things like tar, asphalt and shoe polish will stain
if you don’tget them off quickly. Use a clean cloth
and a vinylAeather cleaner.See your dealer for
this product.
For stubborn stains, use a leather cleaner.See your
dealer for this product.
Never use oils, varnishes, solvent-based or abrasive
cleaners, furniture polish orshoe polish on leather.
Soiled or stained leather shouldbe cleaned
immediately. If dirt is allowed to workinto the
finish, it can harm the leather.
Cleaning the Top of the Instrument Panel
Use only mildsoap and waterto clean the top surfaces
of the instrument panel. Sprays containing silicones or
waxes may cause annoying reflections in the windshield
and even makeit difficult to see through the windshield
under certain conditions.
Cleaning Wood Panels
Use a clean cloth moistened in warm, soapy water (use
mild dish washing soap).Dry the wood immediately
with a clean cloth.
Cleaning Speaker Covers
Care of Safety Belts
Vacuum around aspeaker cover gently, so that the
speaker won’t be damaged.
Some spots and stains will
clean off better withjust water and mild soap.
If
something gets onone of them andyou need to use a
solvent, follow these steps:
Keep belts clean anddry.
1. Gently scrape excess soilfrom the trim material with
a clean, dull knifeor scraper.
2. Use very little cleaner, light pressure and clean cloths
(preferably cheesecloth).Cleaning should start at the
outside of the stain, “feathering” toward the center.
3. Keep changing to a clean sectionof the cloth.
4. When you clean a stainfrom fabric, immediately
a
dry the area with a blow dryer to help prevent
cleaning ring.
I
Do not bleach or dye safety belts. If you do, it
may severely weaken them. In a crash, they
might not be able to provide adequate protection.
Clean safety belts only with mild soap and
lukewarm water.
Cleaning Glass Surfaces
Glass should be cleaned often.GM Glass Cleaner(GM
Part No. 1050427) or a liquid household glass cleaner
will remove normal tobaccosmoke and dust films on
interior glass.
Don’t use abrasive cleaners onglass, because they may
cause scratches. Avoid placing decals on the inside rear
window, since they may have to
be scraped off later.
If abrasive cleaners are used on the inside
of the rear
window, an electric defogger element may be damaged.
Any temporary license should not be attached across the
defogger grid.
Cleaning the Outsideof the
Windshield and Wiper Blades
Cleaning the Outsideof Your
Cadillac
If the windshield is not clear after using the windshield
The paint finishon your vehicle provides beauty, depth
washer, orif the wiper blade chatters when running, wax, of color, gloss retention and durability.
sap or other material may be on the blade or windshield.
Clean theoutside of the windshield withGM
Windshield Cleaner, [email protected] (non-scratching
glass cleaning powder),GM Part No. 1050011. The
windshield is clean if beads do not form when you rinse
it with water.
Washing Your Vehicle
The best way to preserve your vehicle’s finish
is to keep
it clean by washing it often with lukewarm or cold water.
Don’t wash your vehicle in the direct rays
of the sun.
Don’t use strong soapsor chemical detergents. Use
Grime from the windshield will stick to the wiper blades liquid hand, dishor car washing (mild detergent) soaps.
that are petroleum based,or
and affect their performance. Clean the blade by wiping Don’t use cleaning agents
vigorously with a cloth soaked in full-strength windshield that contain acidor abrasives. All cleaning agents
should be flushed promptly and not allowed to on
dry
washer solvent. Then rinse the blade with water.
the surface, or they could stain. Drythe finish with a
Check the wiper blades and clean them as necessary;
soft, clean chamois or an all-cotton towel to avoid
replace worn blades.
surface scratches and water spotting.
Weatherstrips
Silicone greaseon weatherstrips will make them
last longer, seal better, and not stick
or squeak.
Apply silicone grease with a clean cloth at least
every six months. During very cold, damp weather
more frequent application may be required. (See
“Recommended Fluids and Lubricants”in the
Maintenance Schedule booklet.)
High pressurecar washes may cause water to enter
your vehicle.
Cleaning Exterior LampsLenses
Use lukewarmor cold water, a soft cloth and a liquid
hand, dish or car washing (mild detergent)soap to clean
exterior lamps and lenses. Follow instructions under
“Washing Your Vehicle.”
Finish Care
Occasional waxing or mild polishing
of your Cadillac
by hand may be necessary
to remove residue from the
paint finish.You can get GM-approved cleaning
products from your dealer.(See “Appearance Care and
Materials” in the Index.)
Exterior painted surfacesare subject to aging, weather
and chemical fallout that
can take their tollover a period
of years. You can help to keep the paint finish looking
new by keeping your Cadillac garaged
or covered
whenever possible.
Cleaning Aluminum or Chrome
Wheels (If Equipped)
Your Cadillac has a “basecoatklearcoat” paint finish. The
clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored basecoat.
Keep your wheels clean using
a soft clean cloth with
Always use waxes and polishes thatare non-abrasive and
mild soap and water. Rinse with clean water. After
made for a basecoatklearcoat paint finish.
rinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft clean towel. A wax
may then be applied.
NOTICE:
Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on
a basecoatklearcoat paint finish may dull the
finish or leave swirl marks.
Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other
salts, ice melting agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, bird
droppings, chemicalsfrom industrial chimneys, etc., can
damage your vehicle’s finish
if they remainon painted
surfaces. Wash the vehicleas soon as possible.If
necessary, use non-abrasive cleaners that are marked
safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter.
The surfaceof these wheelsis similar to the painted
surface of your vehicle. Don’t use strong soaps,
chemicals, abrasive polishes, abrasive cleaners
or
abrasive cleaning brushes on them because you could
damage the surface.You may use chrome polish on
chrome wheels, but avoid any painted surface
of the
wheel, andbuff off immediately after application.
Don’t take your vehicle through an automatic car wash
that has silicon carbide tire cleaning brushes. These
brushes can also damage
the surface of these wheels.
Cleaning Tires
Sheet Metal Damage
To clean your tires, use a stiff
brush with a tire cleaner.
If your vehicleis damaged and requires sheet metal
repair or replacement, make sure the body repair
shop
applies anti-corrosion material to the parts repaired or
replaced to restore corrosion protection.
NOTICE:
When applyinga tire dressing always take care
to wipe off any overspray or splash from all
painted surfaces on
the body or wheels of the
vehicle. Petroleum-based products may damage
the paint finish.
Finish Damage
Any stone chips, fracturesor deep scratches in the finish
should be repaired right away.
Bare metal willcorrode
quickly and maydevelop into a major repair expense.
Minor chips and scratchescan be repaired with touch-up
materials availablefrom your dealer or other service
outlets. Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected
in your dealer’s body and paint shop.
Underbody Maintenance
Chemical Paint Spotting
Chemicals used forice and snow removal and dust
control can collect on the underbody.
If these are
not removed, accelerated corrosion (rust) can occur
on the underbody parts such as fuel lines, frame,
floor
pan and exhaust system even though they
have
corrosion protection.
Some weather and atmospheric conditions
can create
a chemical fallout. Airborne pollutants
can fall upon
and attack painted surfaces on your vehicle.
This
damage can take two forms: blotchy, ringlet-shaped
discolorations, and small irregular
dark spots etched
into the paint surface.
Although no defect in the paint
job causes this, Cadillac
At least every spring,
flush these materialsfrom the
of
underbody with plain water. Clean any areas where mud will repair, at no charge to the owner, the surfaces
and other debris can collect. Dirt packed in closed areas new vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within
12 months or 12,000 miles (20 000 km)of purchase,
of the frame should be loosened before being flushed.
whichever occurs first.
Your dealer or an underbodycar washing system cando
this for you.
Appearance Care Materials Chart
6-57
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
14I
SAMPLE4UXVM072675
?
E N G l N E A 9 7
CODE
MODEL YEAR
I GN I
I
ASSEMBLY
PLANT
This is the legal identifierfor your Cadillac.It appears
on a platein the front cornerof the instrument panel, on
the driver’s side.You can see it if you look through the
windshield from outside your vehicle.The VIN also
appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts
labels andthe certificates of title and registration.
Engine Identification
The 8th character in your VIN
is the engine code. This
code will help you identify your engine, specifications
and replacement parts.
6-58
Service Parts Identification Label
You’ll find this label on the rear wall
of the trunk on the
passenger’s side. It’s very helpful
if you ever need to
order parts.On this label is:
your VIN,
0
the
designation’
information
paint and
0
a list of all production optionsand special equipment.
Be sure that this label
is not removed from the vehicle.
Electrical System
Headlamp Wiring
Add-on Electrical Equipment
The headlamp wiring has an individual fuse which is
powered by [email protected] electricaloverload will
cause the lamps to go on and off,or in some cases to
remain off.If this happens, have the headlamp wiring
checked right away.
NOTICE:
Don’t add anything electrical to your Cadillac
unless you check with your dealer first. Some
electrical equipment can damage your vehicle
and
the damage wouldn’tbe covered by your warranty.
Some add-on electrical equipment can keep other
components from working as they should.
Your vehicle has an air bag system.
Before attempting to
add anything electrical to your Cadillac, see “Servicing
Your Air Bag-Equipped Cadillac” in the Index.
MaxiFuse is a registeredtrademark of Little
Fuse Incorporated.
Windshield Wiper Fuses
The windshield wipermotor is powered by a MaxiFuse.
If the motor overheatsdue to heavy snow, etc., the
wipers willstop until the motor cools. If the
overload
is caused bysome electrical problem, be sure to have
it fixed.
Power Windows and Other Power Options
Circuit breakers protect the power windows and other
power accessories. Whenthe current loadis too heavy,
the circuitbreaker opens and closes, protecting the
circuit untilthe problem is fixedor goes away.
6-59
,~
MaxiF'usesIRelay Center
Fuse
The MaxiFuses and relays are located next to engine
the
compartment fuse block on the driver's side of the
engine. If a MaxiFuse should blow,have your vehicle
serviced by your Cadillac dealer immediately.
BODY 1
BODY 2
Defog Relay, Pull-Down Fuse,
Right and Left Heated Seat Fuse,
Electronic Level Control (ELC)
FuseRelay, Antenna Fuse, Heated
Mirror Fuse
BODY 3
Controlled Power Relay,
Controlled Power Back-up Relay,
Cluster Fuse, Platform Zone
Module (PZM) Fuse, Radio Fuse,
DAB Relay, Trunk and Fuel Door
Release Relay, High Beam Relay,
Comfort Fuse, Controlled Power
Relay, AMP Bose Only Fuse,
Right and Left Bose Relay
RELAY CENTER IDENTIFICATION
RELAY
Usage
Real Time Dampening (RTD)
Fuse, Convenience Fuse,BATT
Fuse, Passenger andDriver Seat
Belt Comfort Solenoids, Trunk
and Fuel Door Release Solenoids
and Relays, Door Lock/Unlock
Relays, DPR Relay, Park Lamp
Relay, Right and Left Park Fuse,
Rear Fog Lamp Relay
Fuse
Fuse
Usage
INADVERT Inadvertent Power Relay, Interior
Lamps Fuse, Cigarette Lighter-1
Fuse, Cigarette Lighter-2 Fuse
LAMPS
IGN 1
Headlamp Wash Relay (Export),
Headlamps Fusemelay, High/Low
Beam Control Relay, Fog
LampDRL Fuse, HazardFuse,
Mirror Fuse, Inadvertent Power
Relay, Right andLeft High Beam
Fuse, Right and Left Low Beam
Fuse, Stop Fuse, Fog Lamp Relay
(DeVille Concours Only),
DRL Relay
Rear Ignition- 1 Relay, Wiper
Fuse, Relay Ignition-1 Fuse,
Supplemental Inflatable Restraint
(SIR) Fuse, Accessory Relay
WINDOWS
Delayed AccessoryBus (DAB)
Relay
SEATS
Horn Relay, Driver and Passenger
Lumbar In/Out Relays, Driver and
Passenger Upmown Relays
BATT 3
Usage
Steering Column IgnitionSwitch
BATT 2
Steering Column Ignition Switch
IGN l*
Front and Rear Ignition-1 Relay,
Oxygen Sensor 1 and 2 Fuse, Fuel
Fuse, Cruise Fuse, DRL Relay,
Front and Rear Fog Lamp Relay,
Control Power Back-up Relay,
Ignition- 1 Fuse
BATT 1
Starter Relay and Solenoid,
ParMRev Fuse, Park Relay, PCM
Fuse, AC Compressor Fuse and
Relay, Fan Relay
BRAKES
A B S Brake Modulator
COOL FNS
Cooling Fan Relays 1 and 3
* Do
not alter OBDI1 related fuses or circuit breakers.
6-61
___~
Fuses andCircuit Breakers
Engine Compartment FuseBlock
The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected from
short circuitsby a combination of fuses and circuit
breakers. This greatly reduces thechance of fires caused
by electrical problems.
Look at the silver-colored band inside the
fuse. If the
band is broken or melted, replace the
fuse. Be sure you
replace a bad fuse witha new one of the identical size
and rating.
If you ever havea problem on the road and don’t have
a
spare fuse,you can “borrow”one that has the same
amperage. Pick some feature
of your vehicle that you
can get along without-- like the radio or cigarette
lighter -- and use its fuse,if it isthe correct amperage.
Replace it as soon as you can.
There are two fuse blocks in your vehicle: theengine
compartment fuse block and the rear compartment
fuse block.
6-62
The fuse block is located next to the air cleaner on the
driver’s sideof the engine. Lift the cover to gain access.
IFuse
c
CIG LTR1
COR LPS
LPS
INT
,
R HDLP LO
L HDLP L o
HDLPS
II
HAZARD
I
CIG LTR2
, ,, ,,
L HOLP HI
STOP
R
HDLP HI
MIRROR
IGN O(ENG)
DRL
,
WIPERS
FUSE CENTER IDENTIFICATION
AIC COMP
PCM(BAT)
PRKiREV
PCM(lGN)
DlSTR
on0
I1
CIGLTR1
CIG LTR2
Usage
Front and Rear Cigarette Lighters
(Full Console Only)
Right and LeftRear
Cigarette Lighters
L HDLP LO
Left Low-Beam Headlamp
R HDLP LO
Right Low-Beam Headlamp
L HDLP HI
Left High-Beam Headlamp
R HDLP HI
Right High-Beam Headlamp
FOG
Right and LeftFront Fog Lamps
Relay (Deville Concours Only)
RELAY
Fuse
Usage
DRL
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
COR LPS
Cornering Lamp Switch, Right and
Left Cornering Lamps
INT LPS
Trunk Lamp,Courtesy Lamps, Front
Vanity Lamps, Glove Box Lamp,
Garage Door Opener, Courtesy
Lamp Relay
i
HDLPS
Headlamp Relay, High/Low
Beam Control Relay, Right and Left
Low/High Beam Fuses
HAZARD
Electronic FlasherModule,
Turn/Hazard Switch,Right and Left
Front Turn Lamps, Right and Left
Rear Turn Lamps, Right and Left
Repeater Lamps (Export), Cluster
Fuse
STOP
MIRROR
Usage
.
Stoplamp Switch, Turn Hazard
Switch, ABS Controller,Stepper
Motor Cruise Control, Right and Left
Rear Stoplamps (Export)
Inadvertent Power Relay, Left
Outside Rearview Mirror Switch,
ALDL, Memory Mirror Module
Dimmer Switch, Cluster
I Fuse
IGN- 1
IWIPERS
A/C COMP
I Usage
I
Rear Ignition-1 Relay, Front and
Rear Fog Lamp Relays, Control
Power Back-up, DRL Relay
I Accessory
Relay,
Wiper
Switch
~
AC Compressor Relay,CoolingFan
Relays 1,2,3, Compressor Clutch
I A/C COMP IA/C Compressor
IPCM (BAT)* I PCM
-
DRL
Daytime Running Lamp (DRL)
Relay, Left and Right Low Beam in
DRL Mode, DRL Switch
IGN 0 (ENG)* Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
ABS
Anti-Lock Brake System
(ABS)/Traction ControlSystem
I
I
I
I
r
Usage
TCC and Exterior Travel
Brake Switch, Reverse Relay,
Electrochromatic Mirror (in Header),
Park Relay, Brake Transaxle-Shift
Interlock (BTSI) Switch,BTSI, PZM
ECS*
Transaxle Shift Solenoids, Mass
Airflow, Canister Purge, PCM,
Linear Exhaust Gas Recirculation
(EGR), Front Ignition- 1 Relay,
Torque Converter
PCM (IGN)*
Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
DISTR*
Electronic Ignition Control Module
CRUISE
Stepper Motor Cruise Control,
Power Steering PressureSwitch,
Low Refrigerant Pressure Cutoff
Switch, Park Relay
onverter (CAT) Rear
* Do not
alter OBD I1 related fusesor circuit breakers.
L
6-65
Rear CompartmentFuse Block
The fuse block is locatedon the front wall of the trunk
(behind the rear seat) on the driver’s side. Loosen the
four trunk trim fasteners and pull
the trim awayfrom the
fuse block to gain access.
,,
,
RLY IGN 1 I
RSS
I
,
SIR
I
I IGN 0-BODYI
ANTENNA I
,
I
TURN
I
lGONSOLE1
ICOMFORT I I
AMP
I
I
I
ELC
HTD MIR
I
RSS
I
lCONVENCl
PZM
HTD SEAT R
HTD
SEAT
I BAT
I
I
RSS
I
BRAKE I
,
PULL DOWN
HDLP
WASH
I RT PARK I I
LT PARK
,
Fuse
Usage
RLY IGN1*
Cluster, Cruise in Stalk, PZM,
Catalytic Converter Overtemp
Amplifier (Export), TCCSwitch
SIR
SDM, Left and Ri .t Door
Sensor
ELC Relay,Vacuum Pump,
ALC Sensor
~~
ELC
-
Electronic Flasher,
Turn/Hazard Switch
6-66
Usage
CONSOLE
Rear Zone Blower, Right and
Left Heated SeatSwitches
(Optional)
-
BRAKE
Brake, Vacuum Pump (VP)
Relay, VP Motor,
VP Pressure Switch
RSS
CV-RTD (CV-RSS)(DeVille
Concours Only)
IGN 0-BODY
PRNDL, Dual Zone Switch,
PZM, Cluster, AirControl
Module (ACM), UpperZone
Motor, Lower Zone Motor
(Optional), HVAC Solenoids,
Climate Control Panel Analog
Cluster (Console Shift Only),
Rear Defog Relay, ELC Relay
COMFORT
CD Player, Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE), Controlled Power
Relay, Air Control Module
(ACM), PZM
,
I
I R T / P H O T lCLUSTER,
L
Fuse
I Fuse
AMP (Bose Only)
(Optional)
I PZM
RADIOPHONE
I CLUSTER
ACC
I Usage
Usage
Right andLeft Hand Bose
Relay, Right andLeft Front
Speakers (On Door), Right and
Left Rear Speakers
I PZM
RadioReceiver,RadioInterface
Module (RIM)(Bose Only),
Phone, DAB Relay, Trunk
Release Relay, Fuel Door Release
Relay, HighLow Beam Relay
I SteeringWheelControls,Cluster
PZM, Electrochromic Mirror,
Rain Sensor (Optional),
Accessory Relay
Fuse
HTD
MIR
Right and
Left
Outside
Heated Mirror
HTDSEAT R
Passenger HeatedSeatRelay
(Optional)
HTD
SEAT L
Driver Heated Seat Relay
(Optional)
PULL DOWN
Trunk Pull-Down Motor
HDLP WASH
Headlamp Wash Relay (Export),
Headlamp Wash Motor
ANTENNA
Power Mast
Antenna
RSS
CV-RTD
(CV-RSS)
Module
(DeVille Concours Only)
6-67
Fuse
Usage
Fuse
Usage
CONVENC
Trunk Release Relay, Trunk
Release Solenoid, Fuel Door
Release Relay, Fuel Filler Door
Release Solenoid, Door Lock
Relay, Left Front DoorMotors,
PZM, Door Unlock Relay
RT PARK
Headlamp Switches,Rear Fog
Lamp Relay, RightFront and
Rear Sidemarker Lamps, Right
Rear Back-up Lamp (Export),
Park Position Lamp(Export),
Rear ParWTurn Lamps
BATT
Driver and Passenger Seat
Lumbar Switch (Optional),
Memory Seat Module
LT PARK
RSS
CV-RTD (CV-RSS)
(DeVille Concours Only)
Left Front and Rear Sidemarker
Lamps, Front Parking Lamps,
Left Turn/Stop/Tail Lamps,
Right and LeftLicense Plate
Lamps, Park Position Lamp
(Export)
* Do
6-68
not alter OBDII related fuses or circuit breakers.
Replacement Bulbs
Application
Headlamps, Composite
9005
Inner High Beam .......................
9006
Outer Low Beam .......................
3157 NA
Front Turn Signal .....................
Center High-Mounted Stoplamp (CHMSL) . . . 1156
Rear Turn Signal and Taillamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2057
Capacities and Specifications
Engine Specifications
Displacement . . . . . . . . . 279 cubic inches (4.565 cc)
Type .........................
4.6 L DOHC VS
VIN Engine Code
DeVille and DeVille d’Elegance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y
Concours ................................
9
Horsepower
DeVille and
DeVille d’Elegance . - . . 275 (bhp) @ 5600 rpm
205 (kW) @ 5600 rpm
Concours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 (bhp) @ 6000 rpm
224 (kW) @ 6000 rpm
Torque
DeVille and
Number
DeVille d’Elegance
....
300 (lb-ft) @ 4000 rpm
407 (N-m) @ 4000 rpm
Concours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 (lb-ft) @ 4400 rpm
400 (N-m)
@ 4400 rpm
Firing Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-7-3-4-5-6-8
Thermostat Starts
To Open.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177-184°F (81-85°C)
Capacities
Transaxle (4TSO-E) . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 quarts(14.2 L)
Crankcase (EngineOil with
Filter Change) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.0 quarts (6.62 L)
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . 10.68 quarts (10.1 L)
Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 gallons (75.7 L)
R- 134a Refrigerant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 lbs. (0.9 1 kg)
~
6-69
Vehicle Dimensions
WheelBase . . . . . . . . . . . . 113.8inches(289.1cm)
Length ................ 209.8 inches (532.9 cm)
Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56.4 inches (143.3 cm)
Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76.5 inches (194.3 cm)
Front Tread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60.9 inches (154.7 cm)
Rear Tread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60.9 inches (154.7 cm)
Wheel Nut Torque ......... 100 lb-ft (140 N-m)
Air Conditioning Refrigerants
Not all air conditioning refrigerants are the same.
If the
air conditioningsystem in your vehicle needs
refrigerant, be sure theproper refrigerant is used. If
you’re not sure; ask your Cadillac dealer.
Normal Maintenance
Replacement Parts
Air Filter Element
. . . . . . . . . . . . . AC Type A1096C
25096932
Fuel Filter Element . . . . . . . . . . . . AC Type GF-624
25121801
Engine Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC Type PF-58
25014377
PCV Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC Type CV-774C
6487779
Spark Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC Type 41-900
5614236
AC Type 131-66
Thermostat ....................
3531407
Windshield Wiper Blade
(Pin Type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2 2 inches (56.5 cm)
&I
NOTES
6-71
b
NOTES
-a*
Section 7 Customer Assistance Information
Here you will findout how to contact Cadillac if you need assistance.
This section also tells you how to obtain service
publications and how to report any safety defects.'
7-2
7-4
7-4
7-5
7-7
7-8
7-9
Customer SatisfactionProcedure
Address for Writing to Cadillac
Assistance for Text Telephone (TTY) Users
Cadillac Roadside Service
Roadside Service for the Hearing or
Speech Impaired
Gold Key Courtesy Transportation
Transportation Options
7-11
7- 12
7- 12
7- 13
7- 13
7- 13
7- 14
7- 15
BBB Autoline Information
Warranty Infomation
Reporting Safety Defects to the United States
Reporting Safety Defects to Canada
Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors
Ordering Service Publicationsin Canada
How to Order Service Publications
Order Form for Service Publications
7-1
Customer Satisfaction Procedure
Cadillac dealers have the facilities, trained technicians
and up-to-date informationto promptly address any
concerns you may have. However, if a concern has not
been resolved to your complete satisfaction, take the
following steps:
STEP ONE -- Discuss your concern with a member
of dealership management. Normally, concerns can
be quickly resolvedat that level.If the matter has
already been reviewed with
the Sales, Service or Parts
Manager, contact the ownerof the dealership or the
General Manager.
7-2
STEP TWO -- If after contacting a member of
dealership management, it appears your concern cannot
be resolvedby the dealership withoutfurther help,
contact the CadillacCustomer Assistance Center,
24 hours a day, by calling 1-800-458-8006. In Canada,
contact GM of Canada Customer Communication
Centre in Oshawa by calling 1-800-263-3777 (English)
or 1-800-263-7854 (French).
For help outside of the United States and Canada,
call the following numbers as appropriate:
In Mexico: (525) 625-3256
0
0
0
In the U.S. Virgin Islands: 1-800-496-9994
In the Dominican Republic:1- 800-75 1-4 135
(English) or 1-800-751-4136 (Spanish)
In the Bahamas: 1-800-389-0009
In Bermuda, Barbados, Antigua and the British
Virgin Islands: 1-800-534-0122
In all other Caribbean countries: (809) 763-1315
In other overseas locations, call GM International
Product Center in Canada at (905) 644-41 12.
In Puerto Rico: 1-800-496-9992 (English) or
1-800-496-9993 (Spanish)
4
7-3
For prompt assistance, please have the following
information available to give the
Customer
Assistance Representative:
In Canada, write to:
General Motorsof Canada Limited
Customer Communication Centre, 163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
0
Your name, address, home and business
telephone numbers
0
Refer to yourWarranty and Owner Assistance Information
Vehcle Identification Number (This is available
from the vehicle registration or title, or the plate at booklet for addresses ofGM Overseas offices.
the top leftof the instrument panel and visible
When contacting Cadillac, please remember that your
through the windshield.)
concern will likelybe resolved inthe dealership, using
the dealer’s facilities,equipment and personnel. That is
Dealership name and location
why we suggest you follow Step One firstif you have
Vehicle delivery date and present mileage
a concern.
Nature of concern
0
0
We encourage you tocall us so we can give your inquiry
prompt attention. However,if you wish to write
Cadillac, address your inquiry to:
Cadillac Customer Assistance Center
Cadillac MotorCar Division
30009 Van Dyke
P.O. Box 9025
Warren, MI 48090-9025
Customer Assistancefor Text
Telephone (TTY) Users
To assist customers who are deaf, hard
of hearing, or
speech-impaired and who use Text Telephones
(TTYs),
Cadillac has TTY equipment available its
at Customer
Assistance Center.Any TTY user can communicate with
Cadillac by dialing: 1-800-833-CMCC. (TTYusers in
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.)
Roadside Service
Each technician travels with a specially
equipped
service vehiclecomplete with the necessary Cadillac
parts and tools required to
handle most roadside repairs.
Cadillac Roadside Servicecan be reachedby dialing
1-800-882-1112,24 hours a day, 365 days a year.
This service is provided at no charge
for any
warranty-covered situation andfor a nominal charge
if the Cadillac is no longer under warranty.
Roadside
Service is available only in
the United States
and Canada.
Cadillac Owner Privileges
TM
Roadside Serviceprovides several Cadillac
Owner PrivilegesTM at “no charge,” throughout
your 1997 Cadillac Warranty Period -- 48 Months/
50,000 miles (80 000 km).
Cadillac’s exceptionalRoadside Service is more than an
auto club or towing service. It provides every Cadillac
owner with the advantage of contacting a Cadillac
advisor and, when appropriate, a Cadillac trained dealer
technician who canprovide on-site service.
Emergency Road Service is performed
on site for the
following situations:
0
TowingService
Battery Jump Starting
Lock Out Assistance
0
FuelDelivery
0
Flat Tire Change (Coverschange only)
Trip Interruption -- If your trip is interrupted due
to a warranty failure, incidental expenses may
be
reimbursed during the48 months/50,000 miles
(80 000 km)warranty period. Items covered are
hotel, meals and rental car.
7-6
Roadside Service Availability
Wherever you drive in the UnitedStates or Canada,
an advisoris available to assist you over the
phone.
A dealer technician, if available,can travel to your
location within a30 mile (50 km) radius, of a
participating Cadillac dealership.If beyond this radius,
we will arrange tohave your car towed to the nearest
Cadillac dealership.
Reaching Roadside Service
Dial the toll-freeRoadside Service number:
1-800-882- 1112. An experienced Roadside
Service Advisor will assist you and request the
following information:
A description of the problem
0 Name, home address, home telephone number
Location of your Cadillac and number you are
calling from
0 The model year, Vehicle Identification Number
(VIN), mileage and dateof delivery
'
Roadside Service for the Hearing or
Speech Impaired
Roadside Serviceis prepared to assist owners who
have
hearing difficulties or arespeech impaired. Cadillac has
installed special telecommunication devices called Text
Telephone (TTY)in the Roadside Service Center.
Any customer who has access to a (TTY) or a
conventional teletypewriter can communicate with
Cadillac by dialing from the United States or Canada
1-800-833-CMCC -- daily, 24 hours.
7-7
I
Gold Key Courtesy Transportation
One of your Cadillac Owner Privileges is Gold Key
Courtesy Transportation.It is just one more exampleof
Cadillac’s commitment to provide the services
you
expect and deserve as a Cadillac owner.
Our Cadillac Dealer Technician network is ready and
able to assist Cadillac customers at roadside.
Gold Key Courtesy Transportation helps you get where
you need to be when your Cadillac istheindealership
for warranty service.*
In Canada, please consult yourGM dealer for
information on Courtesy Transportation.
7-8
i
I
Transportation Options*
Miscellaneous Service*
Warranty work can frequently be handled in one day,
but thereis often no reasonfor you to wait at the
dealership. Cadillac helps minimizeinconvenience
to you byproviding several transportation options.
Depending on the circumstances, your dealership
can offer you one of the following options:
Should the situation necessitate making your own
arrangements, Gold Key Courtesy Transportation
provides for reimbursement of personally arranged
transportation such as cab fare, reasonable fuel expenses
for a ride providedby another individual ora rental
vehicle obtainedfrom an independent source.
Shuttle Service*
*Some restrictions may apply. Please consult your
Cadillac dealer concerning specific Gold Key Courtesy
Transportation benefits ofered by the dealership.
Your dealership canprovide you with shuttle service to
get you to your destination with minimal interruptionof
your dailyschedule when your Cadillac is unavailable
due to a warranty repair.
Courtesy Vehicle*
For repairs that require your vehicle to be unavailable
to
you for an extended periodof time, your dealer may
arrange toprovide you with a courtesy vehiclefrom the
dealership, or one obtained from a local rental agency.
Plan Ahead When Possible
Whenever possible,scheduling an appointment for your
vehicle’s warranty service and advising your service
consultant thatyou wish to takeadvantage of Gold Key
Courtesy Transportation can help minimize your
inconvenience by allowing your dealer to prepare
arrangements to fulfill your transportationneeds in
advance of your visit.
7-9
_.
Owner Responsibilities
You are responsiblefor primary insurancecoverage of
the vehicle provided. In many cases, your own auto
insurance policymay provide this coverage under
provisions for rental caragreements. Please consult your
insurance carrier to be certain
of what’s covered.
While your dealership will cover the rental
expense of
a vehicle provided under the provisions
of Gold Key
Courtesy Transportation, youare responsible for
charges incurredfor such items as fuel used, additional
insurance coverage and any taxes
or fees levied by state
or local governmental agencies.
7-10
It is important that your vehicle be picked
up from the
dealership promptlyfollowing the completionof your
repairs. If your vehicle is not picked
up from the
dealership withina reasonable amountof time following
notification from the dealer, you
may be responsible
for any additional rental charges incurred as a result
of this delay.
For Canadian Vehicles
In Canada, for warranty repairs
during the Complete
Vehicle Coverage period in the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty, interim transportation may be available under
the Courtesy Transportation Program. Please consult
your dealerfor details.
GM Participation inan Alternative
Dispute Resolution Program
This program is available in all50 states and the District
of Columbia. Canadian owners refer to your Warranty
and OwnerAssistance Information booklet for
information on the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration
Plan (CAMVAP). General Motors reserves the right to
change eligibility limitations and/or to discontinue
its
participation in this program.
Both Cadillac and your Cadillac dealer are
committed to
making sure you arecompletely satisfied with your new
vehicle. Our experience has shown that,if a situation
arises where youfeel your concern has not been
adequately addressed,the Customer Satisfaction
Procedure described earlier in this sectionis
very successful.
There may be instances wherean impartial third party
can assist in arriving at a solution todisagreement
a
regarding vehicle repairs or interpretation
of the New
Vehicle Limited Warranty. To assist in resolving these
disagreements, Cadillac voluntarily participates in BBB
AUTO LINE.
BBB AUTO LINE is an out-of-court program
administered by the BetterBusiness Bureau system
to settle automotive disputes. This program is available
free of charge to customers who currently own or lease a
GM vehicle.
If you are not satisfied afterfollowing the Customer
Satisfaction Procedure, you may contact the
BBB using
the toll-free telephone number, or write them at the
following address:
BBB AUTO LINE
Council of Better Business Bureaus, Inc.
4200 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 800
Arlington, VA 22203- 1804
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
To file a claim, you will be asked toprovide your name
and address, your Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
and a statementof the nature of your complaint.
Eligibility is limitedby vehicle age and mileage, and
other factors.
We prefer you utilize the Customer Satisfaction
Procedure before you resort
to AUTO LINE, but you
may contact theBBB at any time. The BBB will attempt
to resolve the complaint serving
as an intermediary.If
this mediationis unsuccessful, an informal hearing will
be scheduled where eligible customers
may present their
case to an impartial third-party arbitrator.
The arbitrator will make a decision which
you may
accept or reject.If you accept the decision, GM will be
bound by that decision.The entire dispute resolution
procedure should ordinarily take about
40 days from the
time you file a claim until a decision
is made.
Some state laws may require youto use this program
before filing a claim with
a state-run arbitration program
or in the courts. For further information, contact the
BBB at 1-800-955-5100 or the Cadillac Customer
Assistance Center at 1-800-458-8006.
Warranty Information
Your vehicle comes with a separate warranty booklet
that contains detailed warranty information.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
TO THE UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could
cause a crashor could cause injury or death, you should
immediately inform the National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA),in addition to
notifying General Motors.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an
investigation, andif it finds that a safety defect exists
in
a group of vehicles, itmay order a recall and remedy
campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your dealer or
General Motors.
To contact NHTSA, you may either call the Auto Safety
Hotline toll-free at 1-800-424-9393 (or 366-0123 in
the Washington, D.C. area)or write to:
NHTSA, U.S. Department of Transportation
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other information about motor
vehicle safetyfrom the Hotline.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
TO THE CANADIAN
GOVERNMENT
If you live in Canada, and you believe that your vehicle
has a safety defect,you should immediately notify
Transport Canada, in addition to notifyingGeneral
Motors of Canada Limited. You may write to:
Transport Canada
Box 8880
Ottawa, Ontario K1G 352
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
TO GENERAL MOTORS
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport
Canada)
in a situation like this,we certainly hope you’ll notify
us. Please call us at 1-800-458-8006 or write:
Cadillac Customer Assistance CC
Cadillac MotorCar Division
30009 Van Dyke
P.O. Box 9025
Warren, MI 48090-9025
In Canada, please call us at 1-800-263-3777 (English)
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). Or, write:
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Communication Centre, 163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario LlH 8P7
Ordering Service and Owner
Publications in Canada
Service manuals, service bulletins, owner’s
manuals and
other service literature are available
for purchase for all
current and past modelGeneral Motors vehicles.
The toll-free telephone number for ordering information
in Canada is 1-800-668-5539.
1997 CADILLAC SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ORDERING INFORMATION
The following publications covering the operation and servicing
of your vehicle can be purchased by filling out
the Service Publication Order Form
in this book and mailing it in with your check, money order,
or credit card information to Helm, incorporated (address below.)
CURRENT PUBLICATIONS FOR 1997 CADILLAC
SERVICE MANUALS
Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair information
on engines, transmission, axle, suspension, brakes,
electrical, steering, body, etc.
RETAIL SELL PRICE: $90.00
OWNER’S INFORMATION
Owner publications are written directly for Owners and
intended to provide basic operational information about the
vehicle. The owner’s manualwill include the Maintenance
Schedule for all models.
TRANSMISSION, TRANSAXLE, TRANSFER CASE
UNIT REPAIR MANUAL
This manual provides information on unit repair service
procedures, adjustments and specifications for the
1997 GM transmissions, transaxles and transfer cases.
RETAIL SELL PRICE: $40.00
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, Owner’s Manual and
Warranty Booklet.
RETAIL SELL PRICE:$15.00
Without Portfolio: Owner’s Manual only.
0.00
RETAIL SELL PRICE: $1
CURRENT & PAST MODEL ORDER FORMS
SERVICE BULLETINS
Service Publications are available for current and past
Service Bulletins give technical service information needed model GM vehicles.To request an order form, please
to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks. specify year and model name
of the vehicle.
in the
Each bulletin contains instructions to assist
diagnosis and service of your vehicle.
PLEASE COMPLETE THE ORDERFORM SHOWN ON
THE FOLLOWING PAGE AND MAIL
TO:
Helm, Incorporated PO. Box 07130 Detroit, MI 48207
.
OR ORDER TOLL FREE: 1-800-7824356
Monday-Friday 8:OO AM - 6:OO PM Eastern Time
For Credii CardOrders Only (VISA-MasterCard-Discover)
a
ORDER TOLL FREE
Orders will be mailed within
10 days of receipt. Please allow ade uate time for postal
service. If further information is needed, write to the address s own below or call
1-800-782-4356. Material cannot be returned for credit without packing slip with return
1-800-782-4356
information within30 days of delivery. On returns, a re-stocking fee may be applied
(Monday-Friday8:OO AM - 6:OO PM EST)
against
the original order.
FAX Orders Onlv 1-31 3-865-5927
VEHlCtE MODEL
PRICE
PUBLICATION FORM
TOTAL
ITEM DESCRIPTION
QTY'
NUMBER
NAME
YEAR
PRICE
EACH*
(NOTE: For Credit Card Holders
Only)
I
'
19.
Manual
Service
Car & Light Truck
Transmission Unit Repair
9
7
1997
$40.00
Owner's Manual In Portfolio
$1 1997
5.00
Owner's Manual Without Portfolio
$1 1997
0.00
G
S
H
I
P
T
0
TOTAL MATERIAL
NOTE: Dealers and Companies please provide dealer or company name, and also the
Check or Money
name of the personto whose attention the shipment should be sent.
Order payableto
Mail completed order form to:
Helm, tnc. (USA funds
HELM, INCORPORATED P.O. Box 07130 Detroit, MI 48207
only do not send cash.)
For purchases outsideU.S.A. please writeto the above address for quotation.
(CUSTOMER'S
(ATTENTION)
NAME)
(STREET ADDRESS-NO
(CITY)
DAYTIME
TELEPHONE
NO.
P.O. BOX NUMBERS)
(STATE)
(ZIP CODE)
0
AREA CODE
~~
OM-CAD-ORD97
'(Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring
obligation. Allow ample time for
delivery.)
P
A 0Mastercard
Y 0VISA
M nD'Iscover
E Number:
N Expiration
Date mo/yr:
T
Michigan Purchasers
add 6% sales tax
Canadian Postage
(See Note Below)
I
GRANDTOTAL
I
I
I
111ml
-
$5.00
US. Order
Processing
Checkhere if your billing address
is different from your shipping
address shown.
CUSTOMER SIGNATURE
L
Note to Canadian Customers:All listed prices are quotedin U.S. funds. Canadian residents
are to make checks payablein U.S. funds. To cover Canadian postage, add$11.50 plus the
US. order processing.
b
NOTES
. .
Section 8 Index
ABS.........................................
4.7
N C Off For Engine Protection Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-89
Adding Equipment to the Outsideof Your Cadillac . . . . . 6-3
AirBag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-22
How Does it Restrain ..........................
1-27
How it Works ................................
1-24
Location ....................................
1-24
Readiness Light .........................
1.23.2.75
Servicing ...................................
1-29
What Makes it Inflate ..........................
1-26
What Will You See After it Inflates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
1-26
When Should it Inflate .........................
Aircleaner ....................................
6-15
AirConditioning ...............................
3-10
Air Conditioning Refrigerants .....................
6-70
Air Control. Climate Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.3.7
Theft-Deterrent ..........................
2- 17
6-46
Alignment and Balance. Tire ......................
Aluminum Wheels. Cleaning ......................
6-54
Analog Cluster Climate Control Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
2-87
Analog Control Buttons ..........................
3-32
Antenna.Power ................................
Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
Alarm.
Anti-Lock
Brake System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.77.4.7
Brakes ......................................
4-7
Anti-LockoutFeature ............................
2-7
Anti.Theft. Radio ..............................
3-29
Appearancecare ...............................
6-48
Appearance Care Materials .......................
6-57
Apply Brake To Shift Message ....................
2-89
Arbitration Program .............................
7-11
Armrest.Storage ..........................
2.59.2.60
Ashtrays ......................................
2-61
Assist Handles .................................
2-63
2-64
Astroroof .....................................
Audio Equipment. Adding ........................
3-31
Audio Steering Wheel Controls ....................
3-30
3-14
Audio Systems .................................
Automatic Door Locks ............................
2-5
2-27
Automatic Overdrive ............................
Automatic Transaxle ............................. 2-22
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-18
Operation ...................................
2-25
Shifting .....................................
2-25
2-22
Starting Your Engine ..........................
2-15
Automatic Pull-Down Feature .....................
8-1
Battery ......................................
6-30
Jump Starting .................................
5-4
No Charge Message ...........................
2-89
Replacement. Remote Keyless Entry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 11
Volts High Message ...........................
2-89
VoltsLow Message ...........................
2-89
Warnings ................................
5.4. 5.6
Battery Guard Storage ...........................
2-52
Battery Saver ..................................
2-50
Exterior Lighting .............................
2-50
InadvertentPower ............................
2-52
BBB Auto Line ................................
7-11
Better Business Bureau Mediation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7- 11
Brake
Adjustment ..................................
6-29
Fluid .......................................
6-27
6-27
Master Cylinder ..............................
Parking .....................................
2-28
PedalTravel .................................
6-29
6-30
Replacing System Parts ........................
System Warning Light .........................
2-76
Trailer ......................................
4-36
2-33
Transaxle Shift Interlock .......................
Wear .......................................
6-29
Brake Vacuum Problem Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-90
4-7
Brakes. Anti-Lock ...............................
Braking ........................................
4-6
4- 10
Braking in Emergencies ..........................
2-20
Break-InyNew Vehicle ..........................
Brightness Control ..............................
2-50
BTSI .........................................
2-33
Bulb Replacement ..............................
6-3 1
6-69
Capacities and Specifications ....................
2.34.4.29. 4.36
CarbonMonoxide ....................
Cassette Tape Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17.3.20. 3.24
3-31
Cassette Tape Player Care ........................
Cassette Tape Player Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17.3.20.
3-24
2-63
CeUularTelephone ..............................
Center Console Storage Area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60
Center High-Mounted Stoplamp. Bulb Replacement . . . 6-37
Center Passenger Position ........................
1-30
2-4
Central Door Unlocking System ....................
Certification Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Chains.Safety .................................
4-36
6-48
Chains.Tire ...................................
Change Engine Oil Message ......................
2-90
Change Trans Fluid Message ......................
2-90
Changing a Flat Tire.............................
5-25
Charging System Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-75
Check Brake Fluid Level Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-90
Check Coolant Level Message.....................
2-90
Check Fuel Gage Message........................
2-90
2-90
Check Oil Level Message ........................
Check Washer Fluid Message .....................
2-91
Checking Your Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48
Chemical Paint Spotting ..........................
6-56
ChildRestraints ................................
1-37
. . . . . . . . . . . 1-39
Securing in a Rear Outside Seat Position
.......... 1-41
Securing in the Center Rear Seat Position
Securing inthe Right Front Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . 1-43
TopStrap ...................................
1-38
WheretoPut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37
6-37
CHMSL ......................................
6-54
Chrome Wheels. Cleaning ........................
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-6 1
Circuit Breakers and Fuses .......................
6-62
Cleaner.Air ...................................
6-15
Cleaning
Aluminum or Chrome Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
Fabric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.49.6.50
Glass .......................................
6-52
Inside ofYour Cadillac ........................
6-49
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-5 1
Leather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-51
Outside of Your Cadillac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
Speakercovers ..............................
6-52
Special Problems .............................
6-50
Stains .................................
6.50. 6.51
Tires .......................................
6-55
Vinyl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-51
Wheels .....................................
6-54
Windshield and Wiper Blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
WoodPanels .................................
6-51
Climate Control Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.14
Climate Control. Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Climate Control System ...........................
3-2
3- 15
Clock. Setting the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coinholder ....................................
2-59
Comfort Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-2
Compact Disc Care .............................
3-32
Compact Disc Player ............................
3-26
Compact Disc Player Errors.......................
3-29
5-35
Compact Spare Tire .............................
Compass, Rearview Mirror with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55
2-3 1
Console Shift Lever .............................
Continuous Variable - Real Time Dampening . . . . . . . . . 2-96
Control of a Vehicle .............................. 4-6
ConvenienceNet ...............................
2-60
Convex Outside Mirror ..........................
2-59
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
Heater. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-23
SurgeTank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-20
CoolingSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-18
Cornering Lamps ...............................
2-47
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-51
CruiseControl .................................
2-41
2-91
Cruise Engaged Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cupholders ...............................
2.59.2.60
Customer Assistance for Text Telephone Users. . . . . . . . . 7-4
Customer Assistance Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Customer Satisfaction Procedure ....................
7-2
CV-RTD(CV-RSS) .............................
2-96
Damage. Finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-55
Damage. Sheet Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-55
Daytime Running Lamps .........................
2-46
DeadBattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-4
Defects. Reporting Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12. 7.13
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2
Defogger.RearWindow .........................
3-13
Defogging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Defrosting ....................................
3-13
DIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-85
Digital Cluster Climate Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Digital Control Buttons ..........................
2-85
Dimensions. Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-70
Dolby' B Noise Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 18.3-21. 3-25
.
Door
Central Unlocking System .......................
2-4
Locks .......................................
2-4
Map Pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59
OpenMessage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-91
Driver Door Open Message.......................
2-91
Driver Information Center ........................
2-85
Driver Information Center Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-89
Driver Position .................................
1- 13
Driver’s Outside Auto-Dimming Rearview Mirror. . . . . 2-59
Driving
City ........................................
4-21
4-2
Defensive ....................................
Drunken .....................................
4-3
4-22
Freeway ....................................
4-28
InaBlizzard .................................
In Foreign Countries ...........................
6-4
4-18
IntheRain ..................................
Night ......................................
4-16
OnCurves ..................................
4-11
On Grades While Towing a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
4-24
On Hill and Mountain Roads....................
On Snow and Ice .............................
4-27
Throughwater ...............................
4-20
Wet Roads ..................................
4- 18
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-26
With a Trailer ................................
4-37
DRL .........................................
2-46
DrunkenDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Dual Temperature Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3. 3-7
8-4
3-2
E C C .........................................
Electrical Equipment. Adding . . . . . . . . . . . 2.23.3.31. 6-59
Electrical Svstem ...............................
6-59
Electrochromic Daymight Rearview Mirror . . . . . 2.54, 2.55
Electronic Climate Control ........................
3-2
Electronic Level Control .........................
4-32
Electronic Solar Sensor ...........................
3-6
Engine ........................................
6-9
Compartment Fuse Block.......................
6-62
Coolant .....................................
6-21
Coolant Heater ...............................
2-23
Coolant Hot-Idle Engine Message. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-91
CoolantTemperatureGage .....................
2-79
Coolant Temperature Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-79
Exhaust .....................................
2-34
Identification ................................
6-58
Misfire .
.Ease Off Gas Pedal Message . . . . . . . . . . . 2-91
Overheating .................................
5-15
2-34
Running While Parked .........................
6-69
Specifications ................................
2-22
StartingYour ................................
EngineOil ....................................
6-10
6-11
Adding .....................................
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-13
Checking ...................................
6-11
Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
What Kind of Oil to Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
6-13
Whentochange ..............................
Engine Speed Limiter............................
2-73
Englishhietric Display ..........................
2-73
.
.
.
.
- J
Ethanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust, Engine ................................
Express-Down Window ..........................
Exterior Lighting ...............................
Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ....................
6-4
2-34
2-36
2- 10
2-50
Fabric Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49, 6-50
Fan Button .................................
3-2, 3-6
6-5
Filling Your Tank ................................
Finish Care ....................................
6-54
Finish Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-55
First Gear, Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Flashers, Hazard Warning .........................
5-2
Flash-To-Pass Feature ...........................
2-38
Flat Tire, Changing .............................
5-25
Floor Mats ....................................
2-63
Fluid Capacities ................................
6-69
FogLamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-47
Foreign Countries, Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-4
FrenchLanguageManual ...........................
ii
Front Storage Armrest ...........................
2-59
Front Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-9, 5-11
Front Turn Signal Lamps, Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . 6-36
6-3
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-84
DataPanel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-5, 6-6
Door Release .............................
Filling Your Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-5
Gage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-83
In Foreign Countries ...........................
6-4
2-91
Level Low Message ...........................
Fuses and Circuit Breakers .......................
6-62
Gages
Engine Coolant Temperature ....................
2-79
2-83
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-73
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GAWR .......................................
4-31
Gear Positions, Automatic Transaxle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
GloveBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-59
Gold Key Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Gross Axle Weight Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating ......................
4-31
..
.................................
Guide en FranGais
11
4-31
GVWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Halogen Bulbs ................................
6-31
2-63
Handles, Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hazard Warning Flashers ..........................
5-2
HeadRestraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-7
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-46
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-33
Bulb Replacement ............................
6-31
High/Low Beam Changer ......................
2-37
OnReminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-46
2-47, 2-48
Suggested Message ......................
2-46
Wiper Activated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-59
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hearing Impaired, Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Heatedseats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-5
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-11
2-37
High-Beam Headlamps ..........................
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Hitches, Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-36
Hood
Checking Things Under .........................
6-7
Release ......................................
6-8
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-36
How to Reset the Oil Life Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 14
HVAC Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 14
Hydraulic Brake Warning Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-76
Hydroplaning ..................................
4-20
2-91
I c e Possible Message ...........................
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-20
Illuminated Entry ...............................
2-51
Illuminated Rear Seat VisorVanity Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63
Illuminated Visor Vanity Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.62.2.63
6-41
Inflation. Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inside Day/Night Manual Rearview Mirror. . . . . . . . . . . 2-53
InstrumentPanel ...............................
2-68
2-50
Brightness Control ............................
Cleaning the Top .............................
6-5 1
Clusters ...............................
2.70.2.71
Interior Lamps .................................
2-50
Jack.Tire ....................................
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-28
5-4
Keyless Entry System. Remote ....................
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-7
2-2
8-6
Labels
Certification .................................
4-31
Service Parts Identification .....................
6-58
Tire-Loading Information ......................
4-30
Vehicle Identification Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-58
Lamps ........................................
2-45
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51
Interior .....................................
2-50
OnReminder ................................
2-46
Panel .......................................
2-50
Underhood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Leaving Your Vehicle .............................
2-7
Leaving Your Vehicle with the Engine Running . . . . . . . 2-32
Light Sensor. Twilight Sentinel ....................
2-50
Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-61
Lights
Air Bag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23. 2-75
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-77. 4-7
2-76
Brake System Warning .........................
Charging System Indicator......................
2-75
Engine Coolant Temperature Warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-79
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50
Oil Pressure .................................
2-82
2-77
Parking Brake Indicator ........................
Safety Belt Reminder ......................
1-8. 2-74
Service Engine Soon ..........................
2-80
Traction Control System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-78. 4-9
4-30
Loading YourVehicle ...........................
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-4
Reference
Anti-LockoutFeature ..........................
2-7
Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-5
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-4
PowerDoor ..................................
2-5
Programmable Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Rear Door Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-6
Trunk Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2- 13
LumbarControls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-3
Magnasteer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Maintenance. Normal Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-70
Maintenance. Underbody .........................
6-56
Maintenance When Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
Malfunction Indicator Lamp ......................
2-80
Manual Rearview Mirror .........................
2-53
MapLamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-52
MapPocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-59
Matching Transmitters To Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
MaxiFusesRelay Center .........................
6-60
Memory and Personalization Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-85
1-3
Memory Seat and Mirrors .........................
Methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-4
Mirrors
Convex Outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-59
Driver’s Outside Auto-Dimming Rearview. . . . . . . . . 2-59
Electrochromic Daymight Rearview . . . . . . . . . 2-54. 2-55
Inside Daymight Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53
1-3
Memory Seat and Mirrors .......................
Power Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58
Visorvanity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-62
6-3..
MMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Model
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Monitored Systems OK Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-91
MountainRoads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-24
Multifunction Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-37
N e t . Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Neutral. Automatic Transaxle .....................
NewVehicle “Break-In” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nightvision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-60
2-26
2-20
4-17
odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-72
Odometer. Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-72
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-13
Oil. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Oil Life Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-96
Oil Life Indicator. How to Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-82
OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-63
Overdrive. Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode . . . . . . . 5-15
Overheating Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-15
Owner Publications. Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 13. 7- 14
P a i n t Spotting. Chemical ........................
ParadeDimming ...............................
PARK (P)
AutomaticTransaxle ..........................
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-56
2-51
2-25
2-30
2-33
8-7
..... .... '
..... .....
..... ...
l.
3-15, 3-18,
8-8
Replacement
Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-69
Normal Maintenance Parts ......................
6-70
Wheel ......................................
6-46
Replacing Safety Belts ...........................
1-48
Reporting Safety Defects ....................
7- 12. 7. 13
Restraints
1-48
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Child . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-37
Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Replacing Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48
Retained Accessory Power ........................
2-21
Reverse. Automatic Transaxle .....................
2-26
Right Front Passenger Position ....................
1-22
RKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-7
RKE Personalization Features ......................
2-9
7-5
Roadside Service ................................
5-37
Rocking YourVehicle ...........................
Rotation.Tires .................................
6-42
Safety Belt Extender ............................
SafetyBelts ....................................
Adults ......................................
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Center Passenger Position ......................
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driver Position ...............................
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to Wear Properly .........................
1-48
1-7
1-13
6-52
1-30
1-35
1-13
1-48
1- 13
IncorrectUsage ....................
1.17.1.46.
1-47
LapBelt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-30
Lap-Shoulder ...........................
1.13. 1.32
LargerChildren ..............................
1-45
Questions and Answers ........................
1.12
Rear Seat Outside Passenger Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32
Rear Seat Passengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31
ReminderLight ..........................
1.8.2.74
Replacing After a Crash ........................
1-48
Right Front Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Shoulder Belt Tightness Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Smaller Children and Babies ....................
1-35
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
WhyTheyWork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Safety Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-36
Safety Defects. Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 12.7.13
Safety Warnings and Symbols .......................
xi
Seatback. Reclining Front .........................
1-5
Seats
1-5
Heated ......................................
1-3
Lumbar Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-3
Memory Function ..............................
1-2
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1
Restraint Systems ..............................
Seatcontrols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Securing a Child Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-39, 1-41, 1-43
Second Gear, Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Security Override ...............................
2-18
8-9
Security System ................................
2- 19
Service ........................................
6-2
A/C System A/C CompressorOff Message . . . . . . . . . 2-92
2-92
Air Bag System Message .......................
Brake Fluid Switch Message ....................
2-92
Bulletins. Ordering .......................
7- 13. 7- 14
Charging System Message ......................
2-92
Electrical System Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-92
Emissions System Message .....................
2-92
Engine Cooling System Message. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-93
EngineSoonLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-80
Fuel System Message. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-93
Idle Control System Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-93
Ignition System Message .......................
2-93
Manuals. Ordering .......................
7-13. 7-14
Parts Identification Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58
Publications. Ordering ....................
7- 13. 7-14
Ride Control Message .........................
2-93
2-93
Steering System Message .......................
Transmission Message .........................
2-93
Work. Doing Your Own . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Service and Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Service and Owner Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13. 7- 14
Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped Cadillac . . . . . . . . . . 1-29
Sheet Metal Damage ............................
6-55
2-30. 2-31
Shift Levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shifting
2-25
AutomaticTransaxle ..........................
2-30
Into PARK (P) ...............................
Out of PARK (P) .............................
2-33
1-15
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster.....................
Shoulder Belt Tightness Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
2-37
SignalingTurns ................................
SIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-22
Skidding ......................................
4-15
Sound Equipment, Adding........................
3-31
Spare Tire, Compact .............................
5-35
Speaker Covers, Cleaning ........................ 6-52
Specifications and Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-69
Speech Impaired, Customer Assistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Speed Sensor Fault Message ......................
2-93
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-72
2-93
Stability Engaged Message .......................
Stability Reduced Message .......................
2-94
Stains, Cleaning ...........................
6-50, 6-51
Starting Disabled Due to Theft System Remove
Ignition Key Message ..........................
2-94
Starting Your Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Steam ........................................
5-16
4-10
Steering ......................................
In Emergencies ...............................
4-12
Magnasteer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Power ......................................
4-10
4-11
Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheel, Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Steering Column Shift Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Steering Wheel Controls ....................
3.14.3.30
Stop Engine .Engine Overheated Message . . . . . . . . . . 2-94
Stop Engine Low Oil Pressure Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-94
Storage Compartments ...........................
2-59
Storage. Vehicle ................................
6-30
Stuck In Sand. Mud. Ice or Snow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
SunVisors ....................................
2-62
SUnroOf .......................................
2-64
Supplemental Inflatable Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Surge Tank. Coolant .............................
5-20
Surge Tank Pressure Cap .........................
6-24
Symbols. Vehicle ................................
xiii
2-73
Tachometer ..................................
Taillamps. Bulb Replacement .....................
6-38
TapePlayerCare ...............................
3-31
Telephone.Cellular .............................
2-63
Temperature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.3.7
Theft ......................................... 2-16
Theft Security Override ..........................
2- 18
Theft System ProbledCar May Not Restart Message . . 2-94
2- 17
Theft-Deterrent Alarm System ....................
Thermostat ....................................
6-24
Third Gear, Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Tilt Steering Wheel .............................
2-36
3- 15
Time, Setting the ...............................
4-30
TireLoading ...................................
Tire-Loading Information Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-40
Alignment and Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
BuyingNew .................................
6-44
Chains .....................................
6-48
Changing a Flat ..............................
5-25
Cleaning ....................................
6-55
Compact Spare ...............................
5-35
Inflation ....................................
6-41
Inspection and Rotation ........................
6-42
Loading ....................................
4-30
Pressure ....................................
6-41
Temperature .................................
6-46
Traction ....................................
6-45
Treadwear ...................................
6-45
Uniform Quality Grading .......................
6-45
Wear Indicators ..............................
6-43
Wheel Replacement ...........................
6-46
When It’s Time for New .......................
6-43
Top Speed Fuel Cut-Off Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-94
Top Strap .....................................
1-38
TorqueLock ...................................
2-32
Torque, Wheel Nut .........................
5-32, 6-70
Towing a Trailer ................................
4-32
5-9
Towing Your Vehicle .............................
Traction
Control System ................................
4-9
Control System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-78, 4-9
Engaged Message .............................
2-95
OffMessage .................................
2-95
2-95
ReadyMessage ..............................
SuspendedMessage ...........................
2-95
8-11
Trailer
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
Driving on Grades ............................
4-38
Driving with .................................
4-37
4- 36
Hitches .....................................
Maintenance When Towing .....................
4-39
4-39
Parking on Hills ..............................
Safety Chains ................................ 4-36
Tongueweight ............................... 4-35
Total Weight on Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
4-32
Towing .....................................
Turnsignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-38
Weight .....................................
4-34
4-37
Wiring Harness ...............................
Trans Fluid Reset Message .......................
2-95
Transaxle Fluid, Automatic .......................
6- 18
Transmission Hot Message .......................
2-95
2-65
Transmitter, Universal ...........................
Transmitters, Remote Keyless Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Transportation, Gold Key Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
2-72
Trip Odometer .................................
Trunk ........................................
2-13
Automatic Pull-Down Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 15
LockRelease ................................
2-13
OpenMessage ...............................
2-95
2-14
Storage System ...............................
3-26
TrunkMountedCDChanger ......................
TTYUsers ..................................... 7-4
Turn and Lane Change Signals ....................
2-37
Turn Signal On Chime ...........................
2-37
Turn Signal On Message ....................
2.37.2.95
Turn SignaVMultifunction Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
TwilightSentinel ...............................
2-48
Umbrella Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.63
UnderbodyMaintenance .........................
6-56
Underhood Lamp ...............................
6-10
Universal Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-65
Control ...................................... 4-6
xii
Damage Warnings ..............................
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-70
6-58
IdentificationNumber .........................
4-30
Loading ....................................
Speed Limitedto XXX MPH ( K " ) Message . . . . . 2-95
6-30
Storage .....................................
...........................
2-73
Vehicle Speed Limiter
3-11
Ventilation System ..............................
Very Low Refrigerant A/C CompressorOff Message . . . 2-96
2-62
Visor Vanity Mirror .............................
Visors, Sun ....................................
2-62
w a r n i n g Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-4
Warning Lights. Gages and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-74
7- 12
Warranty Information ............................
Washer Fluid. Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
Washing Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-53
Weatherstrips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
Wheel
Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-46
Nut Torque .............................
5-32. 6-70
Replacement .................................
6-46
Wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-35
Express-Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-36
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-35
Rear Lockout Switch ..........................
2-36
WindshieldWasher .............................
2-40
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.40.6.25
Windshield Wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-38
BladeReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-59
Rainsense ...................................
2-39
Winter Driving .................................
4-26
Wiper Activated Headlamps ......................
2-46
Wiring.Headlamp ..............................
6-59
Wood Panels. Cleaning ..........................
6-51
WreckerTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-9
Wrench. Wheel .................................
5-28
8-13
4-9
-A+
Service Station Checkpoints
SURGE
REMOTE
BAlTERY
TERMINAL
ENGINE COOLANT
TANK
P6-23
TIRES
P6-40
SECONDARY
HOOD RELEASE
P6-8
ENGINE OIL
FUEL DOOR
RELEASE TAB
P6-6
WINDSHIELD
WASHER FLUID
P6-25
REMOTE
FUEL
DOOR
P6-5
DOOR AND TRUNK
RELEASE
P2-13 AND 6-5
For detailed information, referto the page number listed,
or see the Index in the
back of the owner’s manual.
8-14
~~

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project